CHAPTER1

Coplanar Concurrent Force Systems

GENERAL INFORMATION

magnitude and direction by the diagonal of the

COPLANAR CONCURRENT FORCE
parallelogram which passes through the point of
SYSTEMS intersection of the two sides representing the
The various forces acting on a body constitute a forces. In Fig. 1.1, the resultant of forces F1 and
system of forces. If all the forces in the system F2 is R.
lie in a single plane, it is called as Coplanar
Force System. If the lines of action of all the
forces in the system pass through a single point,
it is called Concurrent Force System.

Resultant of Concurrent Forces (a)

It is possible to find a single force, which would
have the same effect as that of a number of
forces acting on a given body. Such a single
force is called the Resultant Force.
(b)
Composition of Forces Figure 1.1

The process of finding the resultant of a force

system is called Composition of Forces.
(𝑖𝑖)𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑇𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝐿𝑎𝑤 𝑜𝑓 𝐹𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑠: This law states
that if two forces acting simultaneously on a
DETERMINATION OF RESULTANT body are represented by the sides of a triangle
taken in order, then their resultant is
(a) Graphical Method represented by the closing side of the triangle,
(𝑖) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚 𝐿𝑎𝑤 𝑜𝑓 𝐹𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑠: This law taken in the opposite order. In Fig. 1.2, forces F1
states that if two forces acting simultaneously on and F2 are represented in magnitude (to
a body at a point are represented in magnitude suitable scale) and direction by AB and BC.
and direction by two adjacent sides of a According to this law, the closing line of the
parallelogram, their resultant is represented in triangle ABC i.e., AC represent the resultant R.
 (𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑏𝑦 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑀𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛:

Figure 1.2

(𝑖𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑔𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑎𝑤 𝑜𝑓 𝐹𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑠: This law states

that if a number of concurrent forces acting
simultaneously on a body are represented in
magnitude and direction by the sides of a
Polygon, taken in order, then the resultant is
represented in magnitude and direction by the
closing side of the polygon, taken in opposite
order. In Fig. 1.3, R is the resultant of forces F1, F2,
and F3.

Referring to Fig. 1.4,

Figure 1. 4

∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 𝐹1𝑥 + 𝐹2𝑥 + 𝐹3𝑥 + 𝐹4𝑥 (1.3)

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 𝐹1𝑦 + 𝐹2𝑦 + 𝐹3𝑦 + 𝐹4𝑦 (1.4)

∴ 𝑃 = √(∑ 𝐹𝑋 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑌 )2 (1.5)
∑𝐹
and 𝜃 = tan−1 ∑ 𝐹𝑌 (1.6)
𝑋

(c) Equilibrium of a Body

A body is to be in equilibrium, when it is at rest
Figure 1.3 or continues to be in steady linear motion.
Mathematically, it means, resultant R of the
(b) Resultant by Analytical Method
system of forces acting on the body is zero.
(𝑖 ) If only two forces are acting as shown in
∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 0
Fig. 1.2, } (1.7)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0

𝑅 = √𝐹1 2 + 𝐹2 2 + 2𝐹1 𝐹2 cos 𝜃 (1.1) EQUILIBRIANT OF A FORCE SYSTEM

𝐹 sin 𝜃 It is that single force which is equal and opposite
and 𝛼 = tan−1 𝐹 +𝐹
2
(1.2)
1 2 cos 𝜃 to the resultant of the given force system.
 1. The body on the incline in Fig. 1.6(𝑎) is sub-
Lami’s Theorem
jected to the vertical and horizontal forces as
This theorem states that, if a body is in shown. Find the component of each force
equilibrium under the action of three forces, along 𝑥-𝑦 axes oriented parallel and perpen-
each force is proportional to the sine of the dicular to the incline.
angle between the other two forces.

Figure 1.5

For the system of forces shown in Fig. 1.5,

𝐹1 𝐹2 𝐹3
= = (1.8)
sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽 sin 𝛾
Figure 1.6

(d) Free Body Diagram Solution:

3
It is the diagram of a body, in which the body tan 𝜃 = ∴ 𝜃 = 36.87°
4
under consideration is freed from all the Component of F1 are Fx (along x-direction)
contact surfaces, and all the forces acting on it, and Fy(along y-direction) and may be easily
including the reactions at contact surfaces are found by moving from the tail of the force F1
indicated. to its head in the desired direction [Refer
Fig. 1.6(b)].
(e) Principle of Transmissibility of Forces 𝐹1𝑥 = −𝐹1 sin 𝜃
This principle states that the state of rest or of = −(1200) sin 36.87 °
uniform motion of a rigid bod is unaltered, if a = −720 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
force acting on the body is replaced by another 𝐹1𝑦 = −𝐹1 cos 𝜃
force of the same magnitude and direction but = −(1200) cos 36.87 °
acting anywhere on the rigid body along the = −960 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
line of action of the force. Component of 𝐹2 are [(Refer to Fig. 1.6(c)]
𝐹2𝑥 = 𝐹2 cos 𝜃 = 400cos36.87°
SOLVED PROBLEMS = 320 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
(Following sign convention is used in solving 𝐹2𝑦 = −𝐹2 sin 𝜃 = −400 sin 36.87 °
the problems: rightward and upward forces = −240 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
positive, leftward and downward forces
2. Determine the x and y components of each
negative.)
of the forces shown in Fig. 1.7(a).
 Figure 1.8

𝐹1 sin 𝜃
𝛼 = tan−1
𝐹1 + 𝐹2 cos 𝜃
20 sin 25°
= tan−1 20+60 cos 25° = 0.1136
= 6.48° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∴ 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 = 20 + 6.48°
= 26.48° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
4. Find the resultant of the force system
shown in Fig. 1.9 (a).

Figure 1.7

Solution:
𝐹1𝑥 = 300cos30° = 259.81 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Figure 1.9
𝐹1𝑦 = −300 sin 30° = −150 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Solution: Resolving each force in x and y
12
tan 𝜃 = ∴ 𝜃 = 67.38° directions, and adding algebraically, we get,
5
𝐹2𝑥 = −𝐹2 cos 67.38° = −390 cos67.38° ∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 600𝑐𝑜𝑠40° + 800𝑠𝑖𝑛20°
= 360 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
+ 200𝑠𝑖𝑛30°
𝐹2𝑦 = 𝐹2 sin 67.38° = 390 sin 67.38°
= −192.12 𝑁 (←)
= −240 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝐹3𝑥 = −𝐹3 cos 40° = −400 cos 40° ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 600𝑠𝑖𝑛40° + 800𝑠𝑖𝑛20°
= −306.42 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
− 200𝑐𝑜𝑠30°
𝐹3𝑦 = −𝐹3 sin 40° = −400 sin 40°
= 486.08 𝑁 (↑)
= −257.12 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
2 2
3. Find the resultant of the two forces shown ∴ 𝑅 = √(∑ 𝐹𝑋 ) + (∑ 𝐹𝑌 )
in Fig. 1.8(a).
Solution: From Gig. 1.8(a), = √192.122 + 486.082
𝑅 = √𝐹1 2 + 𝐹2 2 + 2𝐹1 𝐹2 cos 𝜃 = 522.67 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∑ 𝐹𝑌 486.08
𝜃 = tan−1 = tan−1
= √202 + 602 + 2 × 20 × 60 × cos 25° ∑ 𝐹𝑋 192.12
= 68.43° as shown in Fig. 1.9(b). (Ans.)
= 75.58 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
5. Find the resultant of the force system acting Solution:
on the hook shown in Fig. 1.10(a). ∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 𝑇 − 𝐹 − 𝑊𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃
= 1200 − 200 − 1000𝑠𝑖𝑛30°
= 500 𝑁
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 𝑁 − 𝑊𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
= 866.03 − 1000𝑐𝑜𝑠30°
=0𝑁
Hence, the resultant force is 500 N acting up
the plane.
7. A disabled ship is pulled by means of two
tugboats as shown in Fig. 1.12 (a). If the
Figure 1.10 (a)
resultant of the two forces exerted by the
Solution: Resolving each force in x and y
directions and adding algebraically, ropes is a 300 N force parallel to the axis of
∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 150𝑐𝑜𝑠30° + 100𝑐𝑜𝑠15° − the ship, find:
80𝑠𝑖𝑛20° (a) Force exerted by each of the tugboats
= 199.13 𝑁 (→) knowing 𝛼 = 30°.
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 150𝑠𝑖𝑛30° − 100𝑠𝑖𝑛15° − 110 + (b) The value of 𝛼 such that the force of
80𝑐𝑜𝑠20° tugboat 2 is minimum, while that of
= 14.29 𝑁 (↑) tugboat 1 acts in the same direction.
Find the corresponding force to be
∴ 𝑅 = √192.122 + 14.292
exerted by tug−boat 1 also.
= 199.64 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∑ 𝐹𝑌 14.29 Solution:
𝜃 = tan−1 = tan−1 (a) Let T1 and T2 be the tensile forces in the
∑ 𝐹𝑋 199.64
= 4.09° as shown in Fig. 1.10(b). two ropes as shown in Fig. 1.12(a)
with 𝛼 = 30°. According to law of
triangle of forces, the system will be as
shown in Fig. 1.12 (b). Applying sine
Figure 1.10 (b) rule to the triangle of forces,
6. A system of forces acting on a body resting
on an incline plane as shown Fig. 1.11. 𝑇1 𝑇2 𝑇3
= =
Determine the resultant force, if 𝜃 = sin 30° sin 20° sin 130°
300 sin 30°
30°, 𝑤 = 1000 𝑁, N = 866.03 N, F = ∴ 𝑇1 = = 195.81 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sin 130°
200 N and T = 1200 N.
300 sin 20°
𝑇2 = = 133.94 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sin 130°
(b) From Fig. 1.12(c), it is clear that 𝑇2 is
least, when it is at right angles to 𝑇1 .
Hence,
𝛼 = 70° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Applying sine rule to the triangle of forces,
𝑇1 𝑇2 𝑇3
= =
sin 70° sin 20° sin 90°
300 sin 70°
Figure 1.11 ∴ 𝑇1 = = 281.91 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
sin 90°
 9. A Collar, which may slide on a vertical rod, is
subjected to three forces as shown in Fig.
1.14. The direction of the force F may be
varied. If possible, determine the direction
of the force F, so that the resultant of the
three forces is horizontal, knowing that the
magnitude of F is equal to (a) 2400 N, (b)
1400 N.

Figure 1.13 Figure 1.14

Solution:
300 sin 20° Case (a): F = 2400 N.
𝑇2 = = 102.61 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
sin 90° Since the resultant should be horizontal,
8. An automobile which is disabled is pulled ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0
by two ropes as shown in Fig. 1.13(a). Find
i.e. , 1200 + 800 cos 60 ° − 𝐹 sin 𝜃 = 0
the force P and resultant R such that R is
1600
directed as shown in the figure. ∴ sin 𝜃 =
2400
∴ 𝜃 = 41.81° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
Case (b): F = 1400 N
Σi.e. , 1200 + 800 cos 60 ° −
1400 sin 𝜃 = 0
1600
∴ sin 𝜃 = = 1.143 > 1
2400
which is not possible as sine of an angle can
not be greater than unity. Hence, it is not
possible to have the resultant of the three
forces in horizontal direction with F = 1400
N only. The force F has to be greater than or
equal to 1600 N.
Figure 1.13 Figure 1.13
10. Determine the angle 𝛼 and the magnitude of
force Q such that the resultant of the three
Solution: From Fig. 1.13 (b), forces on the pole is vertically downward
𝑅 5 𝑃 and magnitude 12 kN. (Ref. Fig. 1.15)
= = Solution: Since the resultant force should be
sin 120° sin 20° sin 40°
∴ 𝑅 = 12.66 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) along the vertical, the horizontal,
𝑃 = 9.40 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) summation of the component of three forces
should be zero.
 12. Two forces acting on a body are 1500 N and
1000N as shown in Fig. 1.17(a). Determine
the third force F such that the resultant of
all the three forces is 1000 N directed at 45°
to the x−axis.

Figure 1.15

i.e.,∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 = − 5 sin(30 +
𝛼 ) − 𝑄 sin 30° + 8 … (𝑖) Figure 1.17
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −12 = − 5 cos(30 + 𝛼 ) −
𝑄 cos 30° Solution: Let the third force be F making an
12−5cos(30+𝛼)
i.e., 𝑄 = … (𝑖𝑖) angle θ with x−axis.
cos 30°

Substituting this value of Q in (i), 𝑅 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 = ∑ 𝐹𝑥

0 = −5 sin(𝛼 + 30) + 5 tan 30° ∴ 1000𝑐𝑜𝑠45° = 1500
cos(𝛼 + 30) + 1.0718 sin 30° + 2000 cos 30° + 𝐹 cos 𝜃 … (𝑖 )
Solving by trial and error, 𝑅 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 = ∑ 𝐹𝑦
When α = 10°, RHS = 0.0698 1000 sin 45° = 1500 cos 30°
α = 10.5°, RHS = 0.0197 + 2000 sin 30° + 𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃
α = 10.7°, RHS = −0.00015 ≈ 0 or 𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = −1591.93 … (𝑖𝑖)
∴ α = 10. 7° (Ans.) Squaring and adding (i) and (ii),
12 − 5cos(30 + 10.7) (𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃)2 + (𝐹 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃)2 =
𝑄=
cos 30° (−1774.94)2 + (−1591.93)2
= 9.479 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) i.e., 𝐹 2 = (−1774.94)2 + (−1591.93)2
11. Find the resultant of the force system 𝐹 = 2384.25 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
shown in Fig. 1.16. Dividing (ii) by (i),
−1591.93
tan 𝜃 = = 0.897
−1774.94
∴ 𝜃 = 41.89° 𝑜𝑟 (180 + 41.89°)
Since both x and y components are to be

– ve
𝜃 = 180 + 41.89° = 221.89° as shown in
Fig. 1.17 (b) (Ans.)
13. Three forces acting at a point are shown in
Figure 1.16 Fig. 1.18. The direction of the 300 N forces
may vary, but the angle between them is
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 20𝑠𝑖𝑛60° − 20𝑠𝑖𝑛60° = 0
always 40°. Determine 𝛼 for which the
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 26 − 20 𝑐𝑜𝑠60°
resultant of the three forces is directed
−20 𝑐𝑜𝑠60° − 6 = 0
∴ Resultant force is zero. (Ans.) parallel to plane 𝑏 − 𝑏.
 Figure 1.19

Figure 1.18
Solution: The free body diagram of the
sphere is as shown in Fig. 1.19(b). These
Solution: Since the resultant has to be concurrent forces acting away from the
parallel to the plane 𝑏 − 𝑏, in the ⊥𝑟 point ‘o’ are shown in Fig. 1.19 (c), after
direction to it (𝑦 − 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛), the resultant using law of Transmissibility of forces.
= 0. Applying Lami’s theorem,
i.e., ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 𝑇 𝑅 200
= =
−500 sin 30° + 300 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 + 300 sin(𝛼 + 40) sin 90° sin(180 − 20) sin(90 + 20)
=0 𝑇 = 212.84 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
300 [sin 𝛼 + sin(𝛼 + 40°)] = 250 sin 160°
𝑅 = 200 = 72.79 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
sin 𝛼 + sin(𝛼 + 40°) = 0.833 sin 110°
i.e., It may be solved using the equations of
𝛼 + 𝛼 + 40 𝛼 + 40 − 𝛼 equilibrium also.
2𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( ) cos ( )
2 2
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 𝑇 cos 20° − 200 = 0
= 0.833
2 sin(𝛼 + 20) cos 20° = 0.833 200
𝑇= = 212.84 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
sin(𝛼 + 20) = 0.4434 cos 20°
𝛼 + 20 = 26.32°
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 − 𝑇 sin 20° + 𝑅 = 0
or 𝛼 = 6.32° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
or 𝑅 = 𝑇 sin 20 ° = 72.79 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
14. A sphere weighing 200 N is tied to a
smooth wall by a string as shown in Fig. 15. Determine the horizontal force P to be
1.19(a). Find the tension T in the string and applied to a block of weight 2500 N to hold
reaction R of the wall. it in position on a smooth inclined plane AB,
which makes an angle of 30° with the
horizontal [Ref. Fig.1.20 (a)].

Figure 1.20
Solution: The free body diagram of the block is 𝑂2 𝑃 560 − 150 − 150
cos 𝛼 = = = 0.867
shown in Fig. 1.20(b). Since, there are only 𝑂2 𝑂1 150 + 150
three forces acting on the body, which keep it in ∴ 𝛼 = 29.92°
equilibrium, Lami’s theorem may be used. Considering FBD of sphere with centre O1
𝑃 𝑅 2500 [Ref. Fig. 1.21(b)],
= =
sin(180° − 30°) sin 90° sin(90° + 30°) 𝑅𝐴 𝑅𝐵 250
= =
sin(90 + 𝛼 ) sin 90° sin(180 − 𝛼)
∴ 𝑃 = 1443.38 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) Since 𝛼 = 29.92°,
𝑅 = 2886.75 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 𝑅𝐴 𝑅𝐵 250
= =
16. Two smooth spheres each of radius 150 𝑠𝑖𝑛119.92 sin 90° sin 150.08°
∴ 𝑅𝐴 = 434.32 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
mm and weight 250 N rest in a horizontal
𝑅𝐵 = 501.11 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
channel having vertical walls, the distance
Considering FBD of sphere with centre O2
between which is 560 mm. Find the reaction (Fig. 1.21c),
at the points of contact A, B, C and D as
shown in Fig. 1.21(a). ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑅𝐷 − 𝑅𝐵 cos(29.92°) = 0
𝑅𝐷 = 501.11 cos 29.92
= 432.32 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅𝐶 − 250 − 𝑅𝐵 sin(29.92°)
=0
𝑅𝐶 = − 250 − 501.11 sin 29.92 = 0
𝑅𝐶 = 501.11 cos 29.92
= 432.32 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
17. A cord ACB 8 m long is attached at two
points A an B to the vertical walls 5 m apart
as shown in Fig.1.22(a). A pulley C of
negligible radius carries a suspended load
of 100 N and is free to roll without friction
along the chord. Determine the position of
equilibrium, as defined by the distance x,
that the pulley will assume and also the
tensile force in the chord.

Figure 1.21

Solution: Referring to Fig. 1.21 (a), angle 𝛼

is given by

Figure 1.22
 Solution: Since the pulley is frictionless, Solution: Since the body is in equilibrium
tensile forces in CA and CB should be equal. under the action of only three forces,
Referring to FBD of pulley as shown in namely self−weight, applied force P and
Fig.1.22(b), reaction at curb, they should be concurrent
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇 cos 𝜃1 = 𝑇 cos 𝜃2 as shown in Fig. 1.23(b).
or 𝜃1 = 𝜃2 ; 𝑠𝑎𝑦 = 𝜃 From the figure,
Referring to Fig. 1.22(a), 𝑂𝐶 250
cos 𝛼 = = = 0.5
∆𝐶𝐹𝐷 = ∆𝐶𝐹𝐴 𝐴𝑂 500
∴ 𝐶𝐷 = 𝐶𝐴 ∴ 𝛼 = 60°
𝐵𝐷 = 𝐵𝐶 + 𝐶𝐷 = 𝐵𝐶 + 𝐶𝐴 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 ∆𝐴𝑂𝐵, <OAB = <OBA
= 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑐ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑑 = 8𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑂𝐴 = 𝑂𝐵
𝐷𝐸 = 5𝑚, 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐵𝑢𝑡 < 𝑂𝐴𝐵+ < 𝑂𝐵𝐴 = 𝛼
𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑠 2 < 𝑂𝐵𝐴 = 60
5 ∴ < 𝑂𝐵𝐴 = 30°
∴ cos 𝜃 = 𝑜𝑟 𝜃 = 51.32° ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅 cos 30° = 4000
8
∴ 𝐵𝐸 = 8 sin 𝜃 = 8 sin 51.32 = 6.425 𝑚 ∴ 𝑅 = 4618.8 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∆𝐵𝐹𝐻 𝑖𝑠 III 𝑡𝑜 ∆𝐵𝐷𝐸 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑅 sin 30° − 𝑃 = 0
𝐵𝐼 2 ∴ 𝑃 = 𝑅 sin 30° = 2309.4 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∴ 𝐻𝐼 = 𝐷𝐸 = × 5 = 1.60 𝑚
𝐵𝐸 6.425 19. In the above problem what is the least pull
∴ 𝐴𝐻 = 5 − 𝐻𝐼 = 5 − 1.6 = 3.4 𝑚 P, through the centre of the wheel to just
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 ∆𝐴𝐶𝐽 = ∆𝐻𝐶𝐽, turn the roller over the curb?
𝐴𝐽 = 𝐽𝐻 = 𝑥
𝐵𝑢𝑡 𝐴𝐽 + 𝐽𝐻 = 3.4
𝑜𝑟 2𝑥 = 3.4
𝑥 = 1.7(𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
𝑁𝑜𝑤 𝑎𝑡 𝐶,
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 2𝑇 sin 𝜃 = 100
100
𝑇= Figure 1.24
2 sin 51.32°
= 64.05 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) Solution: For this case the reaction R should
18. A roller of radius r = 500 mm and weight pass through the center, since the other two
4000 N is to be pulled over a curb of height forces pass through it. Referring to Fig.
250
250 mm by a horizontal force P applied to 1.24(b), cos 𝜃 = 500 = 0.5. ∴ 𝜃 =
the end of a string, wound tightly around
60°, Referring to Fig. 1.24(c), if AB
the circumference of the roller. Find the represents graphically the self−weight, the
magnitude of force P required to start the direction of R is along BC’. Since the body is
roller move over the curb. [Ref. Fig. 1.23(a)]. in equilibrium, the figure drawn,
representing the forces one after the other
must close. Hence for P to be minimum, AC
should be perpendicular to BC’. From ∆ ABC,
𝑃 = 𝐶𝐴 = 𝐴𝐵 sin 𝜃 = 4000 cos 60°
= 3464.1 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
20. In the Fig. 1.25(a), find the forces in the
bars AB and AC. Neglect size of the pulley,
which is frictionless.
Figure 1.23
 Solution: Free body diagram is shown in Fig.
1.26(b). Applying Lami’s theorem,
𝑇𝐵𝐶 𝑇𝐵𝐴
=
sin(90 + 65) sin(180 − 50)
200
=
sin[(90 − 65) + 50]
𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 87.5 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
𝑇𝐵𝐴 = 158.6 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
22. A ball weighing 100 N is at rest in a right
Figure 1.25 angle through as shown in Fig. 1.27(a).
Solution: Since pulley is frictionless, Determine the forces exerted on the sides of
𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑒𝑔𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐴 the trough at D and E. Assume all surfaces to
= 𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑒𝑔𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐴𝐺 be smooth.
= 50 𝑘𝑁
Solution: Referring to FBD of the ball shown
Free body diagram of pulley at A is shown in
in Fig. 1.27(b),
Fig. 1.25(b),
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
𝑃 sin 30° − 𝑇 sin 60° − 50 sin 60° = 0
0.5𝑃 − 0.866𝑇 = 43.30 … (𝑖)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0
𝑃 cos 30° + 𝑇 cos 60° − 50
− 50 cos 60° = 0
0.866𝑃 + 0.6𝑇 = 75 … (𝑖𝑖)
0.5 Figure 1.27
𝑀𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑝𝑙𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 (2) 𝑏𝑦 , 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡
0.866 𝑅𝐷 𝑅𝐸 100
0.5𝑃 + 0.2887𝑇 = 43.30 … (𝑖𝑖𝑖 ) = =
sin(180 − 50) sin(180 − 40) sin(40 + 50)
𝑆𝑢𝑏𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (1)𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (3), 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡 ( )
∴ 𝑅𝐷 = 76.6 𝑁 𝑨𝒏𝒔.
𝑇 = 0 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
𝑅𝐸 = 64.3 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
43.3
∴ 𝑃= = 0.866 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 23. Determine the forces developed in the
0.5
members of the system shown in
Fig.1.28(a), when load P=2000 N acts.
21. An electric light fixture weighing 200 N is
Neglect self−weight of the members and
supported as shown in Fig. 1.26(a).
assume ideal hinge at A and a perfectly
Determine the tensile forces in the wires BA
flexible string BC.
and BC.

Figure 1.26 Figure 1.28

 Solution: Referring to FBD of B, shown in 25. A ball of weight W = 6000 N rests upon a
Fig. 1.28(b), smooth horizontal plane and has attached
𝑇𝐵𝐶 𝐶 2000 to its centre two strings AB and AC, which
= =
sin(180 − 50) sin(90) sin(90 + 20) pass over frictionless pulleys at B and C and
∴ 𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 727.9 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) carry loads P = 1000 N and Q = 3000 N
𝐶 = 2128.4 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
respectively as shown in Fig. 1.30(a). If the
24. A right circular roller of weight 5000 N
string AB is horizontal, find the angle 𝛼
rests on a smooth inclined plane and is held
shown in the figure, when the ball is in a
in position by a chord AC as shown in Fig.
position of equilibrium. Find also the
1.29(a). Find the tension in the chord and
pressure R between the ball and the plane.
reaction at B, if there is a horizontal force P
= 1000 N acting at C. Solution: Consider FBD of the ball, which is
Solution: Free body diagram of the ball is as shown in Fig. 1.30(b),
shown in Fig. 1.29(b),
Nothing that tension in AC makes
30−20=10° angle with horizontal,
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑅𝐵 sin 20° + 1000 −
𝑇𝐶𝐴 cos 10° = 0
i.e., 0.342𝑅𝐵 − 0.985𝑇𝐶𝐴 = −1000 … (𝑖)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅𝐵 cos 20° − 𝑇𝐶𝐴 sin 10° = 5000
0.9397𝑅𝐵 − 0.1736𝑇𝐶𝐴 = 5000 … (𝑖𝑖)

Figure 1.30

∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 3000 cos 𝛼 = 1000

∴ 𝛼 = 70.53° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅 − 6000 + 3000 sin 𝛼 = 0
∴ 𝑅 = 3171.6 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
Mu Figure 1.29 26. In Fig. 1.31, P = 500 N and Q = 1000 N, are
0.985
ltiplying eqn. (2) by 0.1736, we get suspended in a vertical plane by strings AD,
AB and AC. Find the tensions induced in
0.533𝑅𝐵 − 0.985𝑇𝐶𝐴 = 28361.9 … (𝑖𝑖𝑖) each of these strings.
From eqn. (i) and (iii), we get Solution: Tension in string AD
4.98834𝑅𝐵 = 29361.9 = 𝑄 = 1000 𝑁 = 𝑇𝐴𝐷 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
or 𝑅𝐵 = 5886.1 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
Now consider the FBD of joint A [Ref. Fig.
and 𝑇𝐶𝐴 = 3058.9 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
1.31(b)]
 ∴ 𝑇𝐵𝐷 = 366.02 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
𝑇𝐷𝐸 = 448.29 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
Considering FBD of joint B,
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐵𝐷 sin 60° +
𝑇𝐵𝐶 sin 30° 𝑇𝐵𝐴 =
0
0.866𝑇𝐵𝐷 + 0.5𝑇𝐵𝐶 − 𝑇𝐵𝐴 = 0
i.e., 𝑇𝐵𝐴 − 0.5𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 0.866 × 366.02
Figure 1.31 = 316.98 … (𝑖)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑇𝐵𝐶 sin 30° − 400 −
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑇𝐴𝐵 sin 30° = 500 𝑇𝐵𝐷 cos 60 ° = 0
∴ 𝑇𝐴𝐵 = 1000 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 0.866𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 400 + 366.02 cos 60°
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐴𝐵 cos 30° + 𝑇𝐴𝑐 − 𝑇𝐴𝐷 = 0 ∴ 𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 673.2 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
1000 cos 30° + 𝑇𝐴𝑐 − 1000 = 0 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (𝑖 )
∴ 𝑇𝐴𝑐 = 133.97 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 𝑇𝐵𝐴 = 316.98 + 0.5 × 673.2
= 653.58 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
27. A system is connected flexible cables shown
28. Two equal loads are supported by a flexible
in Fig. 1.32(a) is supporting two loads 400
cable ACDB as shown in Fig. 1.33(a).
N and 500 N at points B and D. Determine
Determine tensile force developed in
tensions in various segments of the cable.
portion AC, CD, and DB respectively, if the
span l = 12 m and sag h = 1.5 m. Neglect
weight of the cable.

Figure 1.33

Solution: 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 ∆𝐴𝐸𝐶 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∆𝐵𝐹𝐷,

4
Figure 1.32
tan 𝜃 = 1.5 ∴ 𝜃 = 69.44°
∴ 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝐹𝐵𝐷 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝐶 [𝐹𝑖𝑔. 1.33(𝑏)],
Solution: Referring to FBD of joint D [Ref. ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 →
Fig. 1.32(c)], 𝑇𝐶𝐴 cos 𝜃 = 10
10 10
𝑇𝐶𝐴 = =
𝑇𝐵𝐷 𝑇𝐷𝐸 cos 𝜃 cos 69.44
= = 28.48 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
sin(90 + 45) sin(90 + 30)
500 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 →
= 𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 𝑇𝐶𝐴 sin 𝜃 = 𝑇𝐶𝐴 sin 69.44°
sin(180 − 30 − 45)
∴ 𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 26.67 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝐹𝐵𝐷 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝐷 [𝐹𝑖𝑔. 1.33(𝑐 )], 𝑊 𝑊
∙ cot 𝛽 tan 60° − −𝑊 =0
𝑇𝐷𝐵 cos 69.44° = 10 2 2
∴ 𝑇𝐷𝐵 = 28.48 𝑘𝑁(𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) or cot 𝛽 tan 60° = 3
1
cot 𝛽 = √3 , or tan 𝛽 = 3
29. On the string ACEDB are hung three equal √

weights, placed symmetrically with respect ∴ 𝛽 = 30° (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )

to the vertical line through the mid-point E 30. A wire is fixed at two points A and D as
as shown in in Fig. 1.34(a). Determine angle shown in Fig. 1.35(a). Two weights 10 kN
𝛽, if the other angles are as shown in the and 30 kN are supported at B and C
figure. respectively. When equilibrium is reached, it
is found that inclination of AB is 20° and
Solution: From FBD of point E [Fig. 1.34(c)], that of CD is 50° to the vertical. Determine
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐶𝐸 = 𝑇𝐸𝐷 the tension in the segments AB, BC, and CD
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑇𝐶𝐸 sin 𝛽 + 𝑇𝐸𝐷 sin 𝛽 = 𝑊 of the wire and also the inclination of BC to
i.e., 2𝑇𝐶𝐸 sin 𝛽 = 𝑊 the vertical.
𝑊 Solution: Consider FBD of point B [Ref. Fig.
or 𝑇𝐶𝐸 = … (𝑖)
2 sin 𝛽
1.35(b)],
𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝐹𝐵𝐷 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝐶 [𝐹𝑖𝑔. 1.33(𝑏)], ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐴𝐵 sin 20° = 𝑇𝐵𝐶 cos 𝜃
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐴𝐶 cos 60° = 𝑇𝐶𝐸 cos 𝛽 𝑇𝐴𝐵 = 2.9238 𝑇𝐵𝐶 cos 𝜃 … (𝑖)
𝑊 1 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑇𝐴𝐵 cos 20° − 𝑇𝐵𝐶 sin 𝜃 = 10
or 𝑇𝐴𝐶 = ∙ cos 𝛽
2 sin 𝛽 cos 60°

Figure 1.34

𝑊 cot β
= … (𝑖𝑖)
2 cos 60°
Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒
𝑇𝐴𝐶 sin 60° − 𝑇𝐶𝐸 sin β − 𝑊 = 0
i.e.,
Substituting the values of 𝑇𝐶𝐸 and 𝑇𝐴𝐶 from
𝑇𝐵𝐶 (2.9238 cos 20 cos 𝜃 − sin 𝜃 ) = 10
eqns, (𝑖 ) and (𝑖𝑖 ),
Consider FBD of point C [Fig. 1.35(c)]
 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑇𝐵𝐶 cosθ = 𝑇𝐶𝐷 sin 50° From ∆𝐴𝐸𝐶, 𝑥 2 + ℎ2 = 4 … (𝑖 )
𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 1.3054𝑇𝐵𝐶 cos 𝜃 … (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 2 2 2
From ∆𝐵𝐷𝐹, 𝐵𝐹 + ℎ = 1.5
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑇𝐵𝐶 sinθ + 𝑇𝐶𝐷 cos 50° = 30 𝑖. 𝑒., (4.5 − 2.5 − 𝑥 2 ) + ℎ2 = 2.25
𝑇𝐵𝐶 [sin 𝜃 + 1.3054 cos 𝜃 cos 50°] = 30 𝑖. 𝑒. , 4 − 4𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + ℎ2 = 2.25
𝑇𝐵𝐶 [sin 𝜃 + 0.8391 cos 𝜃 ] = 30 … (𝑖𝑣) 𝑖. 𝑒., 𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + ℎ2 = −1.75 … (𝑖𝑖)
Dividing eqn. (2) by eqn. (4), we get From eqn. (𝑖 ) and (𝑖𝑖 )
2.7475 cos 𝜃 − sin 𝜃 1 −4𝑥 + 4 = −1.75
=
sin 𝜃 + 0.8391 cos 𝜃 3 5.75
∴ 𝑥= = 1.4375 𝑚
i.e., 8.2425 cos 𝜃 − 3 sin 𝜃 4
= sin 𝜃 + 0.8391 cos 𝜃
ℎ = √4 − 1.43752 = 1.3095
or 4 sin 𝜃 = 7.4034 cos 𝜃
tan 𝜃 = 1.85085 1.3905
𝛼 = tan−1 4.5 −2.5 −1.4375
or 𝜃 = 61.62°(𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
∴ 𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (𝑖𝑖 ), 𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 23.46 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) ∴ 𝛽 = 68.039°
𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (𝑖 ), 𝑇𝐴𝐵 = 32.61 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) Considering equilibrium of joint 𝐶, we get
𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑒𝑞𝑛. (𝑖𝑖𝑖 ), 𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 14.56 𝑘𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 𝑇𝐴𝐶 sin 44.05° = 2000
𝑇𝐴𝐶 = 2871.3 N
31. A rope AB 6 m long is connected at two
𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 𝑇𝐴𝐶 cos 44.05
points A and B at the same level 4.5 m apart.
= 2871.3 cos 44.05
A load of 2000 N is suspended from point C
= 2063.7 N
on the rope at 2m from A, as shown in Fig. Considering the equilibrium of joint 𝐷,
1.35(a). What load connected at point D on 𝑇𝐷𝐵 cos 68.039 = 𝑇𝐶𝐷 = 2063.9
the rope, 1.5 m from B, will be necessary to 𝑇𝐷𝐵 = 5518.3 𝑁
keep CD horizontal? and 𝑊 = 𝑇𝐷𝐵 sin 68.039°
= 5117.9 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
32. In the Fig. 1.37, find the tensile force in each
of the two guy wires BF and DG, if the load Q
= 2500 N, L = 6 m, and d =0.30 m.

Figure 1.36

Solution: Referring to Fig. 1.36(a), Figure 1.37

Let AE = x and seg EC = h
 Solution: 𝑇𝐵𝐶 300
=
𝑑 0.3 sin(180 − 85)° sin(180 − 50)
𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑚 ∆𝐵𝐸𝐷, tan 𝛼 = = = 0.1
𝐿⁄2 3 𝑇𝐵𝐶 = 390.10 𝑁
∴ 𝛼 = 5.7106° Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of joint 𝐶 [Fig. 1.38(i)]
Equilibrium of joint 𝐸 gives, 𝑃 𝑇𝐵𝐶
=
𝑇𝐵𝐸 = 𝑇𝐸𝐷 sin(180 − 85)° sin(180 − 45)
and 𝑇𝐵𝐸 sin 𝛼 + 𝑇𝐸𝐷 sin 𝛼 = 2500 𝑃 = 549.60 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
1 2500
𝑇𝐵𝐸 = 34. A 500 N cylinder is supported by the frame
2 sin 5.7106
ABC, which is hinged at A, and rests against
Since 𝑇𝐵𝐸 = 𝑇𝐸𝐷 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼 = 5.7106
wall AD. Determine the reactions at contact
∴ 𝑇𝐵𝐸 = 12562.3 𝑁
From the equilibrium of joint 𝐵, surfaces A, B, C and D. [Ref. Fig. 1.39 (a)].
𝑇𝐵𝐹 sin 30° = 𝑇𝐵𝐸 cos 𝛼 Solution: Referring to FBD of Cylinder [ Fig.
12562.3 cos 5.7106° 1.39(b)],
∴ 𝑇𝐵𝐹 =
sin 30° 𝑅𝐶 = 500 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
= 2500 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) 𝑅𝐵 = 𝑅𝐷
𝑇𝐵𝐹 = 𝑇𝐷𝐶 by symmetry. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of rigid frame [Fig.
33. Three bars hinged at A and D and pinned at 1.39(𝑐)],
300
B and C, as shown in Fig. 1.38, form a linked tan 𝛼 =
100
mechanism. Determine the value of P that
∴ 𝛼 = 71.565°
will prevent movement of bars.
𝑅𝐴 sin 𝛼 = 𝑅𝐶 = 500
500
∴ 𝑅𝐴 = = 527.0 𝑁(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sin 71.565
and 𝑅𝐵 = 𝑅𝐴 cos 𝛼 = 527 cos 71.565

Figure 1.38

Solution: Referring to FBD of joint B [Fig.

1.38(d)],
Figure 1.39
 = 166.67 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐶 −250 − 𝑅𝐵 sin 𝛼 = 0
∴ 𝑅𝐷 = 𝑅𝐵 = 166.67 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝑅𝐶 = 250 + 501.1 sin 29.93°
= 500 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
35. Two smooth spheres, each of radius 150
∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐷 −𝑅𝐵 cos 𝛼 = 0
mm and weighing 250 N rest in a horizontal
∴ 𝑅 𝐷 = 501.1 cos 29.93°
channel having vertical walls, the distance
= 434.29 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
between the walls being 560 mm. Find the
reactions at the points of contacts A, B, C 36. Two identical rollers, each weighing 120 N
and D as shown in Fig. 1.40. are placed in a trough as shown in Fig. 1.41
(a). Assuming all surfaces of contact are
Solution: Referring to Fig. 1.40 (a), angle 𝛼
smooth, find the reactions developed at the
is given by
contact surfaces.
560 − 150 − 150
cos 𝛼 =
𝑂1 𝑂2 Solution: Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of first roller
260 [Fig. 1.41 (c)],
= = 0.867 ∑ forces normal to the plane = 0, gives
150 + 150
or 𝛼 = 29.93° . 𝑅𝐴 − 120 cos 140° = 0
Considering the equilibrium of sphere with ∴ 𝑅𝐴 = 91.94 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
centre at 𝑂1 [Ref. Fig. 1.40(c)], ∑ forces parallel to plane = 0, gives
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐵 sin 𝛼 = 250 𝑅𝐵 − 120 cos 50° = 0 ∴ 𝑅𝐵 = 77.1 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
i.e., 𝑅𝐵 = 501.1 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) Referring to the equilibrium of second rol-
and ∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐴 = 𝑅𝐵 cos 𝛼 ler, [Ref. Fig. 1.41(b)],
= 501.1 cos 29.93° ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐶 cos 40 −120 − 𝑅𝐵 sin 40 = 0
= 432.3 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 120 + 77.71 sin 40
𝑅𝐶 = = 221.4 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
cos 40

Figure 1.40

Now, considering the equilibrium of sphere

Figure 1.41
with centre at O2 [Ref. Fig. 1.40 (b)],
 ∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐷 −𝑅𝐶 sin 40 − 𝑅𝐵 cos 40 = 0 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅4 sin 45 −250 − 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 = 0
𝑅𝐷 = 221.4 sin 40 + 77.1 cos 40 250 + 120.3 sin 56.25
𝑅4 = = 495 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
= 201.4 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) sin 45
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑅4 cos 45 + 𝑅2 cos 𝛼 − 𝑅3 = 0
37. Two cylinders are placed in a trough as
∴ 𝑅3 = 495 cos 45 + 120.3 cos 56.25
shown in Fig. 1.42(a). Neglecting friction,
= 416.9 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
find the reactions at all contact surfaces,
given. 38. Cylinder 𝐴 and 𝐵 weighing 5000 N and 2000
Diameter of first cylinder = 120 mm N rest on smooth incline planes as shown in
Diameter of second cylinder = 60 mm Fig. 1.43. Neglecting the weight of con-
Weight of first cylinder = 250 N necting bar and assuming smooth pin
Weight of second cylinder = 100 N connections, find the force P to be applied
Solution: Referring to Fig. 1.42(a), such that the system is in the equilibrium.
140 − 30 − 60 50 Solution: Applying Lami’s theorem to the
cos 𝛼 = =
60 + 30 90 equilibrium condition of cylinder A [Ref. Fig.
∴ 𝛼 = 56.25° 1.43(b)].
Considering equilibrium of second cylinder
𝐶 5000
[Ref. 1.42(b)] =
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅2 sin 56.25° = 100 sin 60° sin(60 + 90 − 20)
∴ 𝐶 = 5652.6 𝑁
∴ 𝑅2 = 120.3 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Considering the equilibrium of cylinder B
∑ 𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅1 −𝑅2 cos 𝛼 = 0
[Fig. 1.42(c)].
∴ 𝑅1 = 120.3 cos 56.25 = 66.82 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Considering equilibrium of first cylinder
[Ref. Fig. 1.42 (c)],

Figure 1.43

∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → −𝑃 cos 45 − 𝑅2 sin 30 +
5652.6 cos 20 = 0
Figure 1.42 𝑃
+ 0.5 𝑅2 = 5311.7 … (𝑖)
√2
 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ −𝑃 cos 45 + 𝑅2 cos 30 − Cylinder Weight Radius
2000 − 5652.6 sin 20 = 0 A 80 N 100 mm
−𝑃 B 160 N 200 mm
+ 0.866 𝑅2 = 3933.3 … (𝑖𝑖 )
√2 C 80 N 100 mm
From eqns. (i) and (ii), Assuming all contact surfaces to be smooth,
1.366 𝑅2 = 5311.7 + 3933.3 determine the reactions acting on cylinder
𝑅2 = 6767.9 C.
∴ 𝑃 = (5311.7 − 0.5 × 6767.9)√2 Solution: Referring to the Fig. 1.44 (a),
= 2726.25 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝐵𝐶 450 − 100 − 200
cos 𝛼 = = = 0.5
𝐵𝐴 200 + 100
39. The weights and radii of the three cylinders ∴ 𝛼 = 60°
piled in a rectangular ditch as shown in Fig. From the equilibrium condition for cylinder
1.44 are as given below: A [Fig. 1.44(b)],
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 = 80
80
∴ 𝑅2 = = 92.4 𝑁
sin 60°
Referring to the 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of cylinder 𝐵 [Fig.
1.44(c)],
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅4 sin 𝛼 − 160 − 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 = 0
160 + 92.4 sin 60°
∴ 𝑅4 =
sin 60°
= 277.1 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Referring to the 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of cylinder C [Fig.
1.44 (d)],
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅5 − 𝑅4 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 = 0
𝑅5 = 277.1 cos 60° = 138.6 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅6 − 80 − 𝑅4 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 = 0
𝑅6 = 80 + 277.1 sin 60° = 320 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
40. The spheres A, B, and C weighing 200 N, 400
N and 200 N respectively and having radii
400 mm, 600 mm, and 400 mm respectively
are placed in a trench as shown in Fig.
1.45(a). Treating all contact surfaces as
smooth, determine the reactions developed.
Solution: Referring to the Fig. 1.45 (a),
𝐵𝐷 600 − 400
sin 𝛼 = = = 0.2
𝐴𝐵 400 + 600
∴ 𝛼 = 11.537°
Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of sphere A [Fig. 1.45(b)],
𝑅2 cos 𝛼 = 200
200
∴ 𝑅2 = = 204.1 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
cos 11.537°
and 𝑅1 − 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 = 0
Figure 1.44 ∴ 𝑅1 = 40.8 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Referring to the 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of sphere C [Fig. 41. Three spheres are piled in a trench as
1.45(c)], shown in Fig. 1.46(a). Self-weight and radii
∑ forces parallel to the inclined plane = 0 of the cylinders are as given below:
⇒ 𝑅4 cos 𝛼 − 200 cos 45° = 0
𝑅4 = 144.3 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Spheres Weight Radius
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅4 cos( 45 − 𝛼) − 𝑅3 cos 45 = 0 A 2 kN 400 mm
𝑅3 = 170.3 N(𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) B 2 kN 400 mm
C 4 kN 600 mm

Treating all the contact surfaces as smooth,

determine the reactions developed at the
contact surfaces P, Q, R, and S. Given: centre
to centre distance between sphere A and B
is 500 mm.

Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of cylinder B [Fig.

1.45(d)],
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅6 sin 45 − 400 − 𝑅2 cos 𝛼 −
𝑅4 cos(45 + 𝛼) = 0
𝑅6 sin 45 = 400 + 204.1 cos 11.537°
+ 144.3 cos 56.537° Solution: From triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶 in Fig. 1.46(a),
∴ 𝑅6 = 961.0 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝐴𝐷 250
cos 𝛼 = = = 0.25
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅5 − 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 − 𝑅4 sin (45 + 𝐴𝐶 400 + 600
𝛼 ) − 𝑅6 cos 45° = 0 ∴ 𝛼 = 75.522°
∴ 𝑅5 = 204.1 sin 11.537 + 144.3 Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of sphere C [Fig. 1.46 (b)],
sin 56.537 + 961 cos 45° ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅1 cos 𝛼 = 𝑅2 cos 𝛼
= 840.7 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
i.e., 𝑅1 = 𝑅2 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅𝑄 − 𝑅1 sin 𝛼 − 2 − 𝑅𝑝 cos 60° = 0
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅1 sin 𝛼 + 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 = 4 𝑅𝑄 = 2.066 sin 75.522 + 2 + 0.596 cos 60°
2𝑅1 sin 𝛼 = 4 = 4.298 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)
4 Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of sphere 𝐵 [Fig. 1.46(d)],
𝑅1 = = 2.066 𝑘𝑁 = 𝑅2
2 sin 75.522 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅2 cos 𝛼 − 𝑅𝑠 sin 45° = 0
Referring to 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of sphere A [Fig. 1.46(c)], 2.066 cos 75.522°
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝑝 sin 60° − 𝑅1 cos 𝛼 = 0 𝑅𝑠 = = 0.730 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sin 45°
2.066 cos 75.522° ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑅𝑅 + 𝑅𝑠 cos 45° − 𝑅2 sin 𝛼 − 2 = 0
𝑅𝑝 =
sin 60° 𝑅𝑅 = −0.730 cos 45 + 2.066 sin 75.522 + 2
= 0.596 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) = 1.484 kN (Ans.)
 CHAPTER 2

Coplanar Non-concurrent
Force Systems

GENERAL INFORMATION

If a point lies on the line of action of a force the

COPLANAR NON-CONCURRENT moment of the force about that point is zero.
FORCE SYSTEM Moment of a force has got both magnitude and
If all the forces in a system lie in the same plane sense. The sense can be clockwise or anti-
and the lines of action of all the forces do not clockwise. Commonly used units of moment are
pass through a single point, the system is said to [Link], kN.m, Nm, etc.
be 𝐶𝑜𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑟 𝑁𝑜𝑛-𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐹𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒 𝑆𝑦𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚.
Varignon’s Theorem
Moment of a Force This theorem is also known as ‘Principle of mo-
Moment of a force about a point is the measure ments’. The theorem states that:
of its rotational effect. It is defined as the “The algebraic sum of moments of a system of
product of the magnitude force and the coplanar forces about a moment centre in their
perpendicular distance of the point from the plane is equal to the moment of the resultant
line of action of the force. The point about force about the same moment centre.
which the moment is considered is called
‘moment centre’ and the perpendicular distance
Couple
of the point from the line of action of the force A couple consists of two parallel forces equal in
is called ‘moment arm’. In Fig. 2.1 ‘O’ is moment magnitude and opposite in direction and
centre and d is moment arm. separated by a definite distance. The sum of
forces forming a couple in any direction is zero,
which means that the 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑦 𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒
𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝑖𝑠 𝑧𝑒𝑟𝑜. 𝑀𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑢𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑦
𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒. The effect of the couple is
unchanged if
⇒ The couple is rotated through an angle.
⇒ The couple is shifted to any other position.
⇒ The couple is replaced by another pair of
forces whose rotational effect is the same.
 ∑ 𝐹𝑦
Resolution of a Force into a Force and 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛼 =
∑ 𝐹𝑥
… (2.2)
a Couple ∑ 𝑀𝑂
𝑑= … (2.3)
A force at point A may be resolved into a force 𝑅
and a couple at some other point ‘o’ as shown in Sometimes the values of ∑ 𝐹𝑥 and ∑ 𝐹𝑦 may
Fig. 2.2 come out to be zero, but ∑ 𝑀𝑂 may exist. This
means that the resultant of the system gets
reduced to a pure couple.

X and Y intercepts of Resultant

The x and y intercepts of a resultant are given
by,
𝑑 ∑ 𝑀𝑂 ∑ 𝑀𝑂
𝑥= = =
sin 𝛼 𝑅 sin 𝛼 ∑ 𝐹𝑦
𝑑 ∑ 𝑀𝑂 ∑ 𝑀𝑂
𝑦= = =
cos 𝛼 𝑅 cos 𝛼 ∑ 𝐹𝑥
See Fig. 2.4.

Fig. 2.2

Resultant of a Non-concurrent Force

System
The resultant of a non-concurrent force system
is that force, which will have the same
rotational and translation effect as given system
of forces. It may be a force, a pure moment or a
force and a moment.
Referring to Fig.2.3.

Fig. 2.4

SOLVED PROBLEMS

(The following sign convention is used in

Fig.2.3 solving the problems: rightward and upward
forces positive, clockwise moments positive.)
Mathematically,
1. Replace the horizontal 500 N force acting
𝑅 = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2 …(2.1) on the lever by an equivalent system con-
 sisting of a force at O and a couple. See 𝑀=𝐹𝑥𝑑
Fig. 2.5. = −10 𝑥 45
= −4500 𝑁. 𝑚𝑚
= −4.5 N. m (anticlockwise) (Ans.)
The moment of the forces increases linearly
with diameter. (Ans.)
3. Replace the 30 kN force acting on the steel
column by a force couple system at point O.
(Ref. Fig. 2.7)

Fig. 2.5

Solution: We apply two equal and opposite

500 N forces at O and identify the counter
Fig. 2.7
clockwise couple M, Fig. 2.5(b),
𝑀 = 500 (0.3 sin 60) Solution: Apply two forces equal and op-
= 129.94 Nm (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) posite, each of 30 kN at point O.
Thus the original force of 500 N at A is Now two opposite forces of 30 kN sepa-
equivalent to 500 N force at 0 and 129.94 rated by 100 mm, constitute a counterclock-
Nm moment as shown in the Fig. 2.5(c) wise couple of moment = 30 x 100 [Link].
(Ans.) A 30 kN force which is applied at O, re-
mains unchanged. Thus given force is
2. When taking a left turn, a driver exerts two
replaced by a moment of 3000 [Link] and a
10 N force s on a steering wheel as shown in
force of 30 kN as shown in Fig. 2.7(c) (Ans.)
Fig. 2.6. Determine the moment associated
with these forces. Discuss the effects of 4. The top view of a revolving entrance door is
varying the steering-wheel diameter d. shown in Fig. 2.8. Two persons
simultaneously approach the door and exert
forces of equal magnitude as shown. If the
resulting moment about the door pivot axis
at ‘O’ is 25 Nm, determine the force
magnitude.
Solution: Resolve the forces F into
components parallel and perpendicular to
the revolving door panel as shown in Fig.
2.8(b). The components parallel to the door
Fig. 2.6 panel cancel out, being equal, opposite and
collinear. The normal components each of
Solution: The moment of the two 10 N force Fcos15 at a distance of 1.8 m constitute a
is given by couple of
 Solution: In the first step, replace the force
of 100 N on the inner pulley by a force-
couple system of 100 N force and 100 x 100
=10,000 [Link] = 10 N.m couple of clock-
wise direction at O. Similarly replace the
200 N force on the outer wheel by a force-
couple system at O of 200 N force and 200 ×
120 = 24000 [Link] = 24 N.m of moment
Fig. 2.8 ccw sense, as shown in Fig. 2.9(b).
∴ Net moment about the pulley axis O
𝑀 = (𝐹𝑐𝑜𝑠 15)(1.8) = 25 = +25 +10 – 24
25 = +11 N.m (clockwise) (Ans.)
∴𝐹=
(1.8)(cos 15) Now, the two forces of 100 N and 200 N at
= 14.37 N (Ans.) ‘O’ are to be added to get their equivalent.
5. The unit consisting of two rigidly connected Using the method of components,
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = +100 cos 30 = 86.63 𝑁
pulleys shown in Fig. 2.9, is acted upon by a
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = +100 sin 30 − 200 = −150 N
couple of 25 N.m and two tension forces 100
N and 200 N, the latter exerted by belts 𝑅 = √(86.63)2 + (−150)2
which are securely wrapped onto the two
= 173.22 N (Ans.)
pulley surfaces. Determine the equivalent
∑ 𝐹𝑦
force-couple system at the pulley axis O. 𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
∑ 𝐹𝑥
150
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
86.63
= 59.97° (as shown in Fig. 2.9(c))(Ans.)
6. A coplanar parallel force system consisting
of three forces acts on a rigid bar AB as
shown in Fig. 2.10. Determine the simplest
equivalent action for the force system. If the
additional force of 20 kN acts along the bar
A to B, what would be the simplest
equivalent action?

Fig. 2.9 Fig. 2.10

 Solution: The resultant force of the system is 8. A pulley of 1 m diameter is subjected to 2
obtained by algebraic summation of the kN and 3 kN forces at A and B respectively
forces, since the forces are all parallel. as shown in Fig. 2.12. Its own weight of 1 kN
𝑅 = ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = +10 − 50 − 40 acts through the centre O. Determine
= −80 𝑘𝑁 = 80 𝑘𝑁 (↓) (Ans.) resultant force and its line of action with
This acts at a distance of d, where respect to AOB.
+(50𝑥4) + (40𝑥6) Solution: The 2 kN and 3kN forces acting at
𝑑=
80 A and B are to be transferred to O by an
= 5.5 𝑚 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑂 (Ans.)
equivalent force couple system. Hence there
Now, if an additional force of 20 kN acts would be a force of (2+3) = 5 kN acting
along the bar A to B, the two forces should rightwards. At ‘O’ with couples of moment
be added vectorially to obtain the resultant +1 kN.m and -1.5 kN.m.
action.

𝑅 = √802 + 202
= 82.46 N (Ans.)
80
𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
20

= 75.96° (Ans.)
Fig. 2.12
7. Find the resultant of the coplanar parallel Now vertically adding the self-weight of
forces acting on the truss shown in Fig. 2.11.
1 kN and the 5 kN force at O,

𝑅 = √52 + 12

= √26 = 5.1 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)

1
𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) (Angle with horizontal)
5
= 11.31° (Ans.)
Net moment at centre 𝑂 = -0.5 [Link] (Ans)

Fig. 2.11 9. A 2×4 m plate is subjected to a system of

Solution: The forces are all parallel and are two coplanar forces as shown in Fig. 2.13.
in same direction. Hence they may be added Determine the equivalent action at ‘O’, which
arithmetically to get the resultant R. may replace the force system.
𝑅 = −5 − 5 − 10 − 5 − 5 Solution: Resolving 3 kN and 6 kN forces in
= −30 𝑘𝑁 = 30 𝑘𝑁 (↓) (Ans.) their x and y components as shown in Fig.
To determine the position of R, take 2.13 (b).
moments of all forces about A, Moment at ‘O’ due to a force of 3 sin 60
𝑅 × 𝑑 = 30 × 𝑑 = (5 × 0) + (5 × 2) + (10 × 4) = 3 sin 60 × 2 = 5.196 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚
+ (5 × 6) + (5 × 8) Moment at ‘O’ due to 3 cos 60
120 = 3 cos 60 × 1 = +1.5 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚
𝑑=
30 Moment at ‘O’ due to 6 cos 45
= 4 𝑚 (Ans.) = −6 cos 45 × 1 = −4.24 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚
∴ R acts vertically downwards 4 m from Moment at ‘O’ due to 6 sin 45
point A, and its magnitude is 30 kN. = −6 sin 45 × 2 = −8.49 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚
 ∴ Total moment at ‘O’ 𝛼 = Angle with horizontal
= −6.03 = 6.03 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚, ccw (Ans.) ∑ 𝐹𝑦
Now adding forces vectorially using the = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
∑ 𝐹𝑥
method of components,
160
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
15.36
𝛼 = 84.51° As shown in Fig. 2.14 (Ans)

Fig. 2.14
To locate position of the resultant w.r.t. point
Fig. 2.13
A, along the base width
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = +(50x2) + (140x2) – (40 sin 60) ×
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 3 cos 60 + 6 cos 45 = 1.5 + 4.24
2 sin 60 + (40 cos 60) x (6 – 2 cos 60)
= 5.74 kN = +100 + 280 – 60 + (100)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 3 sin 60 + 6 sin 45 = 2.6 + 4.24
= 420 kN.m
= 6.84 kN
∑ 𝑀𝐴
R = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2 𝑑 =
∑ 𝐹𝑦

= √5.742 + 6.842 420

=
160
= 8.93 kN (Ans.) = 2.625 m from point A. (Ans.)
∑ 𝐹𝑦
𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 (∑ 𝐹 ) = 50° (Ans.) 11. Determine the resultant of the forces acting
𝑥

10. A dam is subjected to 3 forces: 50 kN force on a bell-crank lever as shown in the Fig.
on the upstream vertical face AB, 40 kN 2.15.
force on the downstream inclined face and Solution:
its own weight of 140 kN as shown in Fig. ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = +150 cos 60 +300
2.14. Determine the single equivalent force = + 375 N
and locate its point of intersection with the ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = -150 sin 60 – 100
base AD, assuming all forces to lie in the = 229.9 N
same plane.
R =√(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2 = 439.9 kN (Ans.)
Solution:
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = +50 − 40 sin 60 = +15.36 kN ∑ 𝐹𝑦
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −140 − 40 cos 60 = -160 kN 𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
∑ 𝐹𝑥
R =√(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2 =160.74 kN (Ans.)
 229.9 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = -800 – 300 + 500sin45
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
375 = - 746.45 N
= 31.511° (With horizontal) as shown
R = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2
in Fig. 2.15 (b). (Ans.)

= √(−353.56)2 + (746.45)2
= 825.95 N (Ans.)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 746.45
𝛼 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
∑ 𝐹𝑥 353.56
= 64.66° with horizontal as shown
in Fig. 2.16(b). (Ans.)
Taking moment about point B,
−(800 × 0.4) + (300 𝑥 0.1) – 50 = Σ𝑀𝐵
∑ 𝑀𝐵 = −340 (anticlockwise)
Equating it to the moment of resultant,
825.95 d = 340
∴ d = 0.41 m from B
Fig. 2.15 = 0.41 m as shown in Fig. 2.16 (a) (Ans.)
13. Compute the resultant of the force system
Taking moments about point A,
shown in Fig. 2.17.
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = −(150 sin 60)(0.4) + (300)
(0.4) cos 30 − 100(0.2)= 31.96 N.m
Equating it to the moment of the resultant
force, we get
𝑅𝑑 = 31.96
31.96
∴ 𝑑= = 0.073 𝑚 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
439.9
12. A bracket is subjected to a coplanar force
system as shown in Fig. 2.16( a). Determine
the magnitude and the line of action of the
single resultant of the system.
Fig. 2.17
Solution:
10
𝜃1 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 10 = 45°

3
𝜃2 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 4 = 36.87°

30
𝜃3 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 40 = 36.87°

1
𝜃4 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 26.56°
Fig. 2.16 2

Solution: ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 2 cos 45 + 2.5 cos 36.87

∑ 𝐹𝑥 = -500 cos 45 + 5 cos 36.87 − 1.5 cos 26.56
= - 353.56 N = +6.072 kN (→)
 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 2 sin 45 + 2.5 sin 36.87 For equilibrium, -134.17F + 24000 = 0
−5 cos 36.87 − 1.5 sin 26.56 24000
∴ 𝐹 = 134.17 = 178.8 𝑁 (Ans.)
= -0.756 kN (↓)
R = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2 15. Resultant of four forces of which 3 are
shown in Fig. 2.19, is only a couple of
= √6.0722 + 0.7562 moment 4800 N.m of clockwise direction. If
each square is one metre on a side,
= 6.12 kN (Ans.)
determine the fourth force completely.
0.756
𝛼 = tan−1 ( ) Locate it on the system of forces given.
6.072
= 7.10° with horizontal (Ans)
Taking moment of all the forces about point
O,
∑ 𝑀0 = 2 cos 45 × 30 + 2.5 cos 36.87
× 10 − 2.5 sin 36.87 × 50
+5 sin 36.87 × 50 + 1.5 sin 26.56 × 10
= 144.13 [Link]
∑ 𝑀0 = 𝑅𝑑
144.13 = 6.12(d) Fig. 2.19
∴ d = 23.55 mm from point O, as shown in
Solution:
the figure (Ans.)
∑ 𝐹𝑥 =0
∑ 𝐹𝑦 =0
} since 𝑅 is only a couple.
14. In the rocker arm shown in the Fig. 2.18, the
moment of F about O balances that of P 4
𝜃1 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 53.13°
about O. Find F. 3
Let P be the unknown force and 𝜃2 be its
inclination to horizontal.
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 1500 cos 53.13 + 1100 +
𝑃 cos 𝜃2 = 0 …(1)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 1500 sin 53.13 − 1200 +
𝑃 sin 𝜃2 …(2)
∴ P cos 𝜃2 = -2000
P sin 𝜃2 = 0
Fig. 2.18 ∴ 𝜃2 = 0 and P = -2000 N
Solution: Since moment of 𝐹 balances that of Let x be the distance of P from O along x-
P about O, let us first compute moment of P direction. Then
about O, and then equate it to moment of F Using P = 2000 (←) (Ans.)
about O. ∑ 𝑀𝑶 = 4800 = 1100(4) −
3 2000𝑥 + 1200(2)
𝜃1 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 36.87°
4 𝑥 = 1 m (Ans.)
1 16. In Fig. 2.20, compute moments of force F =
𝜃2 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 26.57°
2 450 N about A and B and that of P = 380 N
Moment of P about O = 250 cos 𝜃1 x 120 about B and C.
= 24,000 [Link] Solution: Moment of force is found by
Moment of F about O = -F cos 25.56 x 150 adding the moments of its components
= -134.17 F about the same point (Varignon’s Theorem).
 The angle made by F with horizontal
𝑅 = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2
2
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 (2) = 45°
𝑅 = √17.892 + 90.782
angle made by P with vertical
1 = 92.53 𝑘𝑁 (Ans)
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 (2) = 26.57°

Fig. 2.20

Moment of F about A = -(450 sin 45)(1) –

(450cos45)(2)
= -318.190 – 636.39
= - 954.59 N.m Fig. 2.21
= 954.59 Nm (ccw) (Ans)
Moment of F about B = F (sin 45)(3) Σ𝐹𝑦
𝛼 = tan−1 ( )
= 450 (sin 45)(3) Σ𝐹𝑥
= 954.59 Nm (cw) (Ans) 90.78
= tan−1 ( )
Moment of P about B = - (P cos 26.57)(2) 17.89
= - 679.79 Nm = 78.85° [as shown in Fig. 2.21(𝑏)
= 679.79 Nm (ccw) (Ans.) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Moment of P about C = P (sin 26.57) (2) ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = Sum of all forces about A,
= 339.82 Nm (cw) (Ans) 1
= +20(3) ( ) + 10(6)
17. Find the resultant of the force system acting cos 26.57
1
on the truss shown in Fig 2.21. ( ) + 25(3) + 20(6) + 10(9)
cos 26.57
Solution: Angle of the truss = 419.16 kN.m
3
= 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 (6) = 26.57° ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 𝑅𝑑
= 92.53d
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 10 sin 26.57 + 20 sin 26.57 + 419.16
10 sin 26.57 ∴ 𝑑=( )
92.53
= 17.89 kN (→) = 4.53 m from A (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −25 − 20 − 10 − 10 cos 26.57 −
18. Find the resultant of the force system shown
20 cos 26.57 − 10 cos 26.57
in Fig. 2.22, acting on a lamina of equilateral
= -90.78 kN (↓)
triangle shape.
 Solution: ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 100 − 130 cos 30 − 150 cos 60 ∴ 𝑅 = 4 𝑘𝑁(↓)
= -87.58 N ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 10(9) − 6(3) − 50 = 22 𝑘𝑁. 𝑚
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −100 + 150 sin 60 − 130 sin 30 ∴ 𝑅𝑑 = ∑ 𝑀𝐴
= -35.09 N 4𝑑 = 22
𝑑 = 5.5𝑚 from A
[as shown in Fig. 2.23] (Ans.)
20. Determine the resultant R of three forces
and two couples shown in Fig. 2.24. Find the
coordinate x of the point on the x axis
through which R passes.

Fig. 2.22

𝑅 = √(∑ 𝐹𝑥 )2 + (∑ 𝐹𝑦 )2

𝑅 = √87.582 + 35.092
= 94.35 kN (Ans)
Σ𝐹𝑦 35.09
𝜃 = tan−1 ( ) = tan−1 ( ) Fig. 2.24
Σ𝐹𝑥 87.58 Solution:
= 21.83° Σ𝐹𝑥 = 3 − 2
Taking moment of all forces about A, = 1 kN
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 100(100 cos 60) 100(100 sin 60) + ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −5 kN
130(100 sin 30)
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 𝑅. 𝑑 𝑅 = √12 + 52
20160.3 = 94.53𝑑
= √26 = 5.1 kN (Ans.)
∴ 𝑑 = 213.7 mm from A (Ans.)
Σ𝐹𝑦
19. Determine and locate the resultant R of the 𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
Σ𝐹𝑥
two forces and one couple acting on the I
5
beam shown in Fig. 2.23. = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
1
= 78.69° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Let 𝑑𝑥 be the horizontal distance from A
through which the resultant acts.
Then,
∑ 𝐹𝑦 𝑑𝑥 = ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 5(250) + 3(2000 −
Fig. 2.23 2(100) + 150 + 100 = 1900
Solution: 1900
𝑑𝑥 = ( ) = 380 mm (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Σ𝐹𝑦 = −10 + 6 5
= −4 kN
21. What force and moment is transmitted to 𝑁𝑜𝑡𝑒: 1 Mg = 1000 kg
the supporting wall at A? (Refer Fig. 2.25) = 9.81 kN
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇 − 𝐷 − 30(9.81 sin 15) … (i)
∴ 𝑇 = 86.17 kN (Ans)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑃 + 𝐿 − 30(9.81 cos 15) = 0
𝑃 + 𝐿 = 30(9.81 cos 15)
= 284.27 𝑘𝑁
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 9200𝑃 + 30(9.81 sin 15)(180) −
30(9.81 cos 15)(200) = 0
∴ 𝑃 = 4.69 kN (Ans)
Fig. 2.25 ∴ 𝐿 = 284.27 − 𝑃
Solution: ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 = 284.27 − 4.69
1 𝐿 = 279.58 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −5(1.5) + 15 + (1.5)(10)
2
23. Determine the magnitude, direction and line
= 15 𝑘𝑁 of action of the resultant of the given set of
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 1.5(5)(0.75) − 15(2) −
coplanar forces acting on a planar structure
1
(1.5)(10)(2.5 − 1.0) shown.
2

= -35.625 kN.m
∴ A force of 15 kN (↑) is transmitted to the
wall along with counterclockwise moment
of 35.625 kN.m.
22. A jet plane of mass 30 Mg is climbing at a
15° angle with a constant velocity. If the
drag force D = 10 kN, find the required
thrust, T, lift force L, and force P acting on
the rear stabilizers.

Fig. 2.27
Solution:
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = −40 sin 30 + 40 cos 20 − 50 cos 30 −
30 cos 60 + 20 cos 45
= −26.57 𝑘𝑁
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = −40 cos 30 + 40 sin 20 − 50 sin 30 −
30 sin 60 + 20 sin 45
= −113.44 𝑘𝑁

∴ 𝑅 = √(−26.57)2 + (−113.44)2
Fig. 2.26 = 116.51 𝑘𝑁
113.44
𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
Solution: Since the jet climbs at a constant 26.57
velocity, = 76.82° (as shown in Fig. 2.27)(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 Replacing the two 40 kN forces by their
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 equivalents at B and noticing that the
∑𝑀 = 0 moment by the two forces cancel each other,
 4 Following are different types of supports. (See
𝑀𝐵 = 50 cos 30 (3 − 3) + 2(50 sin 30)
6 Fig. 2.28)
+3(30 cos 60) + 6(30 sin 60) −
3(20 cos 45)
= 251.76 kN.m
∴ 𝑅𝑑 = 251.76
251.76
𝑜𝑟 𝑑 = ( ) = 2.16 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
116.51

EQUIILIBRIUM OF COPLANAR NON-

CONCURRENT FORCE SYSTEM
A body acted upon by a system of coplanar
Non-current forces is said to be in static
equilibrium, when it does not have any
translatory or rotatory motion in any direction.
According to Newton’s second law of motion, it
means, the resultant force acting on the body Fig. 2.28
should be zero. .i.e, Algebraic sum of compo-
nents of all forces in any two mutual per- Following are the types of beams. (See Fig. 2.29)
pendicular directions should be zero,
[Link],
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 …(2.6)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 …(2.7)
and the sum of moments of all forces acting on
the body about any point in the plane of the
body should be zero.
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 …(2.8)

Reactions at Supports of Beams

A beam may be defined as a structural element
which has one dimension (length) considerably
larger compared to the other two directions i.e.,
breadth and depth, and is supported a few
points. It is usually loaded in vertical direction.
Due to applied loads reactions develop at
supports. The system of forces consisting of
applied loads and reactions keep the beam in
equilibrium.

Fig. 2.29
 250 x 300 = T x 50
Types of Loading
T = 1500 N (Ans.)
Beams are subjected to different of Since the hammer is in equilibrium, (point A
loadings like concentrated or point loads, is a hinge)
uniformly distributed loads (UDL), uniformly ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 = −1500 sin 20 + 250 + 𝑅𝐴𝑥′
varying loads, external moments and general 𝑅𝐴𝑥′ = 263 N
loading. See Fig. 2.30. ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 = −1500 cos 20 + 𝑅𝐴𝑦′
∴ 𝑅𝐴𝑦′ = 1409.54 𝑁

𝑅𝐴 = √(𝑅𝐴𝑥′ )2 + (𝑅𝐴𝑦′)2

𝑅𝐴 = √(263)2 + (1409.54)2 N
𝑅𝐴 = 1433.87 𝑁
1409.54
𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
263

= 79.43° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
25. Calculate the tension T in the cable that sup-
ports the body weighing 1000 N with the
pulley arrangement shown in Fig. 2.32. Pul-
leys are free to rotate about their bearing,
and masses of all parts are small compared
with that of the loads. Find the magnitude of
the total force on the bearing of pulley C.

Fig. 2.30

SOLVED PROBLEMS
24. In the Fig. 2.31(a) calculate the tension T in
the nail and magnitude of force exerted by
the hammer head at A on the block.
Assume no slipping at A.

Fig. 2.31

Solution: FBD of hammer is as shown in Fig.

2.31 (b).
Equating moment of 250 N force about A to Fig. 2.32
that of force T in the nail about same point,
(i.e., considering moment equilibrium Solution: Consider the pulley A first [See Fig.
condition at A). 2.32 (b)]
 ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 𝑟𝑇1 = 𝑟𝑇2 Solution: Since the system of pulleys is in
(r = radius of pulley) equilibrium,
∴ 𝑇1 = 𝑇2 ∑ 𝑀𝑂 = 0 ⇒ 3000 𝑥 200 = 150(𝑇)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇1 + 𝑇2 = 1000 ∴ 𝑇 = 4000
∴ 𝑇1 = 𝑇2 = 500 𝑁 Let 𝐹𝑥 and 𝐹𝑦 be the horizontal and vertical
Now consider FBD of B, reactions at O. From ∆𝑂𝐴𝐵
∑ 𝑀𝐵 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇3 = 𝑇4 𝑂𝐵 150
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇3 + 𝑇4 = 500 𝑠𝑖 𝑛 𝜃 = =
𝑂𝐴 400
∴ 𝑇3 = 𝑇4 = 250 𝑁 ∴ 𝜃 = 22.02°
Considering now equilibrium of pulley C: ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇 cos 𝜃 − 𝐹𝑥 = 0
∑ 𝑀𝐶 = 0 ⇒ 𝑟𝑇3 = 𝑟𝑇 ∴ 𝐹𝑥 = 4000 cos 22.02 = 3708.21 𝑁
∴ 𝑇 = 250 𝑁 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ − 𝑇 sin 𝜃 − 3000 + 𝐹𝑦
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ −𝐹𝑥 + 𝑇 cos 20 = 0 ∴ 𝐹𝑦 = 4499.72 𝑁 (↑)
(Using T = 250 N)
𝐹 = reaction at hinge = √𝐹𝑥 2 + 𝐹𝑦 2
∴ 𝐹𝑥 = 234.92 𝑁 (←)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇 sin 20 − 𝑇3 + 𝐹𝑦
250 sin 20 − 250 + 𝐹𝑦 = 0 = √3708.212 + 4499.722
∴ 𝐹𝑦 = 164.49 𝑁 (↑) 𝐹 = 5830.810 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
4499.72
∴ 𝐹 = reaction at hinge = √𝐹𝑥 2 + 𝐹𝑦 2 𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
3708.21
= 50.51°
= √234.922 + 164.492
27. In the Fig. 2.34, determine the support
𝐹 = 286.78 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬) reactions at the hinge and the roller.
164.49
𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
234.92
= 35° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
26. Two light pulleys, one of 150 mm radius and
the other of 200 mm radius are fastened
together and form an integral unit as shown
in Fig. 2.33 (a). They are prevented from
turning about their bearing at ‘O’ by a cable
wound securely around the smaller pulley
and fastened to point A. Calculate the
magnitude F of the force supported by the
bearing ‘O’ for the applied 3000 N force.

Fig. 2.34
Solution: Noting that UDL of 20 kN/m may
be treated as a concentrated load of
magnitude 2 x 20 = 40 kN acting at
Fig. 2.33 midpoint of BC,
 ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐴 − 30 cos 45 = 0 i.e. 18 + 60 − 3𝑇 − 0.26𝑇 = 0
∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 21.21 𝑘𝑁 (→) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 3.26𝑇 = 78
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 40 + ∴ 𝑇 = 23.93 𝑘𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
30 sin 45 ∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 𝑇 cos 30 = 23.93 cos 30
∴ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 61.21 𝑘𝑁 ∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 20.72 𝑘𝑁 (→)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 6𝑉𝐵 = 50 + 150 sin 45 𝑉𝐴 = 18 − 23.93 sin 30
+210 i.e 𝑉𝐴 = 6.04 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 72.68 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
29. In the Fig. 2.36 determine the support
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 61.21 − 𝑉𝐵 = 6.21 − 72.68 reactions at A and B.
= −11.47 𝑘𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
Solution: The ∆𝑙𝑎𝑟 load is to be replaced by
Since 𝑉𝐴 is obtained as a negative value, an equivalent concentrated load of
its assumed direction is to be reversed.
2
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 11.47 𝑘𝑁 (↓) (Ans.) (12𝑥6𝑥60 = 180 𝑘𝑁) at (3 𝑥 6) = 4 m from A.
28. Determine the magnitude T of tension in the UDL of 10 kN/m is to be replaced by 2 x 10
supporting cable and the magnitude of the = 20 kN load at a distance of 1 m from C.
force in the pin at A for the jib crane shown
in Fig. 2.35 (a). The rigid bar AB is a
standard 0.6 m deep I-beam of length 6 m
with a weight of 1 kN/m of length.

Fig. 2.36

Fig. 2.35 Now we have, from Fig. 2.36(b),

∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐵 = 0
Solution: An UDL of 1 kN/m acts on the
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0
beam due to its self-weight, which may be
𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 250
replaced by a point load of 6 kN at centre of
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0
the beam.
10𝑉𝐵 = 720 + 240 − 60
From FBD of the beam (Fig. 2.35(b)),
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐴 − 𝑇 cos 30 = 0 ∴ i.e. 𝑉𝐵 = 90 𝑘𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
𝑉𝐴 = 160 𝑘𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
𝐻𝐴 = 𝑇 cos 30
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 30. In the Fig. 2.37 (a), the beam AB supports
𝑉𝐴 = 18 − 𝑇 sin 30 different types of loads. Determine the
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ +1 × 6 × 3 + (12 × 5) reactions at the hinge support and at the
−(𝑇 sin 30 × 6) − (𝑇 cos 30 × 0.3) roller support.
 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ −30 −
60 sin 53.13 − 2 × 10 + 𝑉𝐴
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 98 kN (↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∴ ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 226 kN. m ccw (𝐀𝐧𝐬)

Fig. 2.37

Solution: The trapezoidal load may be

divided into one rectangular load (UDL) of 1
kN/m and a triangular load.
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 Fig. 2.38
1 2 3
⇒ −𝑉𝐵 × 8 ( × 3 × 1 × × 3) + (1 × 3 × )
2 3 2 32. Beam ABC in the Fig. 2.39 is loaded as
+(8 sin 60 × 5) + 50 + (10 × 2 × 7] shown. Determine the support reactions.
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 29.02 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬) Solution: The point load of 30 kN at C, acting
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0
horizontally is replaced by an equivalent
∴ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 31.43
force and couple at C, as shown in Fig. 2.39
𝑉𝐴 = 2.4 𝑘𝑁(↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬) (b).
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 8 cos 60
= 4 𝑘𝑁 (←) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
31. Determine the reactions of the cantilever
beam shown in fig. 2.38(a).
Solution: In the cantilever beam at the fixed
end, in addition to two reactions, there is
also a moment existing, and no reaction at
free end.
Inclination of 60 kN load to horizontal
4
𝜃 = tan−1 ( ) = 53.13°
3
Referring to FBD of beam shown in Fig.
Fig. 2.39
2.38(b),
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐴 − 30 = 0
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐴 − 60 cos 53.13
∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 36 𝑘𝑁 (→)(𝐀𝐧𝐬) ∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 30 𝑘𝑁 (→) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
 ∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 → 1000 = 12𝑉𝐵
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 83.3 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 120
Substituting the value of 𝑉𝐵
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 36.67 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
33. An angle bracket is supported on a hinge
and a roller as shown in Fig. 2.40. Calculate
the reactions at the hinge A.

Fig. 2.41
Solution: Consider beam AB first [see Fig.
2.41 (b)],
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 80 𝑘𝑁
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 → 4𝑉𝐵 = 240
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 60 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 20 𝑘𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
Now this reaction 𝑉𝐵 acts as a load on Beam
CD.
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑉𝐶 + 𝑉𝐷 = 60 𝑘𝑁
∑ 𝑀𝐷 = 0 → 4𝑉𝐶 = 270
∴ 𝑉𝐶 = 67.5 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
Fig. 2.40
∴ 𝑉𝐷 = −7.5 kN
∴ Direction of 𝑉𝐷 is to be changed
Solution:
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐴 − 300 = 0 ∴ 𝑉𝐷 = 7.5 𝑘𝑁 (↓) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∴ 𝐻𝐴 = 300 𝑁 (→)(𝑨𝒏𝒔) 35. Compute the reactions for the bent beam
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 − 150 = 0 shown in Fig. 2.42.
∴ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 150 Solution: There are two reactions at the
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0
hinge F, and one vertical reaction at the
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 300 𝑁 (↑) roller A. The UDL of 50 N.m is to be replaced
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = −150 𝑁 by an equivalent concentrated load at
middle of CD. This load = 50 x 4 =200 N.
Hence direction of 𝑉𝐴 is to be reversed. There is also a couple of 300 Nm at E.
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 150 𝑁(↓) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐹 = 0 (𝑨𝒏𝒔)
34. Determine the reactions at supports A, B, C ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ −200 + 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐹 = 0
and D in the structure shown in the Fig.
2.41. ∴ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐹 = 200 𝑁
∑ 𝑀𝐹 = 0 ⇒ 14𝑉𝐴 = 700
 ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐷 + 𝑉𝐶 = 15 + 𝑉𝐴
= 15 + 4.67
9.125 + 𝑉𝐶 = 19.67
∴ 𝑉𝐶 = 10.545 kN (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
Consider FBD of beam EF
∑ 𝑀𝐸 = 0
i.e., 4𝑉𝐹 = 41.83
𝑉𝐹 = 10.457 𝑘𝑁
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐸 + 𝑉𝐹 = 19.33
Fig 2.42 𝑉𝐸 = 19.33 − 10.457
𝑉𝐸 = 8.87 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 50 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝑨𝒏𝒔) 37. Determine the support reactions for the
∴ 𝑉𝐹 = 150 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔) truss shown in Fig. 2.44.

36. A compound beam s loaded as shown in Fg.

2.43 (a). Determine the reaction at A, B, C, D,
E and F.
Solution: Consider the FBD of beam AB [Ref.
Fig. 2.43 (b)],
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 3𝑉𝐵 − 5 × 1 − (2 × 2)
×2= 0
∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 4.33 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 9
Fig. 2.44

Solution: The truss is in equilibrium, hence,

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐴 = 3 + 3 + 3
= 9 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 60 = 4𝐻𝐵
𝐻𝐵 = 18 𝑘𝑁 (→)(𝑨𝒏𝒔)
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐴 = −𝐻𝐵
𝐻𝐵 = 18 𝑘𝑁 (←)(𝑨𝒏𝒔)
38. A roller of weight 2000 N rests as shown in
Fig. 2.45 (a). Determine the reactions at C
and D. Neglect the weight of AB. Beam CD
weighs 500 N.
Solution: The roller of weight 2000 N is
acted upon by two more forces, 𝑅1 and 𝑅2 ,
Fig. 2.43 exerted by rods AB and CD respectively, as
shown in Fig. 2.45 (b).
∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 9 − 4.33 Considering equilibrium of roller B,
= 4.67 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
2000 𝑅 1 𝑅
Consider beam CD, = sin 150 = sin290
sin 120
∑ 𝑀𝐶 = 0 → 4𝑉𝐷 = 36.51
∴ 𝑅2 = 2309.40 𝑁
∴ 𝑉𝐷 = 9.125 𝑘𝑁 (↑)(𝐀𝐧𝐬) ∴ 𝑅1 = 1154.70 𝑁
 Now, consider the beam CD. It is acted upon
by 𝑅2 and its self-weight of 500 N. From FBD
of CD, [Ref. Fig. 2.45 (c)].
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
−𝐻𝐶 + 𝑅2 sin 30 = 0
∴ 𝐻𝐶 = 2309.41 sin 30
= 1154.7 𝑁 (←)(𝐀𝐧𝐬) Fig. 2.46

∴ 𝑉𝐵 = 4.8 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (Ans)

∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 4.2 𝑘𝑁 (↑) (Ans)
40. A 1000 N cylinder, 1.2 m in diameter is
loaded between the cross pieces, which
make an angle of 60° with each other and
are pinned at C as shown in Fig. 2.47 (a).
Determine the tension in the horizontal
rope DE assuming a smooth floor.
Solution: Consider the equilibrium of
cylinder C [Ref. Fig. 2.47 (b)].
1000 𝑅 1 𝑅 2
= sin 120 = sin 120
sin 120

∴ 𝑅1 = 𝑅2 = 1000 𝑁

Fig. 2.45

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0
𝑉𝐷 + 𝑉𝐶 = 2500 𝑁 Fig. 2.47
∑ 𝑀𝐶 = 0
Consider the equilibrium of the entire
∴ 𝑉𝐷 = 783.33 𝑁 (↑)(𝑨𝒏𝒔)
system [Fig. 2.47 (a)].
∴ 𝑉𝐶 = 1716.67 𝑁 (↑)(𝑨𝒏𝒔)
𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 1000
By symmetry,
39. Find the reactions at the support of the ∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 𝑉𝐵 = 500 𝑁
truss shown in Fig. 2.46. Now consider the equilibrium of the bar AE,
Solution: ∑ 𝑀𝐶 = − 𝑇 × 2.25 sin 60 + 𝑅2 × 𝐶𝐹
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 → 𝐻𝐴 = 0 +𝑉𝐴 × 𝐴𝐶 sin 60 = 0
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = 9 𝑘𝑁 Now, 𝐶𝐹 = 𝑂𝐹 cot 30
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 → 120 = 25𝑉𝐵 = 0.6 cot 30
= 1.039 m
𝐴𝐶 = 1.5 m
 ∴2.25 sin 60 T = 1000 x 1.039 + 500 x 1.5 42. A 500 N man sands on the middle of 100 N
sin 60 Ladder as shown in Fig. 2.49. Assuming a
... T = 866.55 N (Ans.) smooth wall and a stopper at A to prevent
slipping, find the reactions at A and B.
41. Determine the reactions at the support A, B,
C and D for the arrangement of compound
beams shown in Fig. 2.48.

(a)

(a)
(b)
Fig. 2.49.
Solution: Since the ladder is in equilibrium,
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ +𝐻𝐴 − 𝑅𝐵 = 0
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉 𝐴 − 500 − 100 = 0
(b) ∴ VA = 600 N (Ans.)
∑𝑀𝐸 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐵 × 4 = 600 × 1
Fig. 2.48. (C is mid point of AB)
Solution: Consider the beam EB first, ∴ RB= 150 N
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐸 + 𝑅𝐵 = 28 ∴ HA = RB = 150 N (Ans.)
∑𝑀𝐸 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐵 × 6 43. Find the support reactions of the beam,
= 10 × 1 + 4 × 2 + 6 × 3 + 8 × 4 loaded as shown in Fig. 2.50.
68
RB = = 11.33 kN (Ans.) Solution:
6
1
∴ RE = 28 – 11.33 = 16.67 kN ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐵 = × 4
2
Consider now the beam AF,
1
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐴 + 𝑅𝐹 = 6 + 8 + 𝑅𝐸 × 10 + × 4 × 10 + 4 𝑥 10 = 80
2
= 30.67 kN
∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐹 × 6
= 6 × 1 + 8 × 2 + 16.67 × 3
∴RF = 12 kN
∴RA = 30.67 – 12
= 18.67 kN(Ans.)
Fig. 2.50
Consider now, the beam CD,
1 1
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅 𝐸 + 𝑅𝐷 = 12 ∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐵 × 6 = × 4 × 10 +
2 2
∑𝑀𝐶 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅 𝐷 + 5 = 12 × 3
4
36 × 4 × 10 (6 − ) + 4 × 10 ×
∴ RD = = 7.2 kN 3
5
(2 + 2) = 80
∴ RC = 12 – RD = 12 – 7.2
VB= 42.22kN(Ans.)
= 4.8 kN (Ans.)
∴ VA = 80 – 42.22= 37.78kN (Ans.)
 CHAPTER3

Analysis of Pin-jointed Plane Frames

GENERAL INFORMATION
2. The loads act only at the joints.
DEFINITIONS 3. Self-weight of the members is negligible.
A pin-jointed frame is a structure made up of 4. Cross-sections of all members are uniform.
slender (cross sectional dimension quiet small A strut is a member of pin-jointed frame
compared to length) members pin connected at under compressive force.
end is capable of taking loads at joints.
A tie is a member of pin-jointed frame
Examples: roof trusses, bridge trusses etc.
under tensile force.
A frame in which all the members lie in a single
plane is called a plane frame. If all members of a Methods of Analysis
frame o not lie in a single plane, the frame is
calle space frame. Examples: transmission The following are the convenient analytical
towers, tripods etc. methods for finding the forces in the members
A perfect frame is a pin jointed frame which of perfect plane frames:
has got just sufficient members that resist the Method of Joints: In this method, analysis starts
loads without undergoing appreciable from a joint where not more than two member
deformations in the shape. Perfect frame forces are unknowns. It makes use of the two
satisfies the equation. equilibrium equations available for the
m = 2j – 3 …(3.1) concurrent forces meeting at the joints. In this
where method, if necessary, reactions of supports are
m – number of members to be found to get a joint with only two
and unknown member forces.
j – number of joints in the frame
Method of Sections: In this method a section
A Deficient frame is a frame in which the
(cut) is assumed in the frame to make it into
number of members are less than that required
two independent parts. The number of
for a perfect frame. Such frames cannot retain
members so cut should not be more than three.
their shape when loaded.
The forces in the members cut along with the
A Redundant frame is a frame in which the
reactions and loads on the either part of the cut
number of members are more than that
frame constitute the equilibrium of the part.
required for a perfect frame. They cannot be
Using the three equilibrium equations for this
analysed using equations of statics alone.
system of non-current force system, the forces
Assumptions made in the analysis of pin
in the members cut may be found. This method
jointed frame are:
is preferable when the forces is only few
1. The ends of the members are pin connected
members are required. Some times it becomes
(hinged-ends).
necessary, when the method of joints fail to Since at joint A, there are only two unknown
proceed for want of a joint, with only two forces, we may start from joint A itself. Assume
unknown member forces. directions for FAB and FAE as shown in Fig.3.2(b)
Combination of the above two methods also
may be used advantageously.
In the above methods, once a member force
is found, mark the direction of the force near
the joint and then mark the joint force at the
other end of the member in the opposite
direction. Since the forces marked are the forces
of the members on the joint, if marking of joint ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐴𝐵 sin θ = 20
forces are as shown in Fig. 3.1, the members AB, 20
FAB = 0.6 = 33.33 kN (Tensile)
BC, CD and BE are in compression while the
forces in members AE, ED and EC are tensile ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐸 − 𝐹𝐴𝐵 cos θ = 0
forces. Thus, if a member force is towards the FAE = 33.33 x 0.8
joint, it is compressive force and if it is away = 26.67 kN (Comp.)
from the joint, it is tensile force. Since FAB and FAE have + signs, the directions
assumed for the forces in the members AB and
AE are correct.
Now consider joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.2(c)]
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐸 = 30 kN (Tensile)

Fig.3.1

SOLVED PROBLEMS
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐷𝐸 = 26.67 kN (Comp.)
1. Compute the forces in all the members of Now consider joint B: FBD of B is as shown in
the cantilever truss shown in Fig.3.2(a) and Fig. 3.2(d).
indicate the forces on a sketch of the truss
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ −33.33 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (90 – 𝜃) – 30 +
along with their nature.
𝐹𝐵𝐷 cos(90 − 𝜃 ) = 0
–33.33 sin θ – 30 + FBD sin θ = 0
33.33 × 0.6 + 30
FDB = = 83.33 kN (Comp.)
0.6

Fig.3.2 (a)
Solution:
3
tan θ = 4

... sin θ = 0.6 and cos θ = 0.8

 ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐶𝐵 + 𝐹 𝐷𝐵 ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐴𝐸 − 𝐹 𝐴𝐵 cos 16.69 = 0
+ 33.33 sin(90 – 𝜃 ) = 0 ∴ FAE= 66.71 kN (Comp.)
FCB + 83.33 x 0.8 + 33.33 × 0.8 = 0 Now consider joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.3(c)]
FCB = –93.33 kN ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐸 = 50 kN (Tensile)
Since FCB is negative, its direction is to be
reversed. Hence FCB is tensile force. Member
forces are shown in Fig. 3.2(e) in either correct
senses.

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐷𝐸 = 66.71 kN (Comp.)

Fig.3.2 (e) From FBD of joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.3(d)],
2. For the cantilevers shown in Fig. 3.3(a)
compute the forces in all the members. ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐵𝐶 sin 16.69 – 𝐹𝐵𝐷 sin 16.69
Compute the reactions at the support also. – 50 – 69.64 sin 16.69 = 0
i.e., FBC – FBD = 243.74 …(i)

Solution: ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ – 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 16.69 – 𝐹𝐵𝐷 cos 16.69

+ 69.64 cos 16.69 = 0
1.5
θ = tan-1 5 = 16.69° i.e., FBC + FBD = 69.64 …(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii),
Consider the joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.3(b)] FBC = 156.69 kN (Tensile)
FBD = –87.05 kN
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 sin 16.69 – 20 = 0
Since FBD is negative its direction is to be
∴ FAB= 69.64 kN(Tensile) reversed [Fig. 3.3(d)],
... FBD = 87.05 kN (Comp.)
Now consider joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.3(e)],
Let VD and HD be vertical and horizontal
components of reactions at D.
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉 𝐷 − 87.05 sin 16.69 = 0
... VD = 25 kN

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐷 − 67.71 – 87.05 cos 16.69 =

0
... HD = 151.1 kN
 Solution:
3
θ = tan-13= 45°
Consider equilibrium of joint A. [Ref. Fig.
3.4(b)]
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐸 sin 45 − 10 = 0
∴ FAE = 14.14 Kn (Comp.)

Consider joint C: It is in equilibrium under the

action of only two forces i.e., force in member
BC and the reaction at C. Hence they should be
collinear. [Ref. Fig. 3.3f]
i.e., RC = FBC = 156.69 kN
Member forces and the reactions are shown in
Fig. 3.3 (g)
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐴𝐵 + 14.14 cos 45° = 0
∴ FAB = 10 kN (Tensile)
Consider equilibrium of joint E: [ref. Fig.
3.4(c)]

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐸 – 14.14 cos 45 = 0

∴ FBE = 10 kN (Tensile)

3. For the cantilever truss shown in Fig.

3.4(a), determine the member forces.
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐷𝐸 – 14.14 sin 45° = 0
∴ FDE = 10 kN (Comp.)
Consider equilibrium of joint B: [Ref. Fig.
3.4(d)]
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 45 – 𝐹𝐵𝐷 cos 45 + 10 = 0
i.e., FBC + FBD = 14.14 kN …(i)
 ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐵𝐶 sin 45 – 𝐹𝐵𝐷 sin 45 – 10
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐴𝐵 + 54.08 cos 33.69 = 0
= 0
i.e., FBC - FBD = 14.14 kN …(ii) ∴ FAB = 45 kN (Tensile)
From (i) and (ii), Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.5(c)]
FBC = 14.14 kN ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐺 = 60 kN (Comp.)
FBD = 0
Member forces are indicated in Fig. 3.4(e).

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐵𝐶 = 45 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint G: [Ref. Fig. 3.5(d)]

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 60 – 𝐹𝐶𝐺 sin 33.69

+ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 sin 18.43 – 54.085 sin 33.69 = 0

4. Compute the member forces in the i.e., - FCG + 0.57 FFG = 162.23 …(i)
cantilever truss shown in Fig. 3.5 (a)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐶𝐺 cos 33.69 + 𝐹𝐹𝐺 cos 18.43

– 54.085 sin 33.69 = 0

Solution: i.e., FCG + 1.14 FFG = 54.08 …(ii)
2 Solving equations (i) and (ii)
θ1 = tan-13= 33.69°
162.23 + 54.00
FFG = = 126.5 kN (Comp.)
0.57 + 1.14
θ2 = tan -11 = 18.43°
3 ∴FCG = 54.08 – 1.14 x 126.5 = –90.14 kN
3 i.e., FCG direction is opposite to assumed
θ3 = tan-1 = 45°
3 direction.
Consider the equilibrium of joint A: [Ref. Fig. ∴ FCG = 90.14 kN (Tensile)
3.5(b)], Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.5(e)]
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐶𝐹 – 90 – 90.14 sin 33.69° = 0
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐺 sin 33.69 – 30 = 0
∴ FCF = 140 kN (Comp.)
∴ FAG = 54.08 kN (Comp.)
 ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐶𝐷 + 45 + 90.14 cos 33.69° = 0 Solution:
∴ FCD = 120 kN (Tensile) Consider FBD of joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.6(b)],
Consider joint F: [Ref. Fig. 3.5(f)] ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = 30 kN (Comp.)
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐶𝐷 = 50 kN (Comp.)
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐷𝐹 sin 45° – 140 −
126.5 sin18.43° = 0
∴ FDF = +254.55 kN (Tensile)

Consider Joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.6(c)], Noting all

inclined members are at 45° to
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐸𝐹 – 𝐹𝐷𝐹 cos 45° – 126.5 cos18.43° horizontal/vertical.
= 0
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐵𝐷 cos 45° + 50 = 0
∴ FEF = –300 kN
The direction of FEF is to be reversed. or FBD = 70.71 kN (Tensile)
∴ FEF = 300 kN (Comp.)
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐷𝐸 – 30 – 70.71 sin 45° = 0
Figure 3.5(g) shows member forces with
their senses. ...FDE = 80 kN (Comp.)

Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.6(d)],

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐵𝐸 + 50 + 70.71 cos 45°
5. Determine the forces in the members of = 0
truss shown in Fig. 3.6(a). FBE = 100 kN (Comp.)

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 – 30 + 70.71 sin 45°

= 0
∴ FAB = –20 kN (Comp.)
∴ Direction of FAB is opposite to the
assumed direction.
Consider FBD of joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.6(e)],

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹 𝐴𝐸 cos 45° + 100 = 0

∴ FAE = 141.42 kN (Tensile)
 20 + 20 + 20
RA = RE = = 30 kN as shown in
2

the Fig. 3.7(b).

Consider joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.7(c)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 30 – 𝐹 𝐴𝐵 sin 30° = 0

∴ FAB = 60 kN (Comp.)

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐸𝐹 – 80 + 141.42 sin 45° =

0
∴ FEF = 180 kN (Comp.)
All member forces are indicated in Fig.
3.6(f)

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 60 cos 30° + 𝐹𝐴𝐹 = 0

FAF = 51.69 kN (Tensile)
Now consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.7(d)]
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 60 sin 30° – 𝐹𝐵𝐶 sin 30°
+ 𝐹𝐵𝐹 sin 30° – 20 = 0
i.e., FBC – FBF = 20 …(i)

6. Determine the forces in the members of the

king post truss shown in Fig. 3.7(a).

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 60 cos 30° – 𝐹 𝐵𝐶 cos 30°– 𝐹 𝐵𝐹 sin 30° = 0

i.e., FBC + FBF = 60 …(ii)
From Equation (i) and (ii),
80
FBC = = 40 kN (Comp.)
2

and FBF = 60 – 40 = 20 kN (Comp.)

Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.7(e)]
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 sin 60° − 𝐹𝐶𝐷 sin60° = 0
or FCD = FBC = 25 kN

Solution: Due to symmetry

 ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 60° Considering equilibrium at joint A: [Ref. Fig.
3.8(c)],
𝐹𝐶𝐹 = +40 × 0.5 + 40 × 0.5 – 20
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐴𝐵 cos 30 ° – 10 cos 30 °
= 20 kN (Tensile)
Making use of symmetry forces in all other + 23.09 = 0
members are marked [See Fig. 3.7(b)] FAB = 28.86 kN (Comp.)
7. In Fig. 3.8(a), find the forces in all the
members of king post truss.

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐹 – 𝐹𝐴𝐵 cos 30 °

+ 10sin 30°– 20 = 0
...FAF = 28.86 cos 30° + 20 –10 sin 30°
= 40 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.8(d)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 28.86sin 30° – 𝐹𝐵𝐶 sin 30° +

𝐹𝐵𝐹 𝑠𝑖𝑛 30° – 20𝑐𝑜𝑠 30° = 0
∴ – FBC + FBF = 5.78 …(i)

Solution:
4
2a =
cos 30°

2
∴a = = 2.31
cos 30°
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 28.86cos 30° – 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 30°
To find the reactions [Ref. Fig. 3.8(b)], consider
entire truss, – FBF cos 30° + 20sin 30° = 0
∴ +FBC + FBF = 40.41 …(ii)
∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 10 × 0 + 20 × 2.31 + 10
From (i) and (ii),
× 2
∴ FBF = 23.10 kN (Comp.)
× 2.31 – 𝑉𝐸 × 8 = 0
∴ FBC = 17.31 kN (Comp.)
or VE = 11.55 kN
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ Noting loads make 30° Consider joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.8(e)],
with vertical, ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 𝐹𝐷𝐸 sin 30° + 11.55 = 0
–10 cos 30° – 20 cos 30°
∴ FDE = 23.10 kN (Comp.)
–10 cos 30°+ VA + VE = 0
∴ VA = 40 cos 30 – VE = 34.64 – 11.55
= 23.09 kN
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 10 sin 30 ° + 20 sin 30 °
– 10 sin 30° – 𝐻𝐴 = 0
∴ HA = 20 kN
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐷𝐸 cos 30° – 𝐹 𝐸𝐹 = 0
∴ FEF = 23.1 cos 30° = 20 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.8(f)],
∑ Forces perpendicular to member
CDE = 0, gives FDF = 0

Now consider joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(c)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 80 – 10 – 𝐹𝐴𝐵 sin 30° = 0

∑ Forces parallel to member CDE = 0gives ∴ FAB = 140 kN (Comp.)
FCD = FDE = 23.10 (Comp.)
Consider joint F: [Ref. Fig. 3.8(g)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐹𝐶 – 23.10 sin 30° = 0

∴ FFC = 11.55 kN (Tensile)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐿 – 140 cos 30° = 0

∴ FAL = 121.2 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint L: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(d)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐿 = 0
All the member forces are indicated in the Fig.
3.8(b).
8. In the truss shown in Fig. 3.9(a), compute
the member forces in all the members.

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐿𝐾 = 𝐹𝐴𝐿 = 121.2 kN

Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(e)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 20 + 140 𝑠𝑖𝑛 30°

– 𝐹𝐵𝐶 sin 30° + 𝐹 𝐵𝐾 sin 30° = 0
∴ –FBC + FBK = –100 …(i)

Solution: For the truss [Ref. Fig. 3.9(b)],

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐴 = 0
1
Due to symmetry VA = VG = 2 total load ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 140 cos 30° – 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 30°
−𝐹𝐵𝐾 cos 30° = 0
1
= 2(160) = 80 kN ∴ +FBC + FBK = 140 …(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
 -100 + 140
∴ FBK = = 20 kN (Comp.)
2
and FBC = 140 – 20 = 120 kN (Comp.)
Consider joint K: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(f)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐶𝐾 – 20 sin 30° = 0

∴ FCK = 10 kN ∴ FDJ = 40 kN (Tensile)
Member forces are shown in Fig. 3.9(b).
9. Compute the member forces in all the
members of truss shown in Fig. 3.10(a).

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 20 cos 30° – 121.2 + 𝐹𝐾𝐽 = 0

∴ FKJ = 103.9 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(g)],
CK 8 tan 30
tanθ = KJ
= 4
= 1.1547

∴ θ = 49.11°

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒– 20 – 10 + 120 sin 30°

– 𝐹𝐶𝐷 sin 30° + 𝐹𝐶𝐽 sin 49.11° = 0
FCD + 1.512FCJ = –60 …(iii)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 120 𝑐𝑜𝑠 30° – 𝐹𝐶𝐷 cos 30°

– FCJ cos 49.11° = 0
FCD + 0.756 FCJ = 120 …(iv)
From equations (iii) and (iv),
–60 + 120
FCJ = 1.512 + 0.756 = 26.46 kN (Comp.)
Solution: Since the geometry and loading are
and FCD = 120 – 0.756 x 26.46 symmetrical, each of the reaction,
= 100 kN (Comp.)
1 1
Now Consider joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.9(h)], VA = VE = 2 x total load = 2
Due to symmetry
x (100 +50 + 50)
FDE = FCD = 100 kN (Comp.) = 100 kN, as shown in Fig. 3.10(b).
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 100 cos60° + 100cos 60° − 𝐹𝐷𝐽 = 0
Now consider the FBD of joint A: [Ref. Fig.
∴ FDJ= – 40 kN 3.10(c)],
...Direction is to be reversed.
 From equations (i) and (ii),
120.18 + 60.09
FBC = = 83.83 kN (Comp.)
1.612 + 0.538

and
FBG = 120.18 – 1.612 x 83.83 = –14.96
Direction of FBG is to be reversed.
Hence FBG = 14.96 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.10(f)],

3
θ1 = tan-12= 56.31°
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 100 – 𝐹𝐴𝐵 sin 56.31° = 0
∴ FAB = 120.18 kN (Comp.)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐻 – 120.18 cos 56.31° = 0

∴ FAH = 66.67 kN (Tensile) Due to symmetry,
Consider joint H: [Ref. Fig. 3.10(d)], FCD = FBC = 83.83 kN (Comp.)
∑Fy = 0 83.83 sin 26.57° + 83.83 sin
26.57°– 100 + FCG = 0
∴FCG = 25 kN (Comp.)
Using symmetry, forces in the other half are
noted down and ae indicated in Fig. 3.10(b).

10. In the truss shown in Fig. 3.11(a), compute

the forces in all the members.
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐻 = 50 kN (Tensile)
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐺𝐻 = 𝐹𝐴𝐻 = 66.67
kN (Tensile)
Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.10 (e)],
4-3
θ2 = tan-1 = 26.57°
2
∑Fy = 0⇒–50 + 120.18 sin 56.31°
+ FBG sin 56.31° – FBC sin 26.57° = 0
∴ FBG– 0.538 FBC = –60. 09 …(i)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 120.18 cos 56.31°– FBG sin 56.31°

– FBC sin 26.57° = 0
∴ FBG + 1.612 FBC = 120.18 …(ii)
Solution: Consider joint F: [Ref. Fig. 3.11(f)],
50 + 100 + 50 ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐹 = 0
VA = VC = = 100 kN
2

Consider the equilibrium of Joint A: [Ref. Fig.

3.11(c)],
6
θ1 = tan-19= 33.69°

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 100 – 𝐹𝐴𝐵 sin 33.69° = 0

∴ FAB = 180.28 kN (Comp.) Using symmetry forces in all other members
are noted down as shown in Fig. 3.11(b).

11. Analyse the truss shown in Fig. 3.12(a) and

indicate member forces on the sketch of the
truss.

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 𝐴𝐻 – 180.28 cos 33.69° = 0

∴ FAH = 150 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint H: [Ref. Fig. 3.11(d)],
6
θ2 = tan-16= 45°
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ −50 + 𝐹 𝐵𝐻 sin 45° = 0
∴ FBH= 70.07 kN (Tensile)

Solution:
4
tan θ = 3
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒– 150 + 70.07 cos 45° + 𝐹 𝐻𝐺 ∴ sin θ = 0.8 and cos θ = 0.6 [3:4:5 rule]
= 0 Consider joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.12(c)],
∴ FHG = 100 kN (Tensile) ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐷𝐸 sin 𝜃 = 20
Consider joint G: [Ref. Fig. 3.11(e)], 1
∴ FDE = 20 x 0.8 = 25 kN (Tensile)
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐺 = 0

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐸𝐹 – 𝐹𝐷𝐸 cos 𝜃 = 0

∴ FEF = 25 x 0.6 = 15 kN (Comp.)
Now consider the FBD of whole truss [Ref. Fig.
3.12(b)], to determine the reactions since
without them we cannot proceed with the
methods of joints.
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 = 𝐹𝐻𝐺 = 100 kN (Tensile)
∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝐶 × 8 – 20 × 6 = 0
∴ RC = 15kN
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐴 = 20 kN
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻 𝐴 = 𝑅 𝐶 = 15 kN

Consider joint F: [Ref. Fig. 3.12(g)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐷𝐹 = 0

Consider joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.12(d)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 = 20 kN (Comp.)

Forces in various members are indicated in Fig.

3.12 (b).
12. Determine the forces in the members of the
frame shown in Fig. 3.13 (a)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 15 – 𝐹 𝐴𝐹 = 0
or FAF = 15 kN (Comp.)
Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.12(e)],
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 𝜃 = 15
1
∴ FBC = 15 x 0.6 = 25 kN (Comp.)

Solution: Consider the FBD of the entire truss

[Fig. 3.13(b)],

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 sin 𝜃 – 𝐹𝐶𝐷 = 0

FCD = 25 x 0.8= 20 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.12(f)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐹 sin 𝜃 + 20 − 25 × sin 𝜃 = 0

𝐹𝐵𝐶 × 0.8 = 25 × 0.8 – 20

Or FBF= 0

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐵𝐹 – 0 – 25 cos 𝜃 = 0

FBD = 25 x 0.6= 15 kN (Tensile)
 ∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐸 × 8 – 10 × 4 – 10 × 8 – 10 From equations (i) and (ii),
× 12 – 15 × 4 = 0 22.36
FBE = = 11.18 kN (Comp.)
180 2
..VE = = 22.5kN
8 orFBC = 11.18 – 5.59 = 5.59 kN (Comp.)
Consider joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.13(f)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑉𝐸 – 10 – 10 – 10 = 0
4
θ1 = tan-1 4= 45°
VA + 22.5 – 30 = 0
or VA = 7.5 kN ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FDE sin 45° − 10 = 0
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 𝐻𝐴 = 15 𝑘𝑁 FDE = 14.14 kN (Comp.)
4
θ = tan-18= 26.57°
Consider joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.13(c)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 sin 𝜃 = 7.5
7.5
FAB = = 16.77 kN
sin 26.57°

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FCD − 10 + FDE cos 45° = 0

FCD = 15 – 14.14 cos45° = 5kN (Comp.)
Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.13(g)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FCE − 10 + 5.59 sin 26.57° = 0
FCE = 10 – 2.5 = 7.5 kN

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ 15 – 16.77 cos 26.57° – FAF = 0

or FAF = 0 kN
Consider joint F: [Ref. Fig. 3.13(d)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FBF = 0

Member forces are shown in on Fig. 3.13(b).

13. In the overhanging truss shown in Fig.
3.14(a), determine the member forces
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FEF = 0 developed.
Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.13(e)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FBC cos 𝜃 + FBE cos 𝜃 =
16.77 cos 𝜃
FBC + FBE = 16.77 …(i)

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 16.77 sin 𝜃 − FBC sin 𝜃 +

FBE sin 𝜃 − 10 = 0
i.e. – FBC + FBE = 5.59 …(ii)
Solution: Referring to Fig. 3.14(b), Consider joint D: [Ref. Fig. 3.14(e)],
∑𝑀𝐷 = 0 ⇒ VE x 4 = 10 x 12 + 5 x 8 4
θ2 = tan-1 4= 45°
or VE = 40 kN
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FCD sin 45° = 25
FCD = 35.36 kN (Tensile)

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FDE − 36.36 cos 45° = 0

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ VE + VD − 10 − 5 = 0 FDE = 25 kN (Comp.)
or VD = –40 + 10 + 5 = –25 kN, Consider FBD of joint E: [Ref. Fig. 3.14(f)],
i.e., VD = 25 kN, downward ∟FEC = 90 – θ1 = 90 – 26.57 = 63.43°
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ HD = 0 ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FEF sin 63.43° + 25 = 0
Consider joint A: [Ref. Fig. 3.14(c)], ∴ FEF = 27.95 kN (Comp.)
4
θ1 = tan-1 = 26.57°
8

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FAF + sin 26.57° − 10 = 0

or FAF = 22.36 kN (Comp.)

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 40 − 27.95 sin 63.43° − FCE = 0

∴ FCE = 27.5 kN (Comp.)
Consider joint C: [Ref. Fig. 3.14(g)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ −FCF sin 26.57° − 35.36 cos 45° +
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FAB − FAF cos 𝜃1 = 0 27.5 = 0
∴ FAB = 22.36 cos 26.57°
= 20 kN (Tensile)
Consider joint B: [Ref. Fig. 3.14(d)],
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FBF − 5 = 0
∴ FBF = 5 kN (Comp.)

25
∴ FCF = sin 26.57°= 5.59kN (Tensile)
Forces in all the members are indicated in Fig.
3.14(b).

14. Compute the forces in members CD, KD and

∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FBC − 20 = 0 KJ of the truss shown in Fig. 3.15(a).
∴ FBC = 20.00 kN (Tensile)
Solution: Since the loading and the geometry
are symmetric, each of the support reaction,
1
Ra = Rg = 2(total load)
Solution:
1 8
= (50 + 50 + 100 + 50 + 50) ∟BAI = θ = tan-1 = 26.57°
2 16

= 150 kN 16
∴ AF = cos 26.57 = 17.88 m
Now pass a section 1–1 so as to cut the
members CD, KD and KJ. ∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ RF x 17.88 = 50 x 4 + 50 x 8 +
Considering the LHS of the section [Ref. Fig. 50 x 12
3.15(b)] and replacing the members by their ∴ RF = 67.11 kN
forces, Now take section 1–1 as passing through the
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FKD sin 45° + 150 − 50 − 50 = 0 members CD, DH and GH and consider right
FKD = –70.71 kN hand side portion.
4
θ2 = tan-14= 45°
And DG = 6 m
∑𝑀𝐷 = 0 ⇒ FGH cos 26.57° x 6 −
67.11 sin 26.57 x 8 − 67.11 cos 26.57 x 4 = 0

∑𝑀𝐾 = 0 ⇒ FCD x 4 + 150 x 8 − 50 x 4 = 0

FCD = –250 kN
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FCD + FKD cos 45° + FKJ = 0
FKJ = –[–250 – 70.71 cos 45°] = 300 kN ...FGH = 89.49 kN (Tensile) (Ans.)
Since FKD and FCD are negative, their directions ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FGH sin 26.57° − 50 −
are to be reversed. 𝐹𝐷𝐻 sin 45° + 67.11 cos 26.57° = 0
∴ FCD = 250 kN (Comp.) ...FDH = 70.78 kN (Tensile) (Ans.)
FKJ = 300 kN (Tensile) (Ans.) ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ −FCD − FDH cos 45° −
FKD = 70.71 kN (Comp.) 𝐹𝐺𝐻 cos 26.57° + 67.11 sin 26.57° = 0
FCD = –70.78 cos 45° – 89.49 cos 26.57°
15. In the truss shown in Fig. 3.16(a), compute
+ 67.115 or 26.57
the forces in members CD, DH and HG.
=–100 kN
 The direction of FCD is to be reversed. ∴ FBC= 24.04 kN (Tensile)(Ans.)
∴FCD = 100 kN (Comp.) (Ans.) ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FCE + FBC cos 33.69°
+ FDE cos 33.69° + 5 = 0
16. For the overhanging truss shown in Fig.
∴ FCE = –24.04 cos 33.69° – (–6) cos
3.17(a), compute the member forces in BC,
33.69° – 5 = –20 kN (Ans.)
CE and DE.
Direction of FDE and FCE are to be reversed.
∴ FDE= 6 kN (Comp.)(Ans.)
FCE = 20 kN (Comp.) (Ans.)
17. For the truss shown in Fig. 3.18(d),
determine the forces in the members CD,
CE and AE.

Solution: Since the truss is symmetric with

Solution: Consider section (1) -(1) as shown respect to loading and geometry the reactions,
in the figure. FBD of LHS portion is as shown
in Fig. 3.17(b). This part does not need
computation of reactions.

10 + 10
RA = RE = = 10 kN, vertical
2

Now consider LHS portion of section (1) -(1)

[Ref. Fig. 3.18(b)],
∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ FCE sin 30° x AQ +
FCE cos 30° CQ + 10 x AP = 0
2 Now CQ = 3 tan 30 = 1.732 m
Now θ1 = tan-13= 33.69°
From sine rule,
∑𝑀𝐶 = 0 ⇒ −5 𝑥 2 − FDE cos 33.69 x 2 = 0 AB 6
= sin [180 - (30 + 45)]
∴ FDE = –6 kN sin 30°

∑𝑀𝐸 = 0 ⇒ FBC sin 33.69° x 3 − 10 x 3 − ∴ AB = 3.11 m

5x2 =0 AP =AB cos 45° =3.11cos45°= 2.2 m
∴ FCE sin 30 x 3 + FCE cos 30 x 1.732 +10 ∴Due to symmetry AP = PQ = QR = RG
x 2.2 = 0 = 2m
22 section (1)-(1) is taken to cut the members CD,
∴ FCE =− 3 sin 30 + 1.732 cos 30
CI and HI and consider FBD of LHS of the
= –7.33 kN section [Ref. Fig. 3.19(b)].
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FCD sin 30° − FCE sin 30° − 10 + ∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ FCI x AC − 30 x 2 − 30 x 4 = 0
10 = 0 FCI x 8 sin 30° = 180
∴ FCD = FCE = –7.33 kN ∴ FCI = 45 kN (Tensile)
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FAE + FCD cos 30° + FCE cos 30° =
0
FAE– 7.33 cos 30° – 7.33 cos 30° = 0
∴ FAE = 12.70 kN (Tensile)
The directions of forces FCD and FCEare to
be reversed.
∴ FCD = FCE = 7.33 kN (Comp.)
18. Determine the forces in the members CD, CI
and HI of the truss shown in Fig. 3.19(a).

∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FCD sin 60° − FCI sin 30° +

𝐹𝐻𝐼 sin 30 − 30 − 30 + 85 = 0
i.e., FCD + 0.557 FHI = –
2.887 …(i)
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FCD cos 60° + FCI cos 60° +
FHI cos 30° = 0
i.e., FCD + FHI x 1.732= –45 x
1.732 …(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
(0.557 – 1.732) FHI = –75. 053
or FHI = 64.98 kN (Tensile)
∴ FCD = –2.887 – 0.577 x 64.9
= –40.38 kN (Comp.)
19. For the truss shown in Fig. 3.20(a),
compute the member forces BG, AC and HG.
Solution: Since the truss is symmetric with
respect to geometry and loading, the reactions
are:
30 + 30 + 50 + 30 + 30
RA = RG = 2

= 85 kN, vertically upwards.

Let P, Q and R be projections of CH, DI and EJ on
the horizontal line AG. Then,
CG = 8 cos 30°
And PG = CG cos 30° = 8 cos2 30° = 6 m
∴ AP = 8 – 6 = 2 m
Solution: Due to symmetry Solution: Due to symmetry
1 1
RA = RB = 2(40 + 40 + 40) RA = RE = 2 x 70 = 35 kN
= 60 kN, Vertically up wards. Take the section through BC, GC and GH and
Take section (1)-(1) and consider LHS portion consider left half portion [Ref. Fig. 3.21(b)],
[Ref. Fig. 3.20(b)],

∑𝑀𝐶 = 0 ⇒ FGF x CH = 35 x 8
FGF x 4 = 35 x 8
4 or FGF = 70 kN ( Tensile)
θ1 = tan-16= 33.69°
Ref. Fig. 3.21(b)
∑𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⇒ FBG cos 33.69° x 4 + ∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FGC sin 45° − FBG cos 60° + 35 = 0
FBG sin 33.69° x 6 + 4 x 4 = 0 0.707 FGC + 0.5 FBC = –35 …(i)
∴ FBG = –24.0 kN ∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FGC cos 45° + FBG sin 60° + FGF =
6 0
θ2 = tan-18= 36.87°
0.707 FGC + 0.866 FBC = –70 …(ii)
∑𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ FAC sin 36.87° − FBG cos 33.69° + From equation (i) and (ii),
60 − 40 = 0 0.366 FBC = –70 + 35 = –35
–24 sin 33.69° – 20 . .FBC = –95.62 kN
.
FAC = =–6.0
sin 36.87° From (i), 0.707 FGC + 0.5 (–95.62) = –35
∑𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⇒ FHG + FBC sin 33.69° + ...FBC = 18.12 kN (Tensile)
𝐹𝐴𝐶 cos 36.87° = 0 The direction of FGC to be reversed
...FHCo =–(–24) sin 33.69 – (–6) cos 36.87 ...FGC = 18.12 kN (Comp.)
= 18.11 kN (Tensile) 21. Determine the forces in the members DE,
Sign for FBG is to be reversed. NE and LP of the French truss shown in Fig.
...FBG = 24.0 kN (Comp.) 3.22(a).
20. For the truss shown in Fig. 3.21(a),
determine the forces in the members BC,
GC and GF.

Solution: Due to symmetry

1
RA = RI = 2 (30 + 30 + 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
+ 30) = 105 kN, Vertical.
Consider LHS portion of the truss. Its FBD is as 𝐽𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑁: Σ𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝑁𝑀 = 0
shown in Fig. 3.22(b) 𝐽𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑀: Σ𝐹𝑋 = 0 ⇒ 𝐹𝑀𝐿 = 0

Now, consider a section through the members

BC, BK and AL [[Link].3.23(b)],
4
𝜃 = tan−1 = 26.57°
12 8
𝐴𝑬 = = 13.86 m
cos 30° ΣMB = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐴𝐿 sin 26.57° × 4 − 125 × 4 = 0
13.86 125
∴ 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝐶 = 𝐶𝐷 = 𝐷𝐸 = = 3.46 m ∴ 𝐹𝐴𝐿 = = 279.5 kN (𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑙𝑒)
4 sin 26.57°
𝐸𝑃 = 12 tan 30°
𝐸𝑃 12 tan 30°
∴ tan 𝜃 = = = 1.732
𝐿𝑃 4
or 𝜃 = 60°
Σ𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝑁𝐸 sin 60° × 8 − 30 × 3.46
cos 30 ° − 30 × 2 × 3.46 cos 30°
−30 × 3 × 3.46 cos 30° = 0
∴ 𝐹𝑁𝐸 = 77.85 kN (𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑙𝑒) (Ans)
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝑁𝐸 sin 60° + 𝐹𝐷𝐸 sin 30°
105 − 30 − 30 − 30 = 0
−77.85 sin 60° − 15
𝐹𝑫𝑬 = = −164.84 kN
sin 30°
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐿𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁𝐸 cos 60° + 𝐹𝐷𝐸 cos 30° = 0
𝐹𝐿𝑃 = −77.85 cos 60° − (−164) cos 30°
= 103.83 kN (𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑙𝑒) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
The direction of 𝐹𝐷𝐸 is to be reversed
𝐹𝐷𝐸 = 164.84 kN (𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝) (𝐀𝐧𝐬) ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −𝐹𝐵𝐾 sin 26.57°
22. Determine the forces in the member BC, BK, − 279.5 sin 26.7° + 125 − 50 = 0
AL, ML of the truss shown in Fig.3.23. ∴ 𝐹𝐵𝐾 = −111.78 kN
Solution: Due to symmetry ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 + 𝐹𝐵𝐾 cos 26.57° + 𝐹𝐴𝐿 cos 26.57°
1 =0
𝑅𝑁 = 𝑅𝐻 = (50 + 50 + 50 + 50 + 50)
2 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = −(−111.78) cos 26.57° − 279.5 cos 26.57°
= 125 kN ∴ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = 100 − 250 = −150 kN
Note: Method of section is not directly applicable, ∴ The direction of 𝐹𝐵𝐾 and 𝐹𝐵𝐶 are to be reserved.
since section cutting 3 members will not
separate the two portions. 𝐹𝐵𝐾 = 111.78 kN (𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝. )
 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = 150 kN (𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝. ) ∴ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 = 40 kN (𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑙𝑒) (𝐀𝐧𝐬) ΣFY =
22. Determine the reactions at supports and the 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 + 40 − 60 + 60 = 0
forces in the members AB and FG of the truss ∴ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 = −40 kN
shown in Fig. 3.24 (a). ∴ Direction of 𝐹𝐹𝐺 is to be reserved.
∴ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 = 40 kN (𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝. ) (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
24. Determine the forces in the members BC and
FG of the truss shown in Fig.3.25(a)

Solution: Consider the section as shown in the

figure. FBD of lower portion is shown in Fig. 3.24
(b).

Solution: This is another problem to demonstrate

that in some trusses, member forces in few
members can be found, even if we take a section
passing through more than three members.
Note: If we consider upper portion, there is no
need Fto find the reactions. Consider the FBD of
upper portion above the section line 1-1 [[Link].
[Note: As there only three independent equations 3.25(b)],
of equilibrium, in the method of sections the
section line should cut only three members to
find the forces in the members cut. However, this
problem is to demonstrate that sometimes forces
in some members can be found even if we cut
more than three members.]
Considering entire truss,
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ −𝑉𝐺 × 3 + 20 × 9 = 0
or 𝑉𝐺 = 60 kN
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑉𝐴 = 60 kN, Downward.
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝐻𝐴 = 20 kN,
As shown in Fig.3.24 (b).
Now referring to Fig.3.24(b), Let AD and HE, when produced meet at D’ Then,
ΣMF = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐴𝐵 × 3 + 20 × 3 − 60 × 3 = 0 from similar triangles, it can be shown that
DE=2m, CF=4m and BG=6m. ∴ 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = −44.72 kN
8 [Note: 𝐹𝐵𝐶 is not resolved at position B]
𝜃 = tan−1 4 = 63.43°
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝐹𝐵𝐶 cos 63.43° + 𝐹𝐹𝐺 cos 63.43° = 0
ΣMG = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝐵𝐺 sin 63.43° × 6 + 40 × (3 + 1) ∴ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 = 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = −44.72 kN
+ 40 × (3 − 1) = 0 ∴ The direction of both forces are to be reversed.
∴ 𝐹𝐹𝐺 = 𝐹𝐵𝐶 = 44.72 kN (𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝)
 CHAPTER4

Friction

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITION OF FRICTION Laws of Friction

The laws of dry friction are as follows:
1. The force of friction always acts in a direction
When a body moves or tends to move over
opposite to that in which the body tends to
another body, a force opposing the motion
develops at the contact surfaces. This force, move.
which opposes the movement or the tendency of 2. Till the limiting value is reached, the
movement, is called frictional force or simply magnitude of friction is exactly equal to the
friction. force, which tends to move the body.
The maximum value of frictional force, 3. The magnitude of limiting friction bears a
which comes into play, when the motion is constant ration, to the normal reaction
impending, is known as Limiting Friction. When between the two surfaces.
the applied force is less than the limiting friction, 4. The force of friction depends upon the
the body remains at rest, and such frictional roughness/smoothness of the surfaces.
force is called Static Friction which may have any 5. The force of friction is independent of the
value between zero and limiting friction. area of contact between two surfaces.
If the value of the applied force in the
direction of impending motion exceeds the Belt Friction (Rope Friction)
limiting friction, the body starts moving over the The transmission of power through belt or rope
other body and the frictional resistance drive is possible due to friction, which exists
experienced by the body while moving is known between the wheels and the belt. Band brakes stop
as Dynamic Friction. Usually dynamic friction is the rotating discs because of friction between belt
less than the limiting friction. and the disc. The frictional force is developed all
It is experimentally found that the along the contact surface between the belt and the
magnitude of limiting friction bears a constant drum. The tension in the rope is more on the side
ration to the normal reaction between the two it is pulled and less on the other side. Accordingly
surfaces and this ratio is called Coefficient of the two sides are called tight side (𝑇2 )and slack
Friction,µ. side (𝑇1 ). Relation between tight side tension and
F slack side tension is as follows:
Thus, 𝜇 =
, where 𝐹 = limiting friction. 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝜃 … (4.1)
N
and N =Normal reaction between the contact Where, µ = coefficient of friction between the
surface. rope and the drum.
𝜽 = Angle of wrap of belt over the drum
SOLVED PROBLEMS

1.A block shown in Fig.4.1(a) is just moved by a

force of 180 N. The weight of the block is 500N.
Determine the coefficient of static friction
between the block and the floor.

From the FBD of the block,

ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −5 + 𝑁 + 2 sin 30 = 0

Solution: Draw the FBD of the block with all the

forces acting on the block as given in Fig.4.1( b).
The block is just moved y a force in the opposite
direction of motion, where N is the Normal
reaction on the block from the floor. Since, the
block is in equibrium,

∴ 𝑁 = 4 kN
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑃 + 2 cos 30 − 0.35𝑁 = 0
𝑃 = 2 cos 30 − 0.35 × 4
= 0.332 𝑁
Consider the case (2): Since the motion impends
to the left, the friction force is directed to the
right, see Fig.4.2 (c).
From the FBD of the block.
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −5 + 𝑁 + 2 sin 30 = 0
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −500 + 𝑁 + 180 sin 14 = 0 ∴ 𝑁 = 4 kN
∴ 𝑁 = 456.5 ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑃 + 2 cos 30 + 0.35𝑁 = 0
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 180 cos 14° = 𝜇𝑁 ∴ 𝑃 = 2 cos 30 + 0.35 × 4
180 cos 14 = 𝜇456.5 =3.132 kN
∴ 𝜇 = 0.383 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
2. A block weighing 5 kN is attached to a chord,
which passes over a frictionless pulley, and
supports a weight of 2 kN. The coefficient of
friction between the block and the floor 0.35.
Determine the value of force P if ( i) the motion is
impending to the right (ii) the motion is
impending to the left. Fig.4.2(a)
Solution:
Consider the case (1): Since the motion impends 3. Will the 900 N block shown in Fig.4.3 (a) be in
to the right, the friction force is directed to the equilibrium by the horizontal force of 1350N?
left as shown in Fig.4.2 (b) µ=0.3
Solution: Let us assume that the block moves up Solution:
under the action of 1350 N force on the plane. (a)From the FBD of the block of weight 980 N for
Let F be the force required for equilibrium of the upward tending motion, [Fig.4.4(b)].
block. Fig.4.3 (b) shows the FBD of the block ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁 − 980 cos 20 = 0
N=922 N
when the motion just impends in the upward
direction along the plane. ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑊 − 0.3𝑁 − 980 sin 20 = 0
W=612.14 N

(b) From the FBD of the block of 980 N weight for

downward tending motion, [Fig.4.4(c)],
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 1350 − 𝐹 cos 30 − 𝑁 sin 30 = 0 ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁 − 980 cos 20 = 0
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −900 + 𝑁 cos 30 − 𝐹 sin 30 = 0 N=922 N
Solving N = 1438.3 N ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑊 + 0.3𝑁 − 980 sin 20 = 0
1350 − 0.5𝑁 W=58.86 N
𝐹= = 728.5 𝑁 [Link] the necessary force P acting parallel to the
0.866
Hence the friction force required to keep the plane as shown in Fig. 4.5 (a) to cause motion to
block in equilibrium is = 728.5N impend. Assume µ=0.25, and pulley to be smooth.
Let us find the atual magnitude of friction force
(Maximum value=µN) that could be developed
between the block and the floors.
𝐹𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 𝜇𝑁 = 0.3 × 1438.3 = 431.5
Since the available maximum friction force is less
than required force of 728.5 N to keep the block
in equilibrium, the block would moved up the
plae. Hence the block is not in equilibrium when
the 1350 N fore is applied.
4. Find the range of values, the weight W in Solution: Since P is acting downward the motion too
Fig.4.4(a), whould have so that 980 N block should impend downwards.
shown will neither start moving up the plane nor Consider first the FBD of 1350N block as shown
slip down the plane. 𝜇 =0. Pulley maybe assumed in Fig.4.5 (c).
smooth. ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁2 = 1350𝑁
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑇 + 0.25𝑁2 = 0
𝑇 = 0.25(1350) = 337.5 𝑁
Now consider the FBD of the block of weight 450 N, as
shown in Fig. 4.5 (b) Solving the equations (𝑖) and (𝑖𝑖),
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 450 sin 45 = 318.2 T=0.5906 kN (Ans)
𝑁1 = 1.70 kN
Now consider FBD of block of weight 3kN [Ref.
Fig.4.6(c)],
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −𝑁1 + 𝑁2 − 3 = 0
∴ 𝑁2 = 4.70 kN
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝐹 + 0.3(1.70) + 0.3(4.70) = 0
∴ 𝐹 = 1.92 kN (Ans)

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 − 𝑃 + 0.25𝑁1 − 450 cos 45 = 0

337.5 − 𝑃 + 0.25𝑁1 − 318.2=0
𝑃 = 337.5 + 0.25(318.2) − 318.2
= 98.85 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
[Link] the arrangement shown in Fig.4.6(a), find
the force F needed to cause impending motion F
to 3kN weight, coefficient of friction for all [Link] in the Fig. 4.7(a), what should be the
surfaces of contact being µ=0.3. What is the minimum weight of W so that the block of 1000N
tension in the cable? will not slide down the plane? Assume the pulley
to be smooth and µ=0.3.

Solution: Consider first FBD of block of weight

2kN as shown in Fig.4.6 (b). Solution: Consider first the FBD of block of
weight W [Fig.4.7(b)],
9
tan 𝛼 = 12

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 cos 30 − 0.3𝑁1 = 0 … (𝑖)

ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −2 + 𝑁1 + 𝑇 sin 30 = 0
𝑁1 = 2 − 𝑇 sin 30 … (𝑖𝑖)
∴ 𝛼 = 36.86
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 𝑊 cos 36.86
= 0.8𝑊 … (𝑖)
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑊 sin 36.86 + 𝑇 − 0.3𝑁1 = 0
… (𝑖𝑖)
Using eqn. (𝑖) and (𝑖𝑖),
−𝑊 sin 36.86 + 𝑇 − 0.3 × 𝑊 cos 36.86 = 0
∴ 𝑇 = 0.3𝑊 cos 36.86 + 𝑊 sin 36.86 = 0
= 0.84𝑊
Consider the pulley. Since it is frictionless,
tension on both sides in the rope are same, say Using (𝑖𝑖) and (𝑖),
=T . −𝑃 cos 20 + 0.25(700 − 𝑃 sin 20) = 0
From FBD of block of weight 1000N [Fig.4.7(c)], ∴ 𝑃 = 170.70 𝑁
(b) To tip the block (about A): Consider the FBD
of the block for this case [Ref. Fig. 4.8(c)],
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ 𝑃 cos 20 × 4 = 700 × 1.5
∴ 𝑃 = 279.35 𝑁

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ +𝑇 − 1000 sin 36.86 + 0.3𝑁1 + 0.3𝑁2

=0
i.e., 0.84𝑊 − 600 + 0.24𝑊 + 0.3𝑁2 = 0
or 𝑁2 = 2000 − 3.6𝑊 9. Determine the least and greatest value of W in
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ +𝑁2 − 𝑁1 − 1000 cos 36.86 = 0
Fig.4.9(a) to keep the system of connected
i.e., 2000 − 3.6𝑊 − 0.8𝑊 − 800 = 0
or W=272.3 kN bodies in equilibrium. µ for surfaces of contact
T=0.84 × 272.74 between plane AC and block=0.28 and that
=229.1 N between plane BC and block 0.2.
8. A block of 700 N is resting on a floor as shown in
Fig.4.8(a). Determine the value of P , which will cause
the block (a) move, (b) tip. Take µ=0.3.

Solution:
(a)For least value W, the motion of 2000 N block
should be impending downward. From FBD of
block of weight 2000N, [Fig.4.9(c)]
Solution: ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 2000 cos 30 = 1732.06𝑁
(a)To move the block: From Fig.4.8(b), i.e., FBD of block, ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 = 0.2𝑁1 + 2000 sin 30 = 653.6𝑁
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑃 cos 20 + 0.25𝑁 = 0 … (𝑖)
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −700 + 𝑁 + 𝑃 sin 20 = 0
∴ 𝑁 = 700 − 𝑃 sin 20 … (𝑖𝑖)
Consider FBD of block of weight W [Fig.4.9(b)],
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁2 = 𝑊 cos 60 = 0.5𝑊
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 0.28𝑁2 + 𝑊 sin 60 = 𝑇 Solution:
0.28 × 0.5𝑊 + 𝑊 × 0.866 (a)The bar turning clockwise due to position of the
= 653.6 man, [FBD of block in Fig.4.10(b)]
∴ 𝑊 = 649.7
(b)To determine the greatest value of W, the
block of 2000N weight should be tending to
move up the plane. From FBD of block of weight
2000N, [Fig.4.9(d)],

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 cos 30° + 0.2𝑁1 cos 60°

+ 0.2𝑁2 cos 45° − 𝑁2 cos 45° = 0
𝑁1 = 0.586𝑁2 … (𝑖)
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 0.2𝑁1 sin 60° + 𝑁1 sin 30°
+ 0.2𝑁2 sin 45° + 𝑁2 sin 45°
= 600 + 500 … (𝑖𝑖)
Using (𝑖) in (𝑖𝑖),
𝑁2 = 1057.7 𝑁 𝑁1 = 6198 𝑁
Let the distance of the person be x m from A.
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ +500 × 1.5 + 600 × 𝑥
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 2000 cos 30 = 1732.06𝑁 − 2𝑁2 sin 45° × 3 − 𝑁2 sin 45° × 3
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 = 2000 sin 30 + 0.2𝑁1 =0
= 1346.41 𝑁 Substituting the value of 𝑁2 , we get,
From FBD of block weight W in [Fig. 4.9(c)], 𝑥 = 3.24m
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁2 = 𝑊 cos 60 = 0.5𝑊 The value of 𝑥 = 3.24m is greater than 3m.
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑊 sin 60 − 0.28𝑁2 = 𝑇 Hence whatever may be position of the man, on
∴ 𝑊 (sin 60 − 0.28 × 0.5) = 1346.41 the bar, the chance of the bar turning clockwise
∴ 𝑊 = 1854.5 𝑁 is nil. But it is necessary to investigate the bar
10. A horizontal bar of length 3 m and weight rotating anti-clockwise.
500 N, is lying in a trough as shown in (𝑏)𝐵𝑎𝑟 𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 − 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒: Consider FBD
Fig.4.10(a). A man weighing 600 N is trying to of the bar for this case as in Fig.4.10 (c),
walk over it. Find how close to B or A he can
move without the rod slipping. Take µ=0.2.

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 cos 30° − 0.2𝑁1 cos 60°

− 𝑁2 cos 45° − 0.2𝑁2 cos 45° = 0
 𝑁1 = 1.108 … (𝑖) = 0.3(300 + 800)
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 0.2𝑁1 sin 60° + 𝑁1 sin 30° = 330 𝑁 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
− 0.2𝑁2 sin 45° + 𝑁2 sin 45° 12. Two blocks A and B each weighing 1500 𝑁
= 500 + 600 are connected by a uniform horizontal bar which
𝑁1 (0.673) + 𝑁2 (0.566) = 1100 … (𝑖𝑖) weighs 1000 𝑁, Ref. Fig. 4.12(a). If the angle of
Using (𝑖) in (𝑖𝑖), limiting friction under each block is 15°, find the
𝑁2 = 838.6 𝑁 force P directed parallel to the 60° inclined plane
𝑁1 = 929.2 𝑁 that will cause motion impending to the right.
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ 500 × 1.5 + 600. 𝑥 − 𝑁2 sin 45° × 3
+ 0.2𝑁2 sin 45° × 3 = 0
∴ 𝑥 = 1.122 m from 𝐴.
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑛 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑚𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝐵
𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 1.22 𝑚 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝐴 𝑠𝑎𝑓𝑒𝑙𝑦.
11. Determine the force P required to intend the
motion of the block B shown in Fig.4.11 (a), to
the left. Take µ=10.3 for all surfaces of contact.
Solution: See fig.4.12 (b), (c), (d) for FBD of bar
and the blocks. From equilibrium conditions of
bar, 𝑉𝐴 = 𝑉𝐵 = 500 𝑁

Solution:
Consider first FBD of block A [Fig.4.11(b)],

Consider, block A; 𝜇 = tan 15 = 0.268

ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐴 cos 30 + 0.268𝑁𝐴 sin 30 − 1500
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐴 = 300 𝑁 − 500 = 0
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 = 0.3𝑁𝐴 ∴ 𝑁𝐴 = 2000 𝑁
∴ 𝑇 = 90 𝑁 ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝐶 − 𝑁𝐴 sin 30 + 0.268𝑁𝐴 cos 30 = 0
Consider Now, FBD of block B, ∴ 𝐶 = 535.8 𝑁
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐵 = 𝑁𝐴 + 500 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑏𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝐵: Taking direction up the
∴ 𝑁𝐵 = 800 𝑁 plane as 𝑥 and normal to it as 𝑦 − 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛,
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑃 = 0.3𝑁𝐴 + 0.3𝑁𝐵 ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐵 − 2000 cos 60 − 𝐶 cos 30 = 0
∴ 𝑁𝐵 = 1464.00 𝑁 1.8 3
tan 𝜃 = =
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑃 − 𝑁𝐵 (0.268) − 2000 sin 60 2.4 4
+𝐶 sin 30 = 0 ∴ 𝜃 = 36.86°
∴ 𝑃 = 1856.50 𝑁 (Ans) From FBD of the plank [Fig. 5.14(b)],

13. The tongs are used to handle hot steel tubes

that are being heat treated in an oil bath [Ref. Fig.
4.13(a)]. For a 20° jaw opening, what is the
minimum co-efficient of static friction between
the jaws and the tube that will enable the tongs
to grip the tube without slipping?

ΣMA = 0 ⟹ 500 × 2.4 cos 36.86 = 𝑁1 × 3

∴ 𝑁1 = 320
ΣMB = 0 ⟹ −500 × (3 − 2.4) cos 36.86 − 0.5𝑁2
× 3 sin 36.8 + 𝑁2 × 3 cos 36.86 = 0
−240 − 𝑁2 (0.5 × 3 sin 36.8 6) + 𝑁2 × (2.4) = 0
1.5𝑁2 = 240
𝑁2 = 160 𝑁
Taking 𝑥 as the direction of the plank
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝑃 − 500 sin 36.86 + 0.5𝑁1
+ 0.5𝑁2 cos 36.86 + 𝑁2 sin 36.86
Solution: From the FBD of the tube, =0
𝑁1 sin 10 + 𝑁2 sin 10 = 𝜇𝑁1 cos 10 + 𝜇𝑁2 cos 10 ∴ 𝑃 = 20.0 𝑁
(𝑁1 + 𝑁2 ) sin 10 = 𝜇(cos 10)(𝑁1 + 𝑁2 ) 15. For the ladder of length 4m shown in Fig.
sin 10 4.15 (a), determine the minimum-horizontal
=𝜇 force to be applied at A to prevent slipping.
cos 10
∴ 𝜇 = 0.176 µ=0.2 between the wall and the ladder, µ=0.3
= 0.176 so that the tube would not slip from between the floor and the ladder. The ladder
the tongs (Ans) weighs 200 N and a man weighing 600 N is at 3m
14. Determine the force P required to move the from A.
uniform 500 N plank from its rest position
shown in Fig. 4.14(a) if the co-efficient of friction
at both contact location =0.5

Solution: Now,
Solution: From FBD of the ladder [Fig. 4.15(b)]

𝑅1 320
=
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ −𝑅1 (4 sin 60) − 0.2𝑅1 (4 cos 60) sin(180 − 16 − ∅) sin((2)(∅ + 16))
+ 600 × 3 cos 60 + 200 × 2 cos 60° ∴ 𝑅1 = 184.82 𝑘𝑁
=0 From equilibrium of wedge A,
∴ 𝑅1 = 284.7 𝑁 𝑃 𝑅1
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −200 − 600 + 0.2𝑅1 + 𝑅2 = 0 =
sin(180 − ∅ − ∅ − 16) sin(90 + ∅)
∴ 𝑅2 = 743.1 𝑁 ∴ 𝑃 = 132.5 kN(𝐀𝐧𝐬)
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 𝐹𝑚𝑖𝑛 + 0.3𝑅2 + 𝑅1 = 0 17. Find the force P required to raise the block C
∴ 𝐹𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 𝑅1 − 0.3𝑅2 = 61.77𝑁 shown in Fig. 4.17 (a) that weighs 6 kN. µ=0.3
∴ Minimum force required to prevent slipping = for all surfaces of contact.
61.77 N
16. Block C of weight of 320 kN is to be raised by
means of the wedges A and B as shown in figure
4.16(a). Find the value of force P, for impending
motion of Block C upwards, if µ=0.25 for all
surfaces. Weights of the wedges maybe
neglected.

Solution: Consider the equilibrium of block C

[Ref. Fig. 4.17 (b)],
Solution: Fig. 4.16(b) shows the FBD of wedge A ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑁1 + 0.3𝑁2 cos 5
and C, Reactions of wedge B are similar to that of +𝑁2 sin 5 = 0 … (𝑖)
wedge A due to symmetry of loading and ∴ 𝑁1 = 0.386𝑁2
dimensions. ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −6 − 0.3𝑁1 + 𝑁2 cos 5
Let 𝛼 be the angle of limiting friction, then, ∅ = −0.3𝑁2 sin 5 = 0 … (𝑖𝑖)
tan−1 (0.25) = 14.04° 0.854𝑁2 = 6
From equilibrium of block C, from Lami’s ∴ 𝑁2 = 7.02 kN
theorem, Using the value of 𝑁2 in (𝑖), 𝑁1 =2.71 kN
From FBD of wedge B,
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −7.02 cos 5 + 𝑁3 cos 5 − 0.3𝑁3 sin 5
+ 0.3 × 7.02 sin 5 = 0
 wedge shown in Fig.4.18(a). The angle of limiting
frction for all surfaces of contact=15°(𝜇 =
tan 15°)

∴ 𝑁3 = 7.02 kN Solution:
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ +𝑃 − 0.3𝑁3 cos 5 − 𝑁3 sin 5
− 0.3𝑁2 cos 5 − 𝑁2 sin 5 = 0
∴ 𝑃 = 5.42 kN (Ans)
18. Determine the force P required to start the
𝜇 = tan 15° = 0.268 in Fig.4.19(a). It weighs 250 N and a man weight
Consider the equilibrium of block B [Ref. of 500 N force to entire the ladder; determine
Fig.4.18(c)], how for can he climbs along the ladder without
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ +𝑁1 − 250 − 0.0268𝑁2 = 0 slipping. Co-efficient of friction etween floor and
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −1000 + 𝑁2 − 0.268𝑁1 = 0 ladder is 0.25 and between wall and ladder is
𝑁1 − 0.268𝑁2 = 250 … (𝑖) 0.15.
𝑁2 − 0.268𝑁1 = 1000 … (𝑖𝑖)
Solving the simultaneous equations,
𝑁2 = 1149.8 𝑁
𝑁1 = 558.1 𝑁
Now consider FBD of wedge A [[Link]. 4.18(b)],
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ −𝑁1 + 𝑁3 cos 15 − 𝜇𝑁3 cos 75
=0
−558.1 + 𝑁3 (cos 15° − 0.268 cos 75°) = 0
∴ 𝑁3 = 622.5
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ −𝑃 + 𝜇𝑁1 + 𝑁3 sin 15° + 𝜇𝑁3 sin 75°
=0
𝑃 = 0.268 × 558.1 + 622.5 sin 15 + 0.268
× 622.5 sin 75 = 471.8 N

Solution: From FBD of the ladder, (Fig. 4.19b)

ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 0.25𝑁𝐴 − 𝑁𝐵 = 0
∴ 𝑁𝐴 = 4𝑁𝐵
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐴 + 0.15𝑁𝐵 − 250 − 500 = 0
750
∴ 𝑁𝐵 = 180.7 𝑁
4.15
𝑁𝐴 = 722.90 𝑁
Using now,
ΣMA = 0 ⟹ −𝑁𝐵 × 3 sin 60 − 0.15𝑁𝐵 × 3 cos 60
+ 250 × 1.5 cos 60
19. A ladder is supported against a wall as shown + 500(𝑥 ) cos 60 = 0
 𝑥 = 1.29 m 6(250) sin 𝛼 + 0.4(6(250) cos 𝛼 ) − 500(3 cos 𝛼 )
− 600(5 cos 𝛼 ) = 0
3900
𝜃 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 1500 = 68.96°

20. For the ladder shown in the Fig. 4.20(a),

weighing 500 N, determine the least value of 𝛼 at
which the ladder may be placed without slipping.
µ=0.25 for the contact surface between ground
and the ladder, µ=0.4 for the contact surface
between wall and the ladder. A man of weight
600 N is standing at a distance of 1m from B. [Link] the number of turns of rope to be
wound around the trunk of a tree in order to
support a man weighing 600 N in a pan as shown
in Fig. 4.21, with a force of 10 N. Take 𝜇 = 0.3

Solution:
Solution: Referring to FBD of the adder 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
[[Link].4.20(b)], 800 = 10𝑒 0.3×2𝜋×𝑛
ΣFX = 0 ⟹ 0.25𝑁𝐴 = 𝑁𝐵 80 = 𝑒 1.885𝑛
ΣFY = 0 ⟹ 𝑁𝐴 − 500 − 600 + 0.4𝑁𝐵 = 0 2.325 = 𝑛
∴ 𝑁𝐴 + 0.4𝑁𝐵 = 1100 ∴ 2.325 turns are required to hold the
∴ 𝑁𝐴 + 0.4 × 0.25𝑁𝐴 = 1100 800 N man in place, by applying 10 N
∴ 𝑁𝐴 = 1000 𝑁 force on the slack side.
∴ 𝑁𝐵 = 250 𝑁
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⟹ 6𝑁𝐵 sin 𝛼 + 0.4(6𝑁𝐵 cos 𝛼 ) [Link] the range of values of W that may
be supported by a force of 600 N shown n Fig.
− 500(3 cos 𝛼 ) − 600(5 cos 𝛼 ) = 0 1
Substituting the value of 𝑁𝐵 , we get, 4.22. 𝜇 = 0.4. Rope is making 1 4 turn round the
pulley.
Solution:
𝛽 = angle of wrap
1
= 1 4 turns = 7.85 rad
For W to be maximum, 600 Nforce would
be on the slack side.
∴ 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
𝑊 = 600𝑒 7.85(0.4)
𝑊 = 13862.3 𝑁 (Ans) ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 0.8𝑊
For W to be least, 600 Nforce would be on
the tight side. ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑇1 = 0.84𝑊
∴ 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽 Consider FBD of pulley, [Fig. 4.23(c)],
600 = 𝑊𝑒 7.85×0.4 ∴ 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽 = 𝑇1 𝑒 0.2𝜋
𝑊 = 25.93 𝑁 (Ans) ∴ 𝑇2 = 1.874𝑇1 = 1.574 𝑊
[Link] the Fig. 4.23 (a), determine the minimum Consider the equilibrium of 1000 N body,
weight W to prevent downward motion of the [Ref. Fig. 4.23 (d)],
1000 N body 𝜇 = 0.2 between the rope and the ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 𝑁2 − 𝑁1 − 1000 cos 𝛼 = 0
fixed drum. 𝜇 = 0.3 for other surfaces of contact.
∴ 𝑁2 = 𝑁1 + 1000 cos 𝛼
= 0.8𝑊 + 800
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
∴ 𝑊 = 175.3 𝑁 (Ans)
[Link] the minimum 𝜇 value between outer
rope and pulley for equilibrium of the pulley
system shown in Fig. 4.24 (a)

Solution: The 1000 N weight is just on the verge

of downward motion,
3
Now 𝜃 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 4 = 36.87°
Consider the FBD of block of weight W [Fig.
4.23(b)],
 Solution: For minimum value of 𝜇, friction force
should be limiting value. Consider FBD of the bar
AB, [Fig. 4.25(b)].
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝑇2 = 𝜇 𝑁
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁 = 180 𝑁
Solution: The pulley would be on equilibrium ∑ 𝑀𝐵 = 180 cos 60 = 2 𝑇2 sin 60
when the Torque on the outer pulley is that on ∴ 𝑇2 = 51.96 𝑁
the inner pulley. [Refer Fig. 4.24 (b) &(c)]. Since 𝑇2 = 𝜇𝑁1
600(𝑇2 − 𝑇1 ) = 270 × 300 51.96 = 𝜇(180)
600(225 − 𝑇1) = 81000 𝜇 = 0.29
∴ 𝑇1 = 90 𝑁
Consider the larger pulley [Ref. fig. 4.24
(b)],
𝛽 = angle of wrap = π rad
∴ 𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
225 = 90𝑒 𝜇𝛽
𝜇 = 0.291
Now consider the pulley rope equilibrium,
∴ 𝑇2 = 51.96 𝑁 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
= 𝑇1 𝑒 (0.2×0.5𝜋)
∴ 𝑇1 = 37.95 𝑁
∴ Min. valu of 𝑊 = 𝑇1 = 37.95 𝑁
[Link] 𝜇 = 0.3 for the rod and the rope and the
angle of wrap = 2𝜋, radians determine the range
of values of P for which the rope will not slip.
(Ref. Fig. 4.26)

[Link] should be the minimum value of W in

Fig. 4.25 (a), so that bar AB is in equilibrium?
Weight of AB = 180 N.𝜇between rope and the
fixed drum = 0.2. Also determine minimum 𝜇
between ground and bar AB.

Solution:
 (i) P is largest. Slipping now would be ∴ A force of 52.725 kN may be
clockwise. Total angle of wrap = 2𝜋 resisted with a 150 force if the No.
radians. of turns = 3 around the capston.

𝑇2 = 𝑃 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽 28.A 800 N man lowers himself with the rope

𝑃 = 100𝑒 (0.3×2𝜋) over a horizontal circular limb of a tree. If𝜇 =
𝑃 = 658.6 𝑁 (Ans) 0.5, find the force which the man must exert on
(ii) P is smallest. Slipping now would be the rope to let himself down slowly and go up
counterclockwise. slowly.

𝑃 = 𝑇1and𝑇2 = 100 𝑁
Using, 𝑇2 = 𝑒 𝜇𝛽 Solution:
100 = 𝑃𝑒 0.3×2𝜋 (a) Comes down slowly [See Fig. 4.28(b)]
𝑃 = 15.18 𝑁 (Ans)
27.A hawser (rope) thrown from a ship to a 𝛽 = 180° = 𝜋 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑠
wharf is wrapped two full turns around a
caption. The tension in the hawser is 7500 N. By
exerting a force 150 N on its free end, a man at
shore can just keep the hawser from slipping.
Determine (a) 𝜇 between the rope and the
Bollard (b) Tension in the rope that could be
resisted by 150 N force, if he hawser were
wrapped 3 full turns around the capston.

𝑊 − 𝑇 = 𝑇𝑒 𝜇𝛽
800 = 𝑇(1 + 𝑒 0.5𝜋 )
137.68 = 𝑇

Solution:
(a) To determine 𝜇
(b) Goes up lowly, [See Fig.4.28(c)]
𝜇𝛽
𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒
7500 = 150𝑒 𝜇×4𝜋 𝑇 = (𝑊 − 𝑇)𝑒 𝜇𝛽
0.311 = 𝜇 (Ans) 𝑇 = (800 − 𝑇)𝑒 0.5𝜋
(b) To determine tension in the rope for 𝑇 = 662.37 𝑁
three full turns.

𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
= 150𝑒 6𝜋(0.311)
𝑇2 = 52.725 𝑘𝑁 (Ans)
[Link] Fig. 4.29(a) determine the force P required ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ −𝑃 + 0.35𝑁1
to drive the wedge to raise the level of the + 0.35𝑁2 cos 15 + 𝑁2 sin 15
precast beam weighing20000 𝑁. 𝜇between all =0
surfaces contact = 0.35. Angle of wedge =15°. ∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 − 𝑁2 cos 15

Solution: Consider the equilibrium of beam [Ref. − 0.35𝑁2 sin 15 = 0

Fig. 4.29(b)], ∴ 𝑁1 = 10000 𝑁
∴ 𝑃 = 10319 𝑁
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝐻𝐴 − 𝑁2 sin 15 30. A break-drum of radius r = 150 mm is
− 0.35𝑁2 cos 15 = 0 rotating clockwise when a force P of magnitude
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ −20000 + 𝑉𝐴 + 𝑁2 cos 15 = 75 N is applied at D. Knowing that 𝜇 = 0.25,
− 0.35𝑁2 sin 15 = 0 determine the moment about O applied to the
drum where a = 75 mm and b = 400 mm. Fig..
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⟹ 6𝑉𝐴 = 3(20000)

∴ 𝑉𝐴 = 10000
10000
∴ 𝑁2 = = 11424.14 𝑁and𝐻𝐴 =
0.875
6819.0 𝑁
Now consider the FBD of the wedge [fig.
4.24(c)],
Solution: Consider the FBD of the bar AD.
∑ 𝑀𝐴 = 0 ⟹ 𝑃𝑏 + 𝑎𝑇2 = 𝑇1 (2𝑟 − 𝑎)
3𝑇1 = 400 + 𝑇2
𝑇2 𝜇𝜃
Also, 𝑇 = 𝑒
1
𝑇2 = 𝑇1 𝑒0.25𝜋
= 2.193𝑇1

Using (i),
3𝑇1 = 400 + 2.193𝑇1
𝑇1 = 495.84 𝑁
∴ 𝑇2 = 1087.37 𝑁

∴ Moment about O
= 150(𝑇2 − 𝑇1)
= 88729 𝑁. 𝑚𝑚 (Ans) ∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝜇𝑁2 = 𝑁1 sin 30
𝑁1 sin 30 288.67 sin 30
[Link] the Fig. 4.31(a) determine the minimum 𝜇= =
𝑁2 750
𝜇value such that identified cylinders of weight ∴ 𝜇 = 0.192
500 N each remain in position. [Link] the minimum value of W required
to cause motion of -blocks A and B towards
Solution: [Link] of each block 3000N. 𝜇 = 0.2for all
Consider the FBD of cylinder A. contact surfaces angle o wrap over the drum =
90°.
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁1 = 𝑁3

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 500 = 2𝑁1 cos 30

∴ 𝑁1 = 288.67 𝑁

Consider now FBD of cylinder B.

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ −500 − 𝑁1 cos 30 + 𝑁2 = 0
∴ 𝑁2 = 750 𝑁
 0.2𝑁1 sin 60 = 0 (i )
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ −3000 +
𝑇 sin 30+𝑁1 cos 30 − 0.2𝑁1 cos 60 = 0
(ii)
From (i)
𝑇 cos 30 = 𝑁1 (0.5 + 0.1732)
∴ 𝑁1 = 1.286𝑇
Using the value of 𝑁1 in (ii)
𝑇 = 2020 𝑁
Now, consider FBD of Block B in Fig. 4.32
(c)
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁2 = 3000 𝑁

∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 + 0.2𝑁2 = 𝑇1
∴ 𝑇1 = 2020 + 0.2(3000)
𝑇1 = 2620 𝑁 (Ans)
Now from Fig. 4.32 (e)
Solution: Consider FBD of block A. 𝑊 = 𝑇1 𝑒 𝜇𝛽
∑ 𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 cos 30 − 𝑁1 sin 30 − 𝑊 = 2620𝑒 0.2×0.5𝜋
𝑊 = 3587 𝑁 (Ans)
 CHAPTER5

Centroid of Areas

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS
Centroid of an area is a point in a plane
area such that the moment of area about
any axis through that point is zero.
Centre of gravity can be defined as
the point through which resultant of force
of gravity on the body acts. The term
centre of gravity applies to bodies with
mass and weight, whereas centroid
applies to plane areas. Fig. 5.1
Centroid of an area lies on the axis (ii) Centroid of triangle of sides b
of symmetry, if it exists. If there are 2 𝑏 𝑑
and d is at 2 and 2 (Fig. 5.2)
axes of symmetry for the axes. Then
centroid lies on the intersection of the
axes of symmetry.
The coordinates of centroid of an
area (𝑥̅ , 𝑦̅) are given by the equations,
∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑥𝑖 ∫ 𝑥(𝑑𝐴)
𝑥̅ = =
𝐴 𝐴
∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖 ∫ 𝑦(𝑑𝐴)
𝑦̅ = =
𝐴 𝐴
The term ∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑥𝑖 or ∫ 𝑥(𝑑𝐴) and
∑ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖 or ∫ 𝑦(𝑑𝐴) may be considered as Fig. 5.2
moments of are about 𝑥 and 𝑦 axes Table 5.1 shown the location of
respectively. centroid of standard figures; many
Making use of symmetry of areas, of them are derived later.
(i) Centroid of a circle is it’s centre
(Fig. 5.1)
 Table 5.1
Shape Figure 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎

ℎ 𝑏ℎ
- 2
3
Triangle

𝜋𝑅 2
4𝑅
0 2
3𝜋

Semi circle

4𝑅 4𝑅 𝜋𝑅 2
3𝜋 3𝜋 4

Quarter circle

2𝑅 sin 𝛼 𝛼𝑅 2
0
3𝛼

Sector of a circle

𝑅 sin 𝛼 2𝛼𝑅
𝛼 0

A ring

3ℎ 4𝑎ℎ
0
5 3
Parabola

3 3ℎ 2𝑎ℎ
𝑎
8 5 3
Semi parabola

3𝑎 3𝑏 𝑎𝑏
4 10 3
Parabolic spandrel
of type 𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 2

4𝑎 4𝑏 𝜋𝑎𝑏
3𝜋 3𝜋 4
Quarter of eliipse
SOLVED PROBLEMS Thus the centroid of a Triangle is at a
1. From the first principles, determine the ℎ
distance of 3 from the base.
centroid of a triangle of base b and 2. Determine the centroid of a semicircle
height h. shown in Fig. 5.4.

Fig. 5.3
Solution: Consider Fig. 5.3, the triangle
has a width b and height h. Let us Fig. 5.4
locate the distance of the centroid of Solution: Consider the semicircle of
the area with respect to the base. radius of 𝑅 shown in Fig. 5.4. Due to
Consider an elemental strip of width 𝑏1 symmetry centroid would lie on the y
and thickness 𝑑𝑦 at a distance 𝑦 from axis. Let its distance from diametral
the base∆𝑙𝑠 𝐴𝐵𝐶 and 𝐴𝐸𝐹 are similar. axis be 𝑦̅ . To find 𝑦̅ consideran element
Hence, we can write at a distance 𝑟 from the center O of the
𝑏1 ℎ−𝑦 semicircle, radial width being 𝑑𝑟 and
= bound by radii at  and  + 𝑑.
𝑏 ℎ
ℎ−𝑦 𝑦 Area of element = (𝑟𝑑)𝑑𝑟.
𝑏1 = ( ) 𝑏 = (1 − ) 𝑏 Its moment about diametral axis 𝑥 is
ℎ ℎ
Area of the element = 𝑑𝐴 = 𝑏1 𝑑𝑦 given by
𝑦 = (𝑟𝑑) × 𝑑𝑟 × 𝑟 sin 
= (1 − ) 𝑏 (𝑑𝑦) = 𝑟 2 sin  (dr)(𝑑)
ℎ
1
Area of ∆, 𝐴 = 2 𝑏ℎ Total moment of area about diametral
axis,
From equation 5.2 𝜋 𝑅
∫ 𝑦. 𝑑𝐴
𝑦̅ = = ∫ ∫ 𝑟 2 sin  𝑑𝑟𝑑
𝐴
ℎ 0 0
𝑦 𝜋
∫ 𝑦. 𝑑𝐴 = ∫ 𝑦 (1 − ) 𝑏(𝑑𝑦) 𝑟3 𝑅
ℎ = ∫ [ ] sin  𝑑
0 3 0
ℎ 0
𝑦2 𝑅3 𝜋
= ∫ (𝑦 − ) 𝑏(𝑑𝑦) = [− cos 𝜃 ]
ℎ 3 0
𝑦2
0
𝑦3
𝑅3 2𝑅3
= 𝑏 [ 2 − 3ℎ] ℎ0 = [1 + 1] =
3 3
1
𝑏ℎ2 Area o semicircle = 2 𝜋𝑅 2
= 6
Moment of area
𝑦𝑑𝐴 𝑏ℎ 2 1 ∴ ̅𝑦 =
𝑦 = ∫ = × [1 ] Total area
𝐴 6 𝑏ℎ
ℎ
2 2𝑅 3 / 3
𝑦 = =
3 𝜋𝑅 2 /2
 4𝑅 Moment of area about 𝑦 axis
= ∴ 𝑥̅ =
3𝜋 Area
Thus, the centroid of the circle is at the 2 3 1 2 sin ∝
4𝑅 = 𝑟 sin ∝ × 2 = 𝑟
distance 3𝜋 from the diametral axis. 3 𝑟 ∝ 3 ∝
4. Determine the centroid of quadrant
3. Determine the centroid of circular
from 1st principle.
sector shown in the Fig 5.5

Fig 5.5 Fig. 5.6

Solution: OCB is a circular sector of Solution: Consider a quadrant or

radius r, with inside angle 2∝, x-axis is quarter circle of radius r shown in the
the axis of symmetry. Hence 𝑦̅ = 0. Fig 5.6. Let OCB be an alemental area of
Consider an elemental strip of angle 𝑑𝜃 angle 𝑑𝜃, at an angle 𝜃 from x axis,
at angle 𝜃 from x-axis. This can be OCB can be considered as a triangle.
considered as a triangle. Centroid of a 1
2
triangle is at a distance of 3 of height or Areas of elemental strip = 2 𝑟(𝑟𝑑𝜃)
1
base as shown. = 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃 = A 𝑥̅ = ∫ 𝑥𝑑𝐴
2
2 𝜋⁄
∴ 𝑥= 𝑟 cos 𝜃 2
3 1 2
Area of elemental portion, (∫ 𝑟 𝑑𝜃 ) 𝑥̅
1 1 2
𝑑𝐴 = 𝑟(𝑟𝑑𝜃) = 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃 0
2 2 𝜋⁄ 𝜋⁄
2 2
∴ Total area of sector 2 1
+∝
1 1 ∝ =∫ 𝑟 cos 𝜃 (∫ 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃 )
3 2
= ∫ 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃 = 𝑟 2 [𝜃 ] = 𝑟2 ∝ 0 0
2 2 −∝
−∝
and moment of area about y-axis 𝜋⁄
∝ 2
1 𝜋⁄ 1
= ∫ 𝑥𝑑𝐴 i. e. , 𝑟 2 [𝜃 ] 2 𝑥̅ = ∫ 𝑟 3 cos 𝜃𝑑𝜃
2 0 3
−∝ 0
∝ 1 2 𝑟3 𝜋⁄
2 1 i. e., 𝜋𝑟 𝑥̅ = [ sin 𝜃 ] 2
= ∫ 𝑟 cos 𝜃 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃 4 3 0
3 2 𝜋𝑟 2 𝑟3
−∝
2 3 ( ) 𝑥̅ =
4 3
= 𝑟 sin ∝
3
 4𝑟
𝑥̅ = (Ans.) Moment of area about y-axis.
3𝑟 𝑎 𝑎

∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = ∫ √𝑘𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥
Similarly 𝐴𝑦̅ = ∫ 𝑦(𝑑𝐴)
𝜋⁄ 𝜋⁄ 0 0
2 2 𝑎
1 2 1 3 𝑏2 2 5 𝑎
∫ ( 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃) 𝑦̅ = ∫ 𝑟 sin 𝜃 ( 𝑟 2 𝑑𝜃) √
= ∫ 𝑘𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = [
2 √ 𝑥2]
2 3 2 𝑎 5 0
0 0
𝜋⁄ 0
2
2 2 𝑏 5 2
𝜋𝑟 1 = ( ) 𝑎2 = 𝑎2 𝑏
𝑦̅ = ∫ 𝑟 3 sin 𝜃𝑑𝜃 5 √𝑎 5
4 3 2 2
0
𝜋⁄ 𝑎 𝑏 3𝑎
1 𝑥̅ = 52 =
= 𝑟 3 [− cos 𝜃 ] 2 𝑎𝑏 5
3 0 3
𝜋𝑟 2 𝑟3
i.e,. ̅𝑦 = Moment about x-axis.
4 3 𝑎 𝑎
4𝑟 𝑦 1
̅𝑦 = = ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑘𝑥𝑑𝑥
3𝜋 2 2
5. Determine the centroid of the area 0 0
1 𝑥2 𝑎
bound by x-axis, the line 𝑥 = 𝑎 and the = 𝑘⌈ ⌉
2 2 0
parabola 𝑦 2 = 𝑘𝑥 shown in Fig. 5.7.
1 𝑏2 𝑎2 𝑎𝑏 2
= =
2 𝑎2 2 4
𝑎𝑏
4
∴ 𝑦̅ = 2
𝑎𝑏
3
3𝑏
=
8
3 3
∴ Centroid is at (5 𝑎, 8 𝑏) (Ans).
6. Deterrmine the centroid of the area
bound by x-axis, the line 𝑥 = 𝑎 and the
Fig. 5.7
Solution: Now, 𝑦 2 = 𝑘𝑥 parabola of the from 𝑦 − 𝑘𝑥 2 shown in
At 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑦 = 𝑏 Fig 5.8.
∴ 𝑏2 = 𝑘𝑎
𝑏2
Or 𝑘= 𝑎
Consider the elemental strip of width
𝑑𝑥 (Ref. Fig. 5.7)
𝑎 𝑎
2 1 𝑎
𝐴 = ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = ∫ √𝑘𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = [√𝑘 𝑥2]
3 0
0 0

2 𝑏2 2 3 2
= √ × 𝑎2 = 𝑎𝑏 Fig 5.8
3 𝑎 3 3
2
Solution: Now, 𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 2
(Note it is equal to of rectangle of size At 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑦 = 𝑏
3
𝑎 ×𝑏) ∴ 𝑏 = 𝑘𝑎2
 𝑏
Or 𝑘 = 𝑎2
Consider the elemental strip of width
𝑑𝑥 as shown in the figure.
𝑎 𝑎

𝐴 = ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑘𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
0 0
𝑘𝑥 3 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎3
= [ ] = 2
3 0 𝑎 3
1 Fig. 5.9
= 𝑎𝑏 Solution: The given figure is divided
3
(Note: Area of this parabola is
1
the into two rectangles and the area and
3 centroid of the simple figures are noted
area of rectangle of size 𝑎 × 𝑏) down in the followingmmtable.
Moment of area about y axis,
𝑎 𝑎
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
= ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 𝑥 = ∫ 𝑘𝑥 3 𝑑𝑥 Sl. No. Shape
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
0 0 1 Rectangle 900 5 4500 55 49500
4 4 4 ABCD
𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏𝑎
= 𝑘[ ] = 2[ ] = 2 Rectangle 1000 50 50000 5 5000
4 0 𝑎 4 4 CEFG
Moment of area about 𝑦 axis
∴ 𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 1900 54500 54500
𝑏𝑎2 3𝑎 3
∴ 𝑥̅ = 2 × 𝑎𝑏 = 4 𝑎 (Ans.)
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 54500
Moment of area about x axis, 𝑥̅ = = = 28.68 mm (Ans.)
𝑎 𝑎 ∑𝑎 1900
2
𝑦 ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 54500
= ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 𝑥 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥 𝑦̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 28.68 mm (Ans.)
1900
2
0 0 8. Two angles 50 x 50 x 3 mm are fitted
𝑎
1 back to back as shown I Fig. 5.10.
= ∫ 𝑘 2 𝑥 4 𝑑𝑥
2 Determine centroid of the combined
0
1 𝑥5 𝑎 section.
= 𝑘2 [ ]
2 5 0
2
1 𝑏 𝑎2
= ( 4) ( )
2 𝑎 5
𝑎𝑏2
=
10
∑ Moment of area about 𝑥 axis
∴ 𝑦̅ =
Area
𝑎𝑏2 3
= ×
10 𝑎𝑏
3
= 10 𝑏 (Ans.)
7. Determine the centroid of the angle Fig. 5.10
shown in Fig. 5.9. Solution: Due to symmetry centroid lies
on y axis i.e., 𝑥̅ = 0 (Ans.)
 Area 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅ 𝑥̅ = 206.8 mm 𝑦̅ = 347.7 mm
Sl. No. Shape
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 (Ans.)
1 ABCD 282 26.5 7473
2 EFGH 300 1.5 450
∑ 𝑎 = 582 ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ = 7923

𝑦̅ = 13.61 𝑚𝑚 (Ans.)
9. Find the centroid of the plane uniform
lamina shown in Fig. 5.11, w.r.t. the
axes shown.

Fig. 5.12

11. Find centroid of quadrant of an ellipse

shown in Fig. 5.13.

Solution: The equation of ellipse is

given by
All dimensions in mm
𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑏
Fig.
mm5.11 + = 1 i. e. , 𝑦 = √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2
Solution: 𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎
Area
Area of the quadrant of the ellipse.
𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚3
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
1 Triangle 1250 -25 -3125 66.7 8333 𝑎 𝑎
2 Semicirce 982 -110.6 -10861 25.0 2455 𝑏
3 Rectangle 5000 -50 -25000 25.0 12500 𝐴 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥. 𝑦 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥√(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 )
𝑎
0 0

∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

7232 -38986 23288

𝑥̅ = −53.9 𝑚𝑚 𝑦̅ = 32.2 𝑚𝑚
(Ans.)

10. Locate centroid of Fig. 5.12 shown w.r.t.

axis x and y.
Solution:
mm
Fig. 5.13
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑎
1 Triangle 200000 200 40000000 250 50000000 𝑏 1
2 Semicirce 62832 200 12566400 584.88 36749346 = ∫(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 ) ⁄2 𝑑𝑥
3 Rectangle -31416 150 -4712389 200 -6283185 𝑎
0
𝐴= ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =
231416 47854000 80466160
Substituting 𝑎 𝑎
𝜋𝑎𝑏
At 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑦 = 𝑏 ∴ [ ] 𝑥̅ = ∫ 𝑥𝑑𝐴 = ∫ 𝑥𝑑𝑥. 𝑦
4
0 0
𝑥 = 𝑎, sin 𝜃
𝑎
𝑏
∴ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃𝑑𝜃 = ∫ 𝑥. 𝑑𝑥√(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 )
𝑎
0
when 𝑥 = 0
Substituting,
𝜃=0
𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 = 𝑡
when 𝑥 = 𝑎
𝜋 ∴ −2𝑥𝑑𝑥 = 𝑑𝑡
𝜃=
2 −𝑑𝑡
𝑥𝑑𝑥 =
𝜋⁄
2
2
𝑏
∴ 𝐴= ∫ (𝑎 2 𝑥 = 0, 𝑡 = 𝑎2
𝑎
0
1⁄ 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑡 = 0
− 𝑎2 sin2 𝜃 ) 2 𝑎 cos 𝜃𝑑𝜃
0
𝜋𝑎𝑏 𝑏 1
𝜋⁄
2 ∴ 𝑥̅ = ∫ 𝑡 ⁄2 𝑥. 𝑑𝑥
𝑏 2 4 𝑎
1 𝑎2
= 𝑎 ∫ (1 − sin2 𝜃 ) ⁄2 cos 𝜃𝑑𝜃
𝑎 0
0
−𝑏 1 𝑑𝑡
𝜋⁄ ∴ = ∫ 𝑡 ⁄2
2 𝑎 2
𝑎2
= 𝑎𝑏 ∫ cos 2 𝜃𝑑𝜃
0 −𝑏 2 3⁄ 0
= 𝑡 2| 2
𝜋⁄
2𝑎 3 𝑎
2
𝑎𝑏 −𝑏
= ∫ (1 + cos 2𝜃 ) 𝑑𝜃, = |(0 − 𝑎3 )
2 3𝑎
0
𝑏𝑎2
Since, 2 cos 2 𝜃 = 1 + cos 2𝜃 = +
3
𝑎𝑏 sin 2𝜃 𝜋⁄2
= |𝜃 + | 𝑏𝑎2 4
2 2 0 ∴ 𝑥̅ =
3𝜋𝑎𝑏
𝑎𝑏 𝜋 4𝑎
= | + 0(0 − 0)| 𝑥̅ = (Ans.)
2 2 3𝜋

𝜋𝑎𝑏 Similarly,
= 𝜋𝑎𝑏 𝑑𝐴 𝑦 2 𝑑𝑥
4
[ ] 𝑦̅ = ∫ 𝑦 =∫
4 2 2
 mm

𝑎 Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅
2 Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚3
𝑏 𝑚𝑚
= ∫(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 ) 𝑑𝑥
2𝑎2 1 ABCD 1000 5 5000
0
2 CEFG 900 55 49500
𝑏2 2
𝑥3 𝑎 3 HIJD 900 55 49500
= [𝑎 𝑥 − ]
2𝑎2 3 0
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ =
2 3
𝑏 𝑎 2800 104000
= 2
[𝑎2 − + 0] ∑ 𝑎𝑥̅
2𝑎 3 ̅𝑥 = = 37.14 (Ans.)
∑𝑎

𝑏2 2𝑎3 𝑎𝑏2 Due to symmetry 𝑦̅ = 50 mm (Ans.)

= = 13. Find the position of centroid of the area
2𝑎2 3 3
shown in Fig. 5.15, if the center of the
𝑎𝑏2 4 circle lies on the centroid.
∴ 𝑦̅ =
3. 𝜋. 𝑎𝑏
4𝑏
= (Ans.)
3.𝜋.

12. Find the centroid of the channel shown

in Fig 5.14, with respect to the axes
shown.

Fig. 5.15
mm
Solution:
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
1 ABCD 19200 80 1536000 60 1152000
2 Circle -5027 𝑥̅ -5027 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ -5027 𝑦̅
3 D EBO -2400 133.3 -320000 100 240000

∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

Fig 5.14 11773 1216000 912000 -

- 5027 𝑥̅ 5027 𝑦̅

Solution: ∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 1216000 − 5027𝑥̅

𝑥̅ = =
∑𝑎 11773
∴ 𝑥̅ = 72.38 mm
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 912000 − 5027𝑦̅
𝑦̅ = =
∑𝑎 11773
∴ 𝑦̅ = 54.29 mm (Ans.)
14. Determine the centroid of the shape
shown in Fig. 5.16, with respect to the
axes shown. Given 𝑎 = 10 mm.
 ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 1187564
𝑦̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 107.19 mm (Ans.)
11079
16. A beam of span 10 m carries a ramp on
it whose load on the beam varies as per
the equation 𝑤 = 0.3 𝑥 3 + 100 N/m,
where x is the distance in meters from
one end as shown in Fig. 5.18.
Determine the distance of centroid of
gravity of the ramp, with respect to the
Fig. 5.16
mm y axis shown.
Solution:
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3

1 Triangle 750 46.67 35003 50 37500

2 Triangle 450 20 9000 50 22500
3 Recangle 3200 40 128000 20 64000
4 Semicircle -628.3 40 -25132 8.49 -5334

∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

3771.7 146870 118665

∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 1468870
𝑥̅ = = = 38.94 mm (Ans.)
∑𝑎 3771.7 Fig. 5.18
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 118665
𝑦̅ = = = 31.46 mm (Ans.) Solution: Moment of area about y axis
∑𝑎 3771.7 10 10
15. Determine the centroid of the area
= ∫ 𝑥. 𝑑𝐴 = ∫ 𝑥. (𝑦. 𝑑𝑥)
shown in Fig 5.17.
0 0
Solution: 10

= ∫ 𝑥. (100
0
+ 0.3𝑥 3 ) 𝑑𝑥
10

= ∫ (100𝑥 + 0.3𝑥 4 ) 𝑑𝑥
0
𝑥 2 0.3𝑥 5 10
= [100 + ]
2 5 0
= 11000 Nm
10 10

𝐴 = ∫ 𝑑𝐴 = ∫ 𝑦(𝑑𝑥)
0 0
10

= ∫ (100 + 0.3𝑥 3 ) 𝑑𝑥
0
0.3𝑥 4 10
Fig 5.17 = [100𝑥 + ] = 1750 N
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 1187564
4 0
𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎
= 11079 = 107.19 mm (Ans.)
 ∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 11000 ∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 25.34
∴ 𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 3.04 mm (Ans.)
1750 8.50
6.286 m from A (Ans.) ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 24.05
𝑦̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 2.80 mm (Ans.)
8.5

17. Determine the centroid f the shaded 18. Determine the centroid of the I section
area shown in Fig. 5.19 w.r.t. x and y shown in Fig. 5.20, w.r.t. the axes
axes. The curve shown is a parabola shown.
of type 𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 2 + C.

Fig. 5.20
Fig. 5.19 Solution: Centroid lies on the line of
Solution: Since, 𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 2 + C is given, symmetry
When 𝑥 = 0; 𝑦 = 0, Hence 𝑥̅ = 60 mm
∴ 0 = 𝑘 (0) + C Area 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
∴ C =0
When 𝑥 = 4.5 m; 𝑦 = 7.5 m, 1 ABCD 960 144 138240
∴ 7.5 = (4.5)2 + C 2 EFGH 1536 74 113664
k = 0.37 3 IJKL 1200 5 6000
∴ 𝑦 = 0.37 𝑥 2 is the equation of
the parabola ∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

At 𝐸, 𝑦 = 1.5, 3696 257904

∴ 1.5 = 0.37𝑥 2
or 𝑥 = 2.0 m as shown in figure. ∴ 𝑦̅ = 69.78 mm (Ans.)
mm
19. Determine the centroid of the area
𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape
Area
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚3
shown in Fig. 5.21.
𝑚𝑚
1 Parabola 11.25 3.38 38.03 2.25 25.31
ACB
2 Rectangle -3.75 3.25 -12.19 0.75 -2.81
EFBG
3 Parabola -2.00 1.50 -3.00 0.45 -0.90
AEF (Twice)
4 Rectangle 3.00 1.00 3.00 0.75 2.25
ADEF
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =
8.5 25.84 24.05

Note: Parabola AEF is to be subtracted

twice.
Fig. 5.21
 mm
mm

Area Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅ Sl. No. Shape 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 2
Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3
𝑚𝑚2 1 Triangle ABCD 35 3.33 116.55 2.33 81.55
1 ABCD 80000 100 8 × 106 200 16 × 106 2 Triangle BED -7.61 6.89 -52.4 1.09 -8.29
3 Parabola CDE -11.58 3.19 -36.94 1.22 -14.12
2 CEFG 40000 400 16 × 106 50 20 × 106
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

15.81 27.11 59.14

∑𝑎 = ∑𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎𝑦̅ =
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 27.21
24 × 106 18 × 106 𝑥̅ = = = 1.72 mm (Ans.)
120000 ∑𝑎 15.81
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 59.14
𝑦̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 3.74 mm (Ans.)
15.81
Solution: 21. Determine the centroid of the shaded
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅
𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎 = 200 mm (Ans.) area shown in Fig. 5.23.
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅
𝑦̅ = ∑𝑎
= 150 mm (Ans.)
20. Determine the centroid of the shaded
area shown in Fig. 5.22.
Solution: Computation of length EC and
DE is required.

Let 𝐸𝐶 = 𝑥
𝐷𝐸 = √2𝑥

Fig. 5.23
Solution: Computation of various
segments
1 1
𝐹𝐷 = 𝐵𝐺 = × 2 = 0.33
6 6
2
The curve is 𝑦 = 50 𝑥 i. e. , 𝑦 = √50𝑥
∴ 𝑦𝐴 = √50 × 6 = 17.32 units
𝑦𝐶 = √50 × 1 = 7.07 units
Fig. 5.22 mm
Now, 𝐵𝐸 = 10 − 𝑥 ∆𝐵𝐷𝐸
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
∆𝐵𝐴𝐶 Sl. No. Shape
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
√2𝑥 7 1 Parabola 69.28 3.6 249.41 6.5 450.32
=
10 − 𝑥 10 OAB
√2𝑥 = 0.7 (10 − 𝑥) 2 Parabola -4.71 0.6 -2.83 2.65 -12.48
OCD
2𝑥 = 0.49 (10 − 𝑥)2
3 Rectangle -1.65 3.5 -5.78 0.165 -0.27
Solving the quadratic equation we get, DBEF
𝑥 = 5.33 4 Triangle -4.18 4.33 -18.10 0.888 -3.71
∴ 𝐸𝐶 = 5.33 units FEG
𝐸𝐵 = 4.67 units ∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

𝐷𝐸 = 3.26 units 58.74 222.7 433.86

 mm
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 222.70 Solution:
𝑥̅ = ∑𝑎
= = 3.79 mm (Ans.)
58.74 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅
Area 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 433.86 Sl. No. Shape
𝑦̅ = = = 7.39mm (Ans.) 𝑚2 𝑚 𝑚3 𝑚 𝑚3
∑𝑎 58.74
22. Determine the centroid of the area 1 Triangle 12 4 48 1.33 15.96
2 Square 16 8 128 2 32
shown in Fig. 5.24 w.r.t. axes shown. 3 Quadran -12.57 8.3 -104.33 1.70 -21.37
t
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

15.43 71.67 26.59

71.67
𝑥̅ = = 4.64 m (Ans.)
15.43
26.59
𝑦̅ = = 1.72 m (Ans.)
15.43

24. Determine the centroid of the area

shown in Fig. 5.26 w.r.t. axes shown.
mm
Solution:
Fig.
mm5.24 Sl. No. Shape
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
𝑚2 𝑚 𝑚3 𝑚 𝑚3
Solution:
𝑦̅ 1 Rectangle ABCI 1.8 1.75 3.15 3.6 6.48
Area 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑥̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 2 Triangle AHI 0.9 1.70 1.53 2.6 2.34
𝑚2 𝑚 𝑚3 𝑚 𝑚3
3 Rectangle DEIG 2.4 2.0 4.8 0.3 0.72
1 ABCD 240 4 960 15 3600 ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ =
2 EFG 120 12 1440 10.67 1280.4
5.1 9.48 9.54
3 CHFG 48 14 672 2 96

∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎 𝑥̅ = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ =

408 3072 4976.4

3072
𝑥̅ = = 7.53 m (Ans.)
408
4976.4
𝑦̅ = 408 = 12.20 m (Ans.)
23. Determine the centroid of the shaded
area shown in Fig. 5.25.

Fig. 5.26
9.48
𝑥̅ = = 1.86 m (Ans.)
5.1
9.54
𝑦̅ = = 1.87 m (Ans.)
5.1

25. In the channel shown in Fig. 5.27

determine the value of C’ in order that
the centroid of the area lies on the line
XX.

Fig. 5.25
 mm

Area 𝑥̅ 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape
𝑚2 𝑚 𝑚
1 Triangle 12 𝑥 2 16 𝑥 4
x
3
2 Rectangle -16 𝑥 2 2𝑥 10 x
3 Semicircle -8 𝜋𝑥 2 6𝑥 16 𝑥
3𝜋
4 Quadrant -4 𝜋𝑥 2 12.30 𝑥 10.3 x
5 Rectangle 168 𝑥 2 7𝑥 6x
Fig. 5.27
Solution: Since the area is symmetrical ∑ 𝑎 = 12𝑥 2 −∑
16𝑥 2 − 8𝜋𝑥 2 ∑

about y axis − 4𝜋𝑥 2 + 168𝑥 2

𝑥̅ = 8 units = 126.30𝑥 2
Now let us find 𝑦̅ value.
∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ = ( 12𝑥 2 × 16𝑥)
Area 𝑦̅ 𝑎 𝑦̅
Sl. No. Shape 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3 + (−16𝑥 2 × 2𝑥 )
1 ABCD 2C C C + (−8𝜋𝑥 2 × 6𝑥 )
2+ 2C 2 +
2 2 + (−4𝜋𝑥 2 × 123𝑥 )
2 CGIJ 32 1 32 + (168𝑥 2 × 7𝑥)
C = 1030.64𝑥 3
C
3 EFGH 2C 2+ 2C 2 + ∑ 𝑎𝑥̅ 1030.64𝑥 3
2 2 ∴ 𝑥̅ = =
∑𝑎 126.30𝑥 3
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ = = 8.16𝑥 (Ans.)
32+4C 32+4C(2+C/2) 4
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ = ( 12𝑥 2 × 𝑥)
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 3
𝑦̅ = + (−16𝑥 2 × 10𝑥 )
∑𝑎
C 16 𝑥
32 + 4C (2 + 2) + (−8𝜋𝑥 2 × )
2= 3 𝜋
32 + 4C + (−4𝜋𝑥 2 × 10.3𝑥 )
(Since centroid is given to be on XXX) + (168𝑥 2 × 6𝑥)
∴ C = 4 (Ans.) = 691.88𝑥 3
∑ 𝑎𝑦̅ 691.88𝑥 3
∴ 𝑦̅ = =
26. Determine the centroid of the complex ∑𝑎 126.30𝑥 3

area shown in Fig.5.28. = 5.48𝑥 (Ans.)

Fig.5.28
 CHAPTER6

Area Moment of Inertia

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS 𝐼
𝑘𝑥𝑥 = √ 𝑥𝑥 …(6.5)
𝐴
Moment of inertia of an area about an axis is
nothing but second moment of area about the
desired axis. It is purely mathematical term and is
one of the important properties of areas. It is 𝑘𝑦𝑦 = √
𝐼𝑦𝑦
…(6.6)
mathematically written as, 𝐴

𝐼𝑋𝑋 = ∫ 𝑦 2 (𝑑𝐴) …(6.1) 𝑘𝐴𝐵 = √ 𝐴𝐵

𝐼
…(6.7)
𝐴

𝐼𝑦𝑦 = ∫ 𝑥 2 (𝑑𝐴) …(6.2) SOLVED PROBLEMS

The term moment of inertia is a misnomer. 1. State and prove the perpendicular axis
However, the term has come to stay for long time theorem of moment of inertia.
and hence it is still being used. Solution: This theorem states that “The
moment of inertia of an area about an axis
Polar Moment of Inertia: It is moment of inertia
lar
lar to its plane (i.e. Polar moment of
of an area about an axis  to the plane of the
inertia) at any point O, is equal to the sum
area. It is denoted by 𝐼𝑧𝑧. of moment of inertia about any two
𝐼𝑧𝑧 = ∑ 𝑟 2 (𝑑𝐴) …(6.3) mutually lar axes through the same point

Radius of Gyration of an area about an axis: It is a O and lying in the plane of the area”.
mathematical term defined by the relation,

𝐼
𝑘=√ …(6.4)
𝐴

Where, k is radius of gyration about the required

axis, I is moment of inertia of the area about the
same axis, A is area of the plane.
 Fig. 6.2
Referring to Fig.6.2, above theorem means
that,
𝐼𝐴𝐵 = 𝐼𝐺𝐺 + 𝐴𝑦 2 𝐶 ...(ii)

Where,

𝑰𝑨𝑩 is moment of inertia about

an axis AB,
Fig. 6.1
Referring to Fig. 6.1, if Z-Z is the axis 𝑰𝑮𝑮 is moment of inertia about centroidal
normal to the plane of paper passing axis GG parallel centroidal axis GG parallel
through point O, as per this theorem, to AB,
𝐼𝑧𝑧 = 𝐼𝑋𝑋 + 𝐼𝑌𝑌
To prove the theorem, let us consider an A is the area of the plane figure given,
elemental area dA at a distance r from O.
𝒚𝑪 is the distance between the axis AB and
Let the coordinates of 𝑑𝐴 be x and y. Then the parallel centroidal axis GG.
from definition,
Consider an elemental parallel strip of
2(
𝐼𝑧𝑧 = ∑ 𝑟 𝑑𝐴) area 𝑑𝐴 at a distance y from the centroidal
axis (Fig. 6.2).
= ∑(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )𝑑𝐴
Then,
2 2
= ∑ 𝑥 𝑑𝐴 + ∑ 𝑦 𝑑𝐴
𝐼𝑧𝑧 = 𝐼𝑋𝑋 + 𝐼𝑌𝑌 …(i) 𝐼𝐴𝐵 = ∑(𝑦 + 𝑦𝐶 )2 𝑑𝐴

Hence the proof. = ∑(𝑦 2 + 2𝑦𝑦𝐶 + 𝑦 2 𝐶 ) 𝑑𝐴

2. State and prove the parallel axis theorem of = ∑ 𝑦 2 𝑑𝐴 + ∑ 2𝑦𝑦𝐶 𝑑𝐴 + ∑ 𝑦 2 𝐶 𝑑𝐴

moment of inertia.
Solution: This theorem states that Now, ∑ 𝑦 2 𝑑𝐴 = Moment of inertia about the axis
“Moment of Inertia of an area about any GG.
axis in the plane of an area, is equal to the
sum of moment of inertia about a parallel = 𝐼𝐺𝐺
centroidal axis and the product of area
and square of the distance between the ∑ 2𝑦𝑦𝐶 𝑑𝐴 = 2𝑦𝐶 ∑ 𝑦𝑑𝐴
two parallel axes.”
∑ 𝑦𝑑𝐴
= 2𝑦𝐶 𝐴
𝐴

∑ 𝑦𝑑𝐴
In the above term,’ 2𝑦𝐶 𝐴′is constant, and is
𝐴

the distance of centroid from the reference axis

GG. Since GG passes through the centroid itself,
∑ 𝑦𝑑𝐴 𝑑𝑏3
= 0 and hence the term ∑ 2𝑦𝑦𝐶 𝑑𝐴 = 0. 𝐼𝑌𝑌 = (Ans.)
𝐴 12

Now, the third term 4. Determine the moment of inertia of a triangle

about its base.
= ∑ 𝑦 2 𝐶 𝑑𝐴 = 𝑦 2 𝐶 ∑ 𝑑𝐴 = 𝐴𝑦 2 𝐶

∴ 𝐼𝐴𝐵 = 𝐼𝐺𝐺 + 𝐴𝑦 2 𝐶

Hence the proof.

3. From first principles determine the moment

of inertia of a rectangle about the
centroidal x-axis, as well as centroidal y- Fig. 6.4
axis. Solution: Consider the triangle of base b and
height h. Take an elemental strip at a distance
y from the base AB. Let 𝑑𝑦 be the thickness of
the strip and 𝑑A its area. Width of this strip is
given by,
ℎ−𝑦
𝑏1 = ( )×𝑏
ℎ
Moment of inertia of this strip about AB,
= 𝑦 2 (𝑑𝐴) = 𝑦 2 𝑏1 𝑑𝑦
ℎ−𝑦
= 𝑦2 ( ) × 𝑏(𝑑𝑦)
ℎ
Fig. 6.3 Moment of inertia of the triangle about AB,
Solution: Consider a rectangle of width b ℎ
and depth d. Moment of inertia about the 𝑦 2 (ℎ − 𝑦)
centroidal axis x-x parallel to the short 𝐼𝐴𝐵 = ∫ 𝑏𝑑𝑦
ℎ
0
side and yy normal to the short side is
required. Consider an elemental strip of ℎ
width dy at a distance y from the axis. 𝑦3 𝑦3 𝑦4 ℎ
= ∫ [𝑦 2 − ( )] 𝑏𝑑𝑦 = 𝑏 [ − ]
Moment of inertia of the elemental strip ℎ 3 4ℎ 0
0
about the centoidal axis xx is,
= 𝑦 2 𝑑𝐴
ℎ3 ℎ4
= 𝑦 2 𝑏(𝑑𝑦) = 𝑏[ − ]
3 4ℎ
𝑑 ⁄2
2
𝑦 3 𝑑⁄2
𝐼𝑋𝑋 ( )
= ∫ 𝑦 𝑏 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑏 [ ] −𝑑
3 ⁄2 𝑏ℎ 3
−𝑑/2 𝐼𝐴𝐵 = (Ans.)
12

𝑏𝑑3
∴ 𝐼𝑋𝑋 = (Ans.) 5. From first principles determine the
12
expression for the moment of inertia of a
In a similar way it may be proved that circle about it diametrical axis.
 Fig. 6.6
Fig. 6.5 Solution: Refer Fig. 6.6 moment of inertia
Solution: Consider a circle as shown in Fig. of the semicircle about diametrical axis AB
6.5 of radius R. Consider an elemt of side
(𝑟)(𝑑𝜃) as shown in the figure. Its 𝜋𝑑 4
=
moment of inertia about diametrical axis 128
xx is
= 𝑦 2 (𝑑𝐴) Distance of the centroid from diametrical
= (𝑟 sin 𝜃)2 𝑟(𝑑𝜃)(𝑑𝑟) axis AB,
= 𝑟 3 sin2 𝜃( 𝑑𝜃)(𝑑𝑟)
4𝑅 2𝑑
∴ Moment of inertia of a circle about 𝑥𝑥 = =
𝑅 2𝜋 3𝜋 3𝜋
𝐼𝑋𝑋 = ∫ ∫ 𝑟 3 (sin2 𝜃 )(𝑑𝜃)(𝑑𝑟) From parallel axis theorem, Moment of
0 0 Inertia
𝑅 2𝜋
(1 − cos 2𝜃 )
= ∫ ∫ 𝑟3 (𝑑𝜃)(𝑑𝑟) 𝜋𝑑3 𝜋𝑑2 2𝑑 2
2 𝐼𝐺𝐺 = −( ) (3𝜋)
0 0 128 8
𝑅
𝑟3 sin 2𝜃 2𝜋
=∫ [𝜃 − ] 𝑑𝑟 = 0.0068598𝑑 4
2 2 0
0
As the corollary, Moment of Inertia of a
𝑟4 𝑅 2𝜋 4 quadrant about centroidal axis parallel to
= [ ] [2𝜋 − 0 − 0 − 0] = 𝑅
8 0 8 diameter is,
𝜋𝑅4 1
𝐼𝑋𝑋 = = × 0.0068598𝑑 4
4 2
In terms of diameter,
𝜋 𝑑 4 𝜋𝑑4 = 0.00343𝑑 4 (Ans.)
𝐼𝑋𝑋 = ( ) = (Ans.)
4 2 64

6. Using parallel axis theorem, determine the 7. Determine the Moment of Inertia of the
moment of inertia of semicircle about its composite shape shown in Fig. 6.7, about
centroidal axis parallel to the diameter. centroidal x and y axes.
 = 260.42 + [(25 × 5) × (6.25 − 2.5)2 ]

= 2018.22 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
∴ Moment of Inertia of the composite figure
about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
=M.I. of rectangle (1) + M.I. of rectangle
(2)
=4335.90+2018.22
= 6354.12 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4 (Ans.)
Fig. 6.7
Solution: Since centroidal Moment of Inertia Similarly, to determine the Moment of Inertua
are required to be computed, let us first of the composite figure about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 , consider
determine the position of the centroid with the two rectangles separately, Moment of
respect to x and y axes
mm shown in Fig. 6.7.
Inertia of the rectangle separately, Moment of
Sl. No. Shape
Area 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑦 𝑎𝑦 Inertia of the rectangle (1) about its own
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
centroidal axis
1 Rectangle 75 2.5 187.5 12.5 937.5
2 Rectangle 125 12.5 1562.5 2.5 312.5
𝑏𝑑 3 15 × 53
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎𝑥 = ∑ 𝑎𝑦 = = =
200 1750 1250
12 12
= 156.25 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
1750 ∴ Moment of Inertia of the same about
∴ 𝑥̅ =
= 8.75
200 centroidal axis 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
1250
∴ 𝑦̅ = = 6.25 = 156.25 + [(15 × 5) × (8.75 − 2.5)2 ]
200
Let us first determine the Moment of Inertia
= 3085.90 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
of rectangle (1) about the centroidal x-axis.
Moment of Inertia of the rectangle (1) about Similarly Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2)
its own centroidal x-axis,
about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 ,

𝑏𝑑 3 5 × 153 5 × 253
= = = + [(25 × 5) × (12.5 − 8.75)2 ]
12 12 12
= 1406.25 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
∴ Moment of Inertia about centroidal axis = 8268.22 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 ∴ Total Moment of Inertia of the composite
figure about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
= 1406.25 + [(5 × 15) × (12.5 − 6.25)2 ] = 3085.90 + 8268.22
= 11354.12 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4 (Ans.)
= 4335.90 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
8. Compute the second moment of area shown
Moment of Inertia of the rectangle (2) about in Fig. 6.8 about its centroidal x-axis.
its own centroidal x-axis

𝑏𝑑 3 25 × 53
= =
12 12
= 260.42 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
∴ Moment of Inertia about centroidal axis
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
 Moment of Inertia of rectangle (3) about
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺

25 × 253
= + [(25 × 25) × (44.24 − 12.5)2 ]
12

= 662194 mm4

∴Total Moment of Inertia of the area about

𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺

Fig. 6.8 = 439313 + 55183 + 662194

Solution: Since the area shown is symmetrical = 1156690 mm4

with respect to y-axis, centroid lies on this
axis as shown in Fig. 6.8. Let us determine 𝑦̅ 9. Determine the Moment of Inertia of the
value, which is the distance from bottom fiber. channel section shown in Fig. 6.9 about its
centroidal x and y axes. Also determine radii
of gyration about the same two axes.

95125
∴ 𝑦̅ = = 44.24 mm
2150

To find 𝐼𝑋𝐺𝑋𝐺
Fig. 6.9
Solution: Since the shape is symmetrical about
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (1) about y-axis 𝑥̅ = 80 mm. Hence let us determine 𝑦̅
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 for the area.
100 × 103
= + [(100 × 10) × (65 − 44.24)2 ] Area 𝑦 𝑎𝑦
12 Sl. No. Shape 𝑚𝑚3
𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚
= 439313mm4 1 Rectangle 800 40 3200
2 Rectangle 3200 10 3200
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about 3 Recangle 800 40 3200
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺

15 × 353 ∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎𝑦 =
= + [(15 × 35) × (44.24 − 42.5)2 ]
12 4800 96000
∑ 𝑎𝑦 96000
= 55183 mm4 ∴ 𝑦̅ = = = 20 mm
∑𝑎 4800
 ∴ Centroid is at height of 20 mm from base.
= 6826667 mm4
(i) Moment of Inertia of the area about
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (3) about
centroidal x axis
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (1) about
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 40 × 203
= + [(40 × 20) × (80 − 10)2 ]
12
20 × 403
= + [(20 × 40) × (40 − 20)2 ]
12 = 3946667 mm4
= 426667mm4 ∴Moment of Inertia of the whole area about
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 = 3946667 + 6826667 + 3946667

160 × 203 = 14720000 mm4

= + [(160 × 20) × (20 − 10)2 ]
12
Now to determine the radii of gyration,
= 426667mm4
𝐼
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (3) about Using, 𝐾 = √𝐴
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺

20 × 403 1280000
= + [(20 × 40) × (40 − 20)2 ] 𝐾𝑋𝐺𝑋𝐺 = √ = 16.33 mm
12 4800

= 426667 mm4 14720000

𝐾𝑌𝐺𝑌𝐺 = √ = 55.38 mm
4800
∴Moment of Inertia of the area about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
10. Determine the moment of inertia of the
= 426667 + 426667 + 426667 composite shape shown o=I Fig. 6.10 about
the centroidal x and y, axes.
= 1280000 mm4
Solution: Let us first determine the
(ii) Moment of Inertia of the area about 𝑌𝐺 centroid of the composite areas w.r.t. 𝑥 ′ , 𝑦′
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (1) about axes.
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺

40 × 203
= + [(40 × 20) × (80 − 10)2 ]
12

= 3946667 mm4

Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about

𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
Fig. 6.10
20 × 1603
= + [(20 × 160) × (80 − 80)2 ]
12
 This value should be negative, since it is
mm
cut out from the composite area.
Area x 𝑎𝑥 𝑦 𝑎𝑦 ∴Total Moment of Inertia of the area
Sl. No. Shape 𝑎 𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3 𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚3
about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
1 Triangle 1200 40 48000 13.3 15960
= 124887 + 225610 − 140492
2 Square 1600 80 128000 20 32000
3 Quadrant -1257 83 -104331 17 -21369 = 210000𝑚𝑚4
(ii) Moment of Inertia of the area about
∑𝑎 = ∑ 𝑎𝑥 = ∑ 𝑎𝑦 =
𝑌𝐺 axis
1543 71669 26591
Moment of Inertia about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 of triangle
40×603 40×60
71669 = + [( ) × (46.45 − 40)2 ]
∴ 𝑥̅ = = 46.45 mm 36 2
1543 = 289923𝑚𝑚4
26591 Moment of Inertia of square about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
∴ 𝑦̅ = = 17.23 mm 40×403
1543 = + [(40 × 40) × (80 − 46.45)2 ]
12

(i) Moment of Inertia of the area about = 2014297𝑚𝑚4

centroidal x-axis (-)Moment of Inertia of the quadrant
Moment of Inertia of triangle about 𝑋𝐺 about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
𝜋(802 )
= − [(0.00343 × 804 ) + 4
× (83.0 −
3
60 × 40 60 × 40
= + [( ) 46.45)2 ]
36 2

2 = −1819237𝑚𝑚4
40
×( − 17.23) ] (This moment of inertia should be
3 negative, since it is a cut out )
∴ Moment of Inertia of the composite
area about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
= 124887 mm4 = 289923 + 2014297 − 1819237
= 484982𝑚𝑚4
Moment of Inertia of square about 𝑋𝐺
11. Determine the centroidal moment of
40 × 403 inertia of the T section shown in Fig.6.11
= + [(40 × 40) × (20 − 17.23)2 ]
12 about both the axes. Also determine the
polar moment of Inertia of the area about
= 225610 mm4
the centroid.
(-) Moment of Inertia of the quadrant
about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺

4)
𝜋(802 )
= − [(0.00343 × 80 +
4

× (17.23 − 17.0)2 ]

= −140492 mm4
 20×603
= + [(60 × 20) × (50 − 30)2 ]
12
= 840000𝑚𝑚4
∴ Moment of Inertia of the area about 𝑋𝐺
= 520000 + 840000 = 1360000𝑚𝑚4
(ii) To determine the second moment of
area about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (1) about
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
20×603
= + [(60 × 20) × (0)2 ]
12
= 360000𝑚𝑚4
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about
SI. Shape Area y ay 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
2
No. 𝑚𝑚 mm 𝑚𝑚3 60×203
1 Rectangle 1200 70 84000 = + [(60 × 20) × (0)2 ]
12
2 Rectangle 1200 30 36000 = 40000𝑚𝑚4
∑𝑎 ∑ 𝑎𝑦 ∴ Moment of Inertia of the T section area
= 2400 = 120000 about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
= 36000 + 40000 = 400000𝑚𝑚4
∑ 𝑎𝑦 120000 12. Compute the moment of inertia of the
∴𝑦= ∑𝑎
= = 50𝑚𝑚
2400 composite area shown in Fig.6.12, about
the centroidal x-axis. Also determine the
radius of gyration of the area about x-
axis, through centroid.

(i)To Determine the second moment of

area about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (1) about Solution: Let us first determine the
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 position of the centroid of the figure.
60×203 Since only 𝐼𝑋𝐺 is required only y need be
= + [(60 × 20) × (70 − 50)2 ]
12 determined.
= 520000𝑚𝑚4 SI. Shape Area y ay
Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about No. 𝑚𝑚2 mm 𝑚𝑚3
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 1 Triangle- 900 20 18000
2 (1) 3600 30 108000
3 Rectangle 900 20 18000 13. Compute the second moment of area of
4 Triangle- -2513 17 -42721 the area shown in Fig.6.13 about
(2)
Semicircle centroidal x-axis and y-axis

∑𝑎 ∑ 𝑎𝑦
= 2887 = 101279

∑ 𝑎𝑦 101279
∴𝑦= ∑𝑎
= = 35.08𝑚𝑚
2887

To compute moment of inertia of the area

about 𝐼𝑋𝐺𝑋𝐺

Moment of Inertia of triangle (1) about

𝑋𝐺
30×603 1
= + [2 × 60 × 20 × (35.08 −
36

20)2 ] SI Shape Area x ax y ay

No 𝑚𝑚2 mm 𝑚𝑚3 mm 𝑚𝑚3
4
= 384694𝑚𝑚 .
Moment of Inertia of rectangle about 1 Rectangle 1.8 1.75 3.15 3.6 6.48
2 1 0.9 1.5 1.5 2.6 2.34
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 3 Triangle 2.4 2.0 2.0 0.3 0.72
Rectangle
60×603
= + [60 × 60 × (35.08 − 20)2 ] 2
12
∑𝑎 ∑ 𝑎𝑥 ∑ 𝑎𝑦
= 1172903𝑚𝑚4 = 5.1 = 9.3 = 9.54
Moment of Inertia of triangle (2) about
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 9.30
30×603 1
∴x= =1.82m
5.1
= + [2 × 60 × 20 × (35.08 −
36
9.54
∴y= 5.1
= 1.87𝑚
20 )2 ]
(i) Moment of Inertia of the area about 𝑋𝐺
= 384694𝑚𝑚4 Moment of Inertia of rectangle- (1) about
Moment of Inertia of semicricle about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 0.3×63
𝜋(802 ) = + [0.3 × 6 × (3.6 − 1.87)2 ]
4) 12
= − [(0.00686 × 80 + ×
8
= 10.79 𝑚4
(35.08 − 20)2 ] Moment of Inertia of triangle about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
0.3×63 1
= −1102540.73𝑚𝑚 4 = + [2 × 0.3 × 6 × (2.6 − 1.87)2 ]
36
∴ Moment of Inertia of the area about = 2.38 𝑚4
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
= 384694 + 1172903 + 384694 Moment of Inertia of rectangle (2) about
− 1102540.73 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺
= 839858𝑚𝑚4 4×0.63
= + [0.6 × 4 × (1.87 − 1.75)2 ]
12
839858
𝐾𝑋𝐺𝑋𝐺 = √ = 17.06𝑚𝑚 = 5.992 𝑚4
2887
 ∴Moment of Inertia of the area about Consider an elemental area of width ‘dx’
𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺 and height ‘y’. Moment of Inertia of
= 10.79 + 2.28 + 5.992 = 19.062 𝑚4 𝑏ℎ3
rectangle about base =
(ii) Moment of Inertia of the area about 3
𝑌𝐺 𝑎1
𝐼𝑋𝑋 = ∫0 3 𝑑𝑥𝑦 3
Moment of Inertia of rectangle- (1) about
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 𝑎1 𝑏 3
= ∫0 3 𝑑𝑥 (𝑎2 𝑥 2 )
6×0.63
= + [0.3 × 4 × (1.82 − 1.75)2 ] 𝑎
12 1𝑏 3 𝑥 7
= [ 3𝑎6 7 ]
= 0.0223 𝑚4 0
Moment of Inertia of triangle about 𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 𝑎𝑏3
=
6×0.33 1 21
= + [2 × 0.3 × 6 × (1.82 − 1.5)2 ]
36 Moment of Inertia of the area about y-
4
= 0.0967 𝑚 axis
Moment of Inertia of rectangle- (2) about 𝑎
𝐼𝑌𝑌 = ∫0 (𝑑𝑥𝑦)𝑥 2
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺
0.6×43 𝑎
= + [0.6 × 4 × (2 − 1.82)2 ] = ∫0 𝑘𝑥 4 𝑑𝑥
12
= 3.287 𝑚4 𝑘𝑎5
=
∴ Moment of Inertia of the area about 5
𝑌𝐺 𝑌𝐺 𝑏𝑎5
= (5)𝑎2
= 0.0223 + 0.0967 + 3.287 = 3. .397 𝑚4
14. Determine the moment of inertia of the 𝑎3 𝑏
= 5
area shown in Fig.6.14. w.r.t. x and y-axes.
Also determine 𝑘𝑋𝑋. (ii) To determine 𝑘 𝑋𝑋 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑘𝑌𝑌

𝐼𝑋𝑋
𝑘𝑋𝑋 = √
𝐴

𝐼𝑌𝑌
𝑘𝑌𝑌 = √
𝐴
𝑎
𝐴 = ∫ (𝑑𝑥 )𝑦
0
𝑎
= ∫0 (𝑘𝑥 2 )𝑑𝑥
𝑎
𝑘𝑥 3
=[ ]
3 0
Solution: The equation of the parabola 𝑏(1)(𝑎)3
=
given is 𝑎2 (3)

𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 2 𝑎𝑏
=
When 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑦 = 𝑏 3

∴ b = 𝑘𝑎2 𝑎𝑏3 3
∴ 𝑘𝑋𝑋 = √ 21
b 𝑎𝑏
∴ k = 𝑎2
3𝑏2
= √ 21
(i)M.I. of the area about x-axis
 𝑏2 𝑏 125 × 603
= √7 =
√7
= + 125 × 60 × (40)2
36
𝑎3 𝑏 3 Moment of Inertia of triangle (4) about X-
∴ 𝑘𝑌𝑌 = √ 5 𝑎𝑏 X
𝑎2 3 125 × 603
=√ = + 125 × 60 × (80)2
5 36
3 Moment of Inertia of the given figure
=√5 𝑎
about xx axis
15. Compute the moment of inertia of the 125 × 603 1
= × 4 + × 125 × 60
100 mm x 150 mm rectangle as shown in 36 2
[
× 400 + 400 + 1600
Fig. 6.15, about XX-axis to which it is
+ 6400] = 36000000𝑚𝑚4
4
inclined at an angle of 𝜃 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 5. 16. Compute the moment of inertia of the
shaded area shown in Fig. 6.16 about X-
axis.

Solution: The rectangle is divided into Solution: The moment of inertia of the
four triangle as shown in Fig.6.15. area shaded can be found by subtracting
𝐴𝐵 100 the moment of inertia of quadrant and
𝐵𝐹 = = = 125𝑚𝑚
sin 𝜃 0.8 the triangle from the moment of inertia of
Similarly, DE=125mm the whole rectangle.
ℎ1 = 𝐴𝐵 sin(90 − 𝜃 ) = 100 cos 𝜃 = Moment of Inertia of the rectangle about
60𝑚𝑚 XX
𝐴𝐹 = 125 cos 𝜃 = 125 × 0.6 = 75𝑚𝑚 1
= 3 × 80 × 603 = 5.76 × 106 𝑚𝑚4
ℎ3 = 75 sin 𝜃 = 75 × 0.8 = 60𝑚𝑚 = ℎ2
Similarly, ℎ4 = 60𝑚𝑚 Moment of Inertia of the quadrant about
Moment of Inertia of triangle (1) about X- XX
X 𝜋(60)2
3 = − [0.00343(60)4 + ×
125 × 60 1 16
= + × 125 × 60 × −(20)2
36 2 4×30 2
(60 − ) ]
Moment of Inertia of triangle (2) about X- 3𝜋

X = −1.624 × 106 𝑚𝑚4

125 × 603 Moment of Inertia of the triangle about
= + 125 × 60 × (20)2
36 XX
Moment of Inertia of triangle (3) about X- 40×303
= = −0.09 × 106 𝑚𝑚4
X 12
∴ Moment of Inertia of the shaded area
 about XX
= 5.76 × 106 − 1.624 × 106 − 0.09 × 106
= 4.046 × 106 𝑚𝑚4
17. Determine the moment of inertia of the
shaded area shown in Fig.6.17 about x-
axis. Given a=4 units and b=3 units.

19. A girder is composed of four 60x60x5mm

angles connected to a web plate of
235x10mm plus the plates each
Solution: x=4; when y=3
180x10mm as shown in Fig.6.19. The
∴ 4 = 𝐾 (9)
properties of the angle are 𝐼𝑋 = 𝐼𝑌 =
4
∴𝐾=9 199000𝑚𝑚4 and 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 575𝑚𝑚2 and
Moment of Inertia of the rectangular 𝑥 = 𝑦 = 16.8 𝑚𝑚. Find the moment of
element about base inertia with respect to the centroidal x-
3 axis.
(𝑑𝑥)𝑦 3 𝑑𝑥 𝑥
= = (√ )
3 3 𝐾

∴ Moment of Inertia of the total area

about base
41 𝑥 3/2 1 4
= ∫0 3 (𝑑𝑥) 𝑘 3/2 = 3𝑘 3/2 ∫0 𝑥 3/2 𝑑𝑥
1 27 2 4 72
= 3 ( 8 ) [(5) 𝑥 5/2 ] = = 14.4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 4
0 5

18. Determine the moment of inertia of the

shaded area shown in Fig.6.18 with
respect to centroidal y-axis.

Solution: The area is symmetrical w.r.t. Solution: Moment of Inertia for web plate
the x and y axes. about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺.
240×(20)3 20×1303 10×(235)3
𝐼𝑌𝐺𝑌𝐺 = + 2[ + (130 × = + (235 × 10)(0)2
12 12 12
= 10.815 × 106 𝑚𝑚4
2]
(20)(75) Moment if Inertia for the two flange
= 1.6 × 105 + 2[3.66 × 106 + plates about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺.
14.63 × 106 ]
= 36.73 × 106 𝑚𝑚4 = 2[
180×103
+ (180 × 10)(125)2 ]
12
 = 56.28 × 106 𝑚𝑚4 60×903
= + [(60 × 90) × (70 − 45)2 ]
∴ Moment of Inertia for the entire girder 12
about 𝑋𝐺 𝑋𝐺. = 7020000𝑚𝑚4
= (18.815 + 56.28 + 25.49) × 106 Moment of Inertia of the semicircle about
= 100.585 × 106 𝑚𝑚4 XX-axis.
20. Determine the area moment of inertia of = (0.00686 × 604 )
the composite are about the indicated x- 𝜋 × 602
+ [( )
axis shown in Fig.6.20 8

4 × 30 2
× (20 + ) ]
3𝜋
= 1603575𝑚𝑚4
Moment of Inertia of the triangle about
XX-axis.
40×903 1
= 36
+ [(2 × 40 × 90) × 402 ]
= 3690000𝑚𝑚4
∴ Moment of Inertia of the composite
area about X-X axis.
= 7020000 + 1603575 + 3690000
= 1231575𝑚𝑚4
Solution: Moment of Inertia of the
rectangle about XX-axis.
 CHAPTER7

Introduction to Dynamics and

Linear Motion

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS
A body is said to be in motion if it is changing
it’s position with respect to a reference point. Newton’s Second Law of Motion
Distance is a scalar quantity whereas ‘When an unbalanced system of forces acts on a
displacement is a vector quantity. particle, the article moves with an acceleration
Rate of change of displacement with proportional to the resultant force and it takes
respect to time is called ‘speed’. Speed has only place in the direction of the resultant force.
magnitude but no direction.
Rate of change of displacement with Newton’s Third Law of Motion
respect to time is called ‘velocity’. Velocity has ‘For every action, there is an equal and opposite
both magnitude and direction. Velocity of a reaction’.
particle at a given instant of time is called A particle is said to be in linear motion, if
‘Instantaneous velocity’, v, the path traced by it is a straight line.
𝑑𝑠 𝑑𝑠 A motion is said to be translation, if a
𝑣 = lim = . . (7.1)
𝑛→∞ 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 straight line drawn on the moving body remains
Rate of change of velocity with respect to parallel to its original position at any time.
time is called ‘acceleration’. It may be negative During translation if the path traced by a point
or positive. is a straight line, it is called ‘rectilinear
𝑑𝑣 translation’ and if the path is a curved one, it is
𝑎= . . (7.2)
𝑑𝑡 called ‘curvilinear translation’.
𝑑 𝑑𝑠 𝑑2𝑠 A motion is said to be rotation if all
= ( )= 2 . . (7.3)
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 particles of a rigid body move in a concentric
circle. General plane motion is a combination of
Newton’s First Law of Motion both translation and rotation.
‘Everybody continues to be in a state of rest or
of uniform motion, unless it is acted by some
external agency’.
Motion curves are graphical; representation of
the displacement, velocity and acceleration
with time. Motion with Uniform Velocity
Displacement-Time curve (s-t curve) is a curve 𝑑𝑠
=𝒗
with as abscissa and displacement as ordinate. 𝑑𝑡
At any instant of time t, velocity v is given by,
𝑠 = ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑡
(Fig. 7.1)
𝑑𝑠 𝑠 = 𝑣𝑡
𝑣=
𝑑𝑡 since velocity is uniform
Motion with Uniform Acceleration
Here, we have three equations of motion (7.4)
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
1
𝑠 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
Acceleration due to Gravity
For all engineering problems, we consider on
the earth, acceleration due to gravity is constant
at 9.81 𝑚⁄𝑠 2. It is always directed towards the
Velocity-Time curve (v-t curve): It is a curve
with time as abscissa and velocity as ordinate. centre of the earth i.e., vertically downwards.
See Fig.7.2. The slope of the v-t curve gives Hence, if vertically downward motion of a
acceleration. bodyis considered, the value of acceleration ‘a’
𝑑𝑠
𝑎= in equation (7.4) is 9.81 𝑚⁄𝑠 2 ,
𝑑𝑡
And if vertically upward motion is considered
𝑆 = ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑡
𝑎 = −𝑔 = −9.81 𝑚⁄𝑠 2
Displacement of the particle or body during
time interval 𝑡1 and 𝑡2 is the area under the SOLVED PROBLEMS
curve and abscissa 𝑡1 and 𝑡2 . (Sign convention: s, v, a are +ve downward/to
Acceleration-Time curve (a-t curve): It is a the right s, v, a are –ve upward/to the left)
curve with time as abscissa and acceleration as 1. Two buses start simultaneously towards
ordinate. (see Fig.7.3) each other from towns A and B, which
are 8 km apart. It took the first bus (A)
to travelling from A to B, 8 minutes. The
second bus (B) travelling from B to A,
was on the way for 10 minutes.
 Assuming uniform velocity, determine car starts pursuit of the vehicle 30
how soon the buses meet after starting seconds after the observation and
and at what distance from town A. accelerates uniformly to 160 kmph, in 20
Solution: Let s be the distance from seconds. Assuming that speeds are
town A to the point where two buses maintained on a straight road, how far
meet. from the observation point will the
The speed of the first bus: chase end?
8×1000 Solution: Let S be the distance at which
𝑉𝐴 = = 16.67 𝑚⁄𝑠
8×60 the chase ends, and ‘t’ be the time taken
The speed of the second bus: by police car to travel this distance.
8×1000 Acceleration is only for 20 seconds,
𝑉𝐵 = = 13.33 𝑚⁄𝑠
10×60 afterwards velocity remains constant.
Let ‘t’ be the time after starting when the 160×1000
For police car, 𝑣 = 160 =
two buses meet. 60×60

Now for bus A, 𝑆 = 16.67(𝑡) . . (𝑖 ) 𝑣 = 44.444𝑚/𝑠

For bus B, 8000 − 𝑆 = 13.33(𝑡) . . (𝑖𝑖) Referring to v-t curve (Fig.7.4)
Solving (i) and (ii), t=266.7sec (Ans.)
S=16.67x266.7= 4445.3mm (Ans.)
2. Two automobile A and B travelling in the
same direction in adjacent lanes are
stopped at a highway traffic signal. As
the signal turns green, auto A accelerates
at a constant rate of 1 𝑚⁄𝑠 2 . Two

seconds later auto B starts and

accelerates at a constant rate of
1.3 𝑚⁄𝑠 2. Determine (a) when and
1
𝑆= × 44.444 × 20
where will B overtake A, (b) The speed 2
of each automobile at that time. + 44.444(𝑡 − 20) … (𝑖 )
Solution: Let S be the distance from Also for the vehicle,
origin at which point, these automobiles 110 × 1000
𝑆=( ) (𝑡
meet each other, and t be the time taken 60 × 60
to cover the distance S for the auto A. + 30) … (𝑖𝑖)
1 Equating (i) and (ii)
Hence, 𝑆 = 2 (1)𝑡 2 . . (𝑖 )
30.56𝑡 + 916.8 = 44.444𝑡 − 444.4
1 ∴ t = 98.06 sec
Also 𝑆 = 2 (1.3)(𝑡 − 2)2 . . (𝑖𝑖)
110 × 1000
∴ S=( ) (𝑡 + 30)
Equating (i) and (ii), and solving, 3600
𝑡 2 = (1.3)(𝑡 − 2)2 = 3913.0 𝑚
𝑡 = 16.27𝑠 (Ans.) ∴ Chase will end after 3913m from the
1 1 observation point.
𝑆 = 2 (1)𝑡 2 = 2 (1)(16.27)2
4. A stone is dropped from a balloon that is
𝑆 = 132.56 𝑚 (Ans.) ascending at a uniform rate of 10m/s. If
3. A radar equipped police car notes a it takes the stone 10 seconds to reach
vehicle travelling at 10kmph. The police the ground, how high was the balloon at
 the instant the stone was dropped? Also Solution: Let d be the depth of the well,
determine the time and distance for 𝑡1 be the time taken for stone to reach
which the stone was moving upwards. water in the well and 𝑡2 be the time
Solution: Let S be the height of the taken for sound wave to reach the top of
balloon when the stone was dropped. the well.
1 1
𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑔𝑡 2 ∴ 𝑑 = 0 + 𝑔𝑡 2 … (𝑖 )
2
1 𝑑 = 340 × 𝑡2 … (𝑖𝑖)
𝑆 = (−10)(10) + 2 (9.81)(10)2
𝑡1 + 𝑡2 = 5 … (𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑆 = 390.5 𝑚 From (i) and (ii)
∴The balloon was at a height of 390.5 m 1 2
𝑔𝑡 = 340 × 𝑡2
when the stone was dropped. (Ans) 2
Let 𝑡1 and 𝑆1 be the time and distance/ But from (iii), 𝑡2 = 5
height for which the stone was moving 1
× 9.81 × 𝑡1 2 = 340 × (5 − 𝑡1 )
upwards. 2
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑔𝑡 = (−10) + 9.81𝑡1 i.e., 𝑡1 = 4.68 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Other value of 𝑡1 is
∴ 𝑡1 = 1.01 seconds is the time for which negative, hence invalid)
the stone was moving upwards. (Ans) 𝑡2 = 5 − 𝑡1 = 5 − 4.68 = 0.32 𝑠𝑒𝑐
1 ∴ 𝑑 = 340 × 𝑡2 = 108.8𝑚
𝑆1 = (−10)(1.01) + (9.81)(1.01)2
2 7. A train moving with constant
= 5.1 𝑚 (Ans) acceleration travels 7m during the 10 th
Negative sign indicates that second of it’s motion and 5m during the
distance/height travelled is upwards. 12th second of it’s motion. Find it’s initial
5. An automobile is decelerating from a velocity and acceleration.
speed of 65 kmph at the rate of 1.5m/𝑠 2 . Solution: Distance travelled by train in 9
How long will it take for it to come to seconds.
rest and how far would it have moved 1
𝑆9 = 𝑢(9) + 2 (𝑎)(9)2
before stopping?
Solution: …(i)
65 × 1000 Distance travelled in 10 seconds
65𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ = = 18.06𝑚/𝑠
3600 1
𝑆10 = 𝑢(10) + 2 (𝑎)(10)2 …(ii)
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
0 = (18.06) + (−1.5)𝑡 (i)-(ii) gives ⥤
18.06 𝑆10 − 𝑆9 = (10𝑢 − 9𝑢) + (50𝑎 − 40.5𝑎)
∴𝑡= = 12.04 𝑠𝑒𝑐
1.5 7=𝑢+
Now, 𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 + 𝑎𝑠 5.9𝑎 …(iii)
0 = (18.06)2 + 2 × (−1.5) × 𝑆 Similarly, distance travelled in 11
𝑆 = 108.72 𝑚 seconds
∴ The automobile would take 1
𝑆11 = 11𝑢 + 2 × 𝑎 ×
12.04seconds and a distance of 108.72
m to come to rest. (Ans.) (11)2 …(iv)
6. A stone is dropped down a well and 5 distance travelled in 12 seconds
seconds later the sound of splash is 1
𝑆12 = 12𝑢 + 2 × 𝑎 ×
heard. If the velocity of sound
=340m/sec, what is the depth of the (12)2 …(v)
well? (v)-(iv) gives ⥤
 5= 𝑢 + Let 𝑎1 be its acceleration, and 𝑣 be the
11.9𝑎 …(vi) velocity attained after a minute, which is
Solving (iii) and (vi), we get a constant.
2 = −2𝑎 𝑣−0
𝑎1 = (i)
∴ a = −1.0m/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 (Ans) 60

From (iii) Let 𝑎2 be its retardation and train comes

∴ 𝑢 = 7 − 9.5𝑎 = 16.5𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 to rest in 30 seconds from a velocity of v.
8. A stone is thrown vertically upwards 0−𝑣
𝑎2 = (ii)
with an initial velocity of 6m/sec. It 60

returns to earth in 5 seconds. Determine Total distance travelled =1600m

how high does it go in air? 1 1
∴ 𝑎1 (60)2 + 𝑣(30) + (−𝑎2 )(30)2
Solution: Let S be the distance/height 2 2
reached by the stone thrown upwards, = 1600
and 𝑡1 be the time taken by it to reach Using 𝑎1 and 𝑎2 value from (i) and (ii),
highest point and 𝑡2 be the time taken to 1 𝑣 2 1 𝑣
( ) + 𝑣 (30) + 2 (30) (302 ) = 1600
reach the ground from highest point. 2 60
1 ∴ 30𝑣 + 30𝑣 + 15𝑣 = 1600
𝑆 = (−6)𝑡1 + × 9.81𝑡12 …(i)
2 v=21.33m/sec is the constant velocity
1 attained by the train. (Ans)
𝑆 = 0 + 2 (9.81)𝑡22 …(ii)
21.33
∴ 𝑎1 = = 0.355𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 (Ans)
𝑡1 + 𝑡2 = 5 …(iii) 60

From (i) and (ii); −21.33

∴ 𝑎2 = = 0.711𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 (Ans)
1 1 30
−6𝑡1 + (9.81)𝑡12 = (9.81)𝑡22
2 2 10. A stone is dropped from a top of a tower
Using (iii), 25 m high. At the same instant, a ball is
−6𝑡1 + 4.905𝑡12 = 4.905(5 − 𝑡1 )2 thrown upwards from the ground with
Solving for 𝑡1 ; 𝑡1 = 2.85 𝑠𝑒𝑐 an initial velocity of 13m/sec. When and
𝑆 = 4.905𝑡22 = 4.905(5 − 2.85)2 where do they pass one another and
𝑆 = 22.67m with what relative velocity?
∴ The stone raises to a height of 22.67m Solution: Let the stone and the ball meet
in air. after ‘t’ seconds, the stone is dropped
9. A train covers a distance of 1.6km from the tower. Let ‘S’ be the distance
between two stations A and B in 2 covered by the stone in this time.
minutes, starting from rest. In first 1
𝑆 = 0 + 2 (9.81)𝑡 2 …(i)(for stone)
minute of its motion, it accelerates
uniformly and in the last 30 seconds, it 1
−(25 − 𝑆) = −13𝑡 + 2 (9.81)𝑡 2 …(ii)(for
retards uniformly and comes to rest. It
moves with a uniform velocity during ball)
rest of the period. Find (a) average Using (i) in (ii) and solving
velocity (b) its acceleration in the first t= 1.92 seconds (Ans)
minute (c) Its retardation in the last 30 1
∴ 𝑆 = (9.81)𝑡 2 = 18.08 𝑚 (Ans)
seconds (d) constant velocity reached by 2

the train. Velocity of stone after 1.92 seconds,

Solution: (a) average velocity 𝑣𝑠 = 0 + 9.81(1.92) = 18.84𝑚/𝑠
1600 Velocity of ball after 1.92 seconds,
𝑣 = 2×60 = 13.33𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans)
𝑣𝐵 = −15 + 9.81(1.92) = 3.83𝑚/𝑠
 ∴ Relative velocity = 18.84-3.83 (a) 0 = −25 + (9.81)𝑡
= 15.01m/sec (Ans) 𝑡 = 2.55 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans)
11. A stone is dropped from the top of a (b) Maximum height
tower. During the last second of its flight 1
it is found to fall 1/4th of the whole ℎ = (−25 × 2.55) + 2 (9.81)(2.55)2
height of tower. Find the height of the ℎ = −31.89 𝑚 (Ans)
tower. What is the velocity with whoch (c) Total distance covered by the ball to
the stone hits the bottom of the tower?
reach ground/ street
Solution: Let t be the time taken to reach
𝑆 = 31.89 + 50 = 81.89 𝑚
the ground and H be the height of the
Velocity when it strikes the street v,
tower.
𝑣 2 = 0 + 2 × 9.81 × 81.89
1
∴ 𝐻 = 2 (9.81)𝑡 2 …(i) 𝑣 = 40.08𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans)
The time for which the ball is in motion
3𝐻 1
= (9.81)(𝑡 − 1)2 …(ii) is the summation of the time required
4 2
for its upward and downward legs of
Using (i) in (ii),
3 1 1 motion. Time for downward leg of
( ) (9.81)𝑡 2 = (9.81)(𝑡 − 1)2 motion, t is given by
4 2 2
2 40.08 = 0 + 9.81𝑡
i.e., 𝑡 − 8𝑡 + 4 = 0
∴ 𝑡 = 4.09 𝑠𝑒𝑐
+8±√94−4×4
∴𝑡= = 7.46 𝑜𝑟 0.54 𝑠𝑒𝑐 ∴ Total time of motion of ball, T
2
t =0.54 seconds is not possible, since T = 2.55+4.09= 6.64 sec (Ans)
13. A ship while being launched slip down
time travelled by the stone is more than
the slipway with uniform acceleration. If
a seond.
10 seconds are required to traverse the
∴ t = 7.46 seconds
first 5 meters, what time will be
1
∴ 𝐻 = 2 (9.81)(7.46)2 = 273 𝑚 required to slide the total distance of
120m? With what velocity the ship
(Ans)
strikes the water?
∴ 𝑣 = 0 + 9.81(7.47) = 73.28𝑚/𝑠
Solution:
(Ans)
1
𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2
12. A small steel ball is shot vertically
1
upwards from the top of building 50m 𝑆 = 0 + (𝑎)(10)2
2
above the street with an initial velocity
∴ 𝑎 = 0.1 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
of 25m/sec.
1
(a) In what time, it will reach the maximum 𝑆 = 120 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 (9.81)𝑎𝑡 2
height?
𝑡 = 48.99 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans)
(b) How high above the building will the ball
Velocity of strike with water, v,
rise?
𝑣 = 0 + 0.1 × 48.99 = 4.899𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
(c) Compute the velocity with which it will
(Ans)
strike the street and the total time for
14. If a stone falls past a window 1.5m high
which the ball is in motion?
in ½ second, find the height from which
Solution: Let t be the time taken required
the stone fell?
by the steel ball to reach the maximum
Solution: Let h be the height above the
height and h be the height reached by
window from which the stone fell, and t
the ball from the top of the building.
 be the time to reach window top. 1
Also, 𝑆 = 0 + 2 (1.0)(𝑡1 + 4.47)2 …(iii)
1 2
ℎ = 2 (9.81)(𝑡) …(i)
Since cage descends ‘S’ meters in total of
1 (𝑡1 + 4.47) seconds, Equating (i) and
ℎ + 1.5 = 0 + 2 (9.81)(𝑡 + 0.5)2 …(ii)
(iii),
Using (i) in (ii), 1 1
(9.81)𝑡12 = (𝑡1 + 4.47)2
1 1 2 2
[ (9.81)𝑡 2 ] + 1.5 = (9.81)(𝑡 + 0.5)2
2 2 ∴ 𝑡2 = 2.10 𝑠𝑒𝑐
Solving, Total distance travelled by the cage
𝑡 = 0.558 𝑠𝑒𝑐 before impact
1 1
∴ ℎ = 2 (9.81)𝑡 2 = 1.523𝑚 (Ans) 𝑆 = 2 (1.0)(𝑡1 + 4.47)2
15. Two cars A and B accelerate from 1
𝑆 = 2 (1.0)(6.57)2 = 21.58𝑚
standing start. The acceleration of A is
1.3𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 and that of B is 1.6𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2. If 17. A train starting from rest is uniformly
B was originally 6m behind A, how long accelerated during the first 250m of its
it takes to overtake A? run, after which it runs the next 750m at
Solution: Let t be the time required by B the uniform speed acquired. It is then
to overtake A, brought to rest in 50 seconds, under
1 uniform retardation. If the time of entire
For A, 𝑆 = 0 + 2 (1.3)𝑡 2 …(i)
journey is 5 minutes, find the
1 acceleration with which the train started
For B, 𝑆 + 6 = 0 + 2 (1.6)𝑡 2 …(ii)
and the retardation with which it
Using (i) in (ii), stopped? Draw the motion curves.
1 1
(1.3)𝑡 2 + 6 = (1.6)𝑡 2
2 2
∴ 𝑡 = 13.79 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans)
16. A cage descends a mineshaft with an
acceleration of 1𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2. after the cage
has travelled 10m, a stone is dropped
from the top of the shaft. Determine:
(i) The time taken by the stone to hit the
cage.
(ii) Total distance travelled by the cage
before impact
Solution: Let ‘S’ be the distance at which
the cage and the stone meet one another
and 𝑡1 be the time taken by stone to
cover ‘S’ distance.
1
𝑆 = 0 + 2 (9.81)𝑡12 …(i)
Let 𝑡2 be the time taken by the cage to
cover 10m.
1 Solution: Referring to v-t curve,
10 = 0 + 2 (1.0)𝑡22 …(ii)
1
𝑣 𝑡 = 250 or 𝑣1 𝑡1 = 500 …(i)
∴ 𝑡2 = 4.47 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 1 1
 And 𝑡3
𝑆= − 3𝑡 2 + 8𝑡 + 2
𝑣1 (250 − 𝑡1 ) = 750 ...(ii) 3
From (i) and (ii), 𝑆 = 9 − 27 + 24 + 2 = +8𝑚 (Ans)
250𝑣1 − 500 = 750 19. The acceleration of a particle is defined
𝑣1 = 5𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 by the relation 𝑎 = 21 − 12𝑆 2 , where a
∴ From (i), 5𝑡1 = 500 or 𝑡1 = 100𝑠𝑒𝑐 = acceleration in 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 and S is in
If ‘ 𝑎1 ’ is the acceleration with which meters. The particle starts with rest at
train started, S=0. Determine (a) velocity when
𝑣1 = 0 + 𝑎1 𝑡1 S=1.5m, (b) The position where the
𝑣1 5 velocity is again zero, (c) the position
∴ 𝑎1 = = 100 = 0.05𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
𝑡1 where the velocity is maximum.
Let 𝑎2 be the retardation, then, Solution:
𝑣1 − 𝑎2 × 50 = 0 (a) 𝑎 = 21 − 12𝑆 2
5
∴ 𝑎2 = = 0.1𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 (Ans) where 𝑆 = 0, 𝑣0 = 0 (initial velocity)
50

Distance travelled during retardation 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑆 𝑑𝑣

𝑎= = 𝑑𝑆 × 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑣. 𝑑𝑆
𝑑𝑡
1 1
= × 50 × 𝑣1 = × 50 × 5 = 125𝑚 ∫ 𝑎(𝑑𝑠) = ∫ 𝑣(𝑑𝑣)
2 2
v-t, a-t,and s-t curves are as shown in 1.5 𝑣
𝑣2 2)
Fig. 7.5 ∫ (21 − 12𝑆 𝑑𝑠 = [ ]
0 2 0
18. Motion of a particle is defined by the
1.5
relation, 𝑆 =
𝑡3
− 3𝑡 2 + 8𝑡 + 2 where, S 12𝑆 3 𝑣2
3 [21𝑆 − ] =
3 0 2
is in meters and t is in seconds. Calculate
(a) Time when the velocity is zero, (b) 𝑣2
∴ 31.5 − 4(3.375) = 2
The position when acceleration=0.
Solution: 𝑣 = 6𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 at the end of 1.5 seconds.
𝑡3
(Ans)
𝑆= 3
− 3𝑡 2 + 8𝑡 + 2 (b) The position where the velocity is again
𝑑𝑠 zero,
∴ = 𝑣 = 𝑡 2 − 6𝑡 + 8
𝑑𝑡 21𝑆 3 𝑣 2
21𝑆 − =
𝑑2 𝑠 3 2
∴ = 𝑎 = 2𝑡 − 6
𝑑𝑡 2 Since 𝑣=0
(a)To determine time t when velocity is 21𝑆 3
zero, 21𝑆 − =0
3
𝑣 = 𝑡 2 − 6𝑡 + 8 = 0 12
∴ 21 = 𝑆2
∴ 𝑡 = 2 or 𝑡 = 4 𝑠𝑒𝑐 3
∴ At time 𝑡 = 2 sec and 𝑡 = 4 sec, 𝑆 = 2.29 𝑚
velocity=0. ∴ at 𝑆 = 2.29 𝑚 again the velocity is
(b)To determine position when zero. (Ans.)
acceleration is zero, (c) For maximum velocity 𝑎 = 0
𝑎 = 2𝑡 − 6 = 0 21 − 12𝑆 2 = 0
∴ 𝑡 = 3 sec 𝑆 = 1.32 𝑚 (Ans.)
∴ when 𝑡 = 3 seconds, acceleration=0.
Position at 𝑡 = 3 seconds is,
20. A particle has straight-line motion = −4 m/sec (Ans.)
according to the equation with 𝑆 = 𝑡 3 − 𝑑2 𝑆
acceleration, 𝑎 = = 8 − 18𝑡
3𝑡 2 − 5 with S in meters, t in seconds. 𝑑𝑡 2
What is the change in displacement, at 𝑡 = 2 seconds, 𝑎 = 8 − 18 × 2
while the velocity changes from 8m/sec = −28 m/sec (Ans.)
to 40m/sec? (b) Displacement and acceleration when
Solution: 𝑆 = 𝑡 3 − 3𝑡 2 − 5 velocity=0
∴ 𝑣=
𝑑𝑆
= 3𝑡 2 − 6𝑡 𝑣 = 16 + 8𝑡 − 9𝑡 2 = 0
𝑑𝑡
∴ 𝑡 = 1.85 seconds
(i)time, when velocity is 8m/sec. ∴ 𝑆 = 16 × 1.85 + 4 × 1.852 −
8 = 3𝑡 2 − 6𝑡 3(1.85)3 = −24.29 m (Ans.)
+6±√62 +32×3 𝑎 = 8 − 18 × 1.85
∴ 𝑡= 2×3
= −25.3𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 (Ans.)
𝑡 = 2.91 sec (neglecting negative (c) Displacement and velocity when
t value)
acceleration=0
(ii) time, when velocity is 40m/sec
𝑎 = 8 − 18𝑡
+6±√62 +32×3
∴ 𝑡= 8
2×3 ∴ 𝑡 = 18 = 0.44 seconds
𝑡 = 4.79 sec (neglecting negative
Using 𝑡 = 0.44 seconds,
t value)
𝑆 = 16𝑡 + 4𝑡 − 3𝑡 2
Position co-ordinate of particle at 𝑡 =
𝑡 = 16 × 0.44 + 4 × (0.44)2 − 3(0.44)3
2.91 seconds.
= 7.56 m (Ans.)
𝑆2.91 = (2.91)3 − 3 × (2.91)2 − 5 2
𝑣 = 16 + 8𝑡 − 9𝑡
= −5.76 𝑚
𝑣 = 16 + 8 × 0.44 − 9 × (0.44)2
∴ change in position coordinate
= 𝑆𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 = 𝑆4.79 − 𝑆2.91 = 17.78 m/sec (Ans.)
22. The motion of a particle is defined by the
= 36.06 − (−5.76) = +41.82 𝑚 (Ans)
1 1
21. A particle moves along a straight line. Its equations 𝑥 = 𝑡 3 − 2𝑡 2 and 𝑦 = 𝑡 2 −
2 2
motion is represented by the equation.
2𝑡, where x and y are in meters and t is
𝑆 = 16𝑡 + 4𝑡 2 − 3𝑡 3 , where S is in
in seconds. Determine the velocity when
meters, t in seconds. Determine:
(a) Displacement, velocity and
t=3 sec.
Solution:
acceleration 2 seconds after start
1
(b) Displacement and acceleration 𝑥 = 2 𝑡 3 − 2𝑡 2
when velocity is zero
…(i)
(c) Displacement and velocity when
𝑑𝑥 3
acceleration is zero. 𝑥= = 𝑣𝑥 = 2 𝑡 2 − 4𝑡 …(ii)
𝑑𝑡
Solution:
𝑑2 𝑥
(a) when 𝑡 = 0, 𝑆 = 0 𝑥= = 𝑎𝑥 = 3𝑡 − 4 …(iii)
𝑑𝑡 2
when 𝑡 = 2 seconds
1
𝑆 = 16 × 2 + 4 × 22 − 3(2)2 𝑦 = 2 𝑡 2 − 2𝑡 …(iv)
= +24 m (Ans.)
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑆 2 𝑦= = 𝑣𝑦 = 𝑡 − 2 …(v)
velocity 𝑣 = = 16 + 8𝑡 − 9𝑡 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑡
𝑑2 𝑦
at 𝑡 = 2 seconds, 𝑦= = 𝑎𝑦 = 1 …(vi)
𝑑𝑡 2
𝑣 = 16 + 8 × 2 − 9 × 22
 3
𝑣𝑥 (at 𝑡 = 1)= 2 − 4 = −2.5 m/sec
𝑣𝑦 (at 𝑡 = 1)= 1 − 2 = −1 m/sec

Solution: Velocity at the starting =0

m/sec.
∴ Adding 𝑣𝑥 and 𝑣𝑦 vectorically (at 𝑡 = Velocity after 4 seconds
1) = 0.6 × 4 = 2.4 m/sec
∴ v-t curve is as shown in Fig. 7.8.
𝑣 = √𝑣𝑥 2 + 𝑣𝑦 2
Total distance travelled=Area under v-t
curve
= √(−2.5)2 + (−1)2
1 1
= × 4 × 2.4 + 8 × 2.4 + × 3 × 2.4
= 2.69 m/sec at an angle 21.8° with 2 2

horizontal (Ans.) = 27.6 m

𝑎𝑥 (at 𝑡 = 3)= 5 m/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 27.6
∴The lift is at = 3.5
= 7.88 m i.e., near
𝑎𝑦 (at 𝑡 = 3)= 1 m/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
8th
∴ acceleration at 𝑡 = 3 seconds 24. Car A is travelling on a straight level
road with a uniform speed of 16m/sec. It
𝑎 = √12 + 52
is followed by another car B moving at a
speed of 20 m/sec. When the distance
between the, is 25 m, the car B is
decelerated at 0.2m/sec2 . Will the car B
catch up with A? If not, why? If yes, at
what distance and time?
Solution: Let us assume that car B
catches up with car A in t seconds. (In
case, it does not catch up value of t that
= 5.1𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 at an angle of 𝜃 = 11.3° would turn out would be negative)
with horizontal (Ans.) In time t, distance travelled by A=16t m
23. The elevator in an office building starts In time t, distance travelled by B,
from ground floor with an acceleration 1
𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2
of 0.6𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 for 4 seconds. During the
next 8 seconds, it travels with uniform 1
= 20𝑡 − 2 × 0.2𝑡 2
velocity. Then suddenly power fails and
elevator stops after 3 seconds. If floors = 20𝑡 − 0.1𝑡 2
are 3.5m apart, find the floor, near which Since the car A is already ahead of B by
the elevator stops. Assume retardation 25m, the condition for B to catch up with
to be uniform. A is
20𝑡 − 0.1𝑡 2 = 16𝑡 + 25
0.1𝑡 2 − 4𝑡 + 25 = 0
 4±√16−4×0.1×25 Thus car B catches up with car A twice.
𝑡= 2×0.1 (Ans.)
= 7.75m and 32.25 sec
Corresponding distances are
𝑆1 = 16 × 7.75 = 124 m (Ans.)
𝑆2 = 16 × 32.25 = 516 m (Ans.)
 CHAPTER8

Projectiles

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS
Projectiles are the freely projected particles, Prove the path of a projectile is a
which have the combined effect of a vertical and parabola in a vertical plane.
horizontal motion.
Velocity of Projection is defined as the velocity
with which the particle is projected into space.
Angle of Projection (∝) is the angle between the
direction of projection and horizontal direction.
Trajectory is the path traced by the projectile.
Horizontal Range is the horizontal distance
through which the projectile travels during its
flight. Solution: Referring to Fig.8.1, let u be the
Time of flight is the time interval during which initial velocity and ∝ be the angle of
the projectile is in motion. projection.
Then initial velocity in x direction =
SOLVED PROBLEMS 𝑢 cos 𝛼
1. A projectile is projected horizontally And that in y direction = 𝑢 sin ∝
from a height h above ground level. Motion in horizontal direction is with
Determine its range. uniform velocity 𝑢 cos 𝛼, while the
Solution: Let the velocity of projection be motion in y-direction is acted upon by
u, then considering vertical motion, gravitational downward acceleration.
1 1 ∴ 𝑥 = 𝑢 cos 𝛼 𝑡 …(i)
ℎ = 0 + 𝑔𝑡 2 = 𝑔𝑡 2
2 2 1
∴ 𝑦 = 𝑢 sin 𝛼 𝑡 − 2 𝑔𝑡 2 …(ii)
∴ Horizontal range of the projectile on
the ground, From (i) and (ii),
𝑅 = 𝑢. 𝑡 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
𝑦 = 𝑢 sin 𝛼 (𝑢 cos 𝛼) − 2 𝑔 (𝑢 cos 𝛼)
2ℎ
∴ = 𝑢. √ 𝑔
1 𝑔
= 𝑥 tan 𝛼 − 2 (𝑢2 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝛼) 𝑥 2
2. = 𝑐1 𝑥 − 𝑐2 𝑥 2
 𝑔 2𝑢 sin 𝛼
Where 𝑐1 = tan 𝛼 and 𝑐2 = 2𝑢2cos2𝛼 𝑡= 𝑔

∴ the path is a parabola 2×40×sin 25°

𝑡= = 3.45 seconds (Ans)
3. A projectile is fired at an angle of 𝛼 with 9.81

respect to horizontal with an initial 𝑢2 sin2 𝛼

Maximum height attained ℎ =
velocity of u. Derive the expressions for 2𝑔

time of flight t and horizontal range R. 402 ×sin225

ℎ= = 14.56 m/sec
Solution: Consider the vertical motion of 2×9.81
the projectile. (Ans)
Since the net vertical distance traversed 𝑢2 sin 2𝛼
Horizontal range 𝑅 =
= 0, 𝑔

1 402 ×sin(2×25)
0 = (𝑢 sin 𝛼 )𝑡 − 2 𝑔𝑡 2 𝑅= = 124.94 m (Ans)
9.81

𝑔𝑡 6. A projectile is fired at an angle of

= 𝑡 (𝑢 sin 𝛼 − )
2 elevation has a horizontal range of 3km.
Since 𝑡 ≠ 0, If the maximum height reached 480 m,
𝑢 sin 𝛼 = 0 what was the angle of elevation of the
2𝑢 sin 𝛼 gun? What was the muzzle velocity of
∴ 𝑡= 𝑔 the projectile?
Since horizontal velocity is constant,
Horizontal range 𝑅 = (𝑢 cos 𝛼 )𝑡
2𝑢2 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼
=
𝑔
𝑢2 sin 2𝛼
∴ R= 𝑔

4. Derive an expression for the maximum

height h attained by a projectile fired 𝑢2 sin 2𝛼
Solution: 𝑅= = 3000 …(i)
with an initial velocity of u at an angle 𝛼 𝑔

with horizontal. 𝑢2 sin2𝛼

ℎ= …(ii)
Solution: Consider the verticle motion of 2𝑔

the projectile. 480×2×9.81

from (ii), 𝑢2 = …(iii)
Final velocity of projectile when it sin2 𝛼

attains the maximum height is =0 Using (iii) in (i)

0 = (𝑢 sin 𝛼 )2 − 2 × 𝑔 × ℎ 480×2×9.81 sin 2𝛼
3000 = ( )×
𝑢2 sin2𝛼 sin2 𝛼 9.81
∴ ℎ= 2𝑔 960
= sin2 𝛼 × 2 sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼
5. A projectile is fired with an initial
velocity of 40m/sec, at angle of 25° with 960×2
3000 = ( tan 𝛼 )
the horizontal ground. Determine the
time of flight, maximum height attained ∴ 𝛼 = 32.62°
and horizontal range of the projectile on ∴From (iii),
the ground. 480×2×9.81
𝑢2 =
Solution: sin2 32.62

𝑢 = 40 m/sec, 𝛼 = 25° 𝑢 = 180.02 m/sec (Ans.)

Time of flight,
7. A body is projected at an angle such that 402 sin 40
(𝑥 − 20) =
its horizontal range is five times the 9.81
maximum height attained. Determine its ∴ 𝑥 = 127.97 m
angle of projection. (Ans.)
Solution: Range 𝑅 = 5 × Max. height 𝑢2 sin 2𝛼
Now, 𝑅=
𝑢2 sin 2𝛼 𝑢2 sin2𝛼 𝑔
= 5×
𝑔 2𝑔 (40.6)2 sin(2×𝛼)
127.97 =
5 9.81
sin 2𝛼 = 2 sin2 𝛼
𝛼 = 24.80°
5 9. A ball thrown from the top of the
2 sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼 = 2 sin2 𝛼
building with a speed of 12 m/second at
5 an angle of 60° with the vertical as
∴ 2 cos 𝑎 = 2 sin 𝛼
shown in Fig. 8.4, strikes the horizontal
∴ 𝛼 = 38.65° ground at a distance of 11.3 m from the
8. A projectile is aimed to hit a mark in a foot of the building. Determine the
horizontal plane, but falls short by 20m, height of the building. See Fig. 8.4.
when the angle of projection is 20°.
However, when projected at 45°, it
overshoots by 40m. Determine the angle
of projection required to hit the target
precisely? Also find the actual distance
of the target. See Fig. 8.3.

Solution: The velocity of the ball may be

resolved into two components.
𝑢𝑥 = 𝑢 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛60
Solution: Let x be the actual distance of = 12 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛60
the target from the point of projection, = 10.39 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐
and u be the initial velocity of projection 𝑢𝑦 = 𝑢 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠60
and 𝛼 be the angle of projection required = 12 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠60
to hit the mark. = 6 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑢2 sin(2×20)
Time taken to cover the distance.
(𝑥 − 20) = 11.3
9.81
=
…(i) 10.39
𝑢2 sin(2×45)
= 1.09 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
(𝑥 + 40) = …(ii) Vertical distance covered in this time
9.981
Subtracting (i) from (ii) 1
= (6)(1.09) = (9.81)(1.022 )
𝑢2 2
60 = [sin 90 − sin 40]
9.81
∴ u=40.6 m/sec is the velocity of = 12.34 𝑚
projection. Height of the building = 12.34 m (Ans.)
Now from (i),
 What should be the minimum initial velocity of
10. An airplane flying at 600 kph horizontally,
the bike to land safely at an angle of projection
of 30°? The point of projection is at vertical
accidentally losses a rivet on its tail, when it is
height of 1.2 m from ground (See Fig. 8.6.).

at a height of 6000 m above the ground.

Determine the location, where the rivet would

land if air resistance is neglected.

Fig. 8.6
Solution:
When x = 21 x 0.3 = 6.3 m, y = -1.2 m

𝑔
∴ −1.2 = 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( 2 ) 𝑥2
2𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2𝛼
Fig. 8.5
9.81
Solution: Let the point of landing of rivet be x m = (𝑡𝑎𝑛30)𝑥 − ( ) 𝑥2
2𝑢2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 30
from the reference point, where it got separated
9.81
−1.2 = (𝑡𝑎𝑛30)(6.3) − ( 2 2
) (6.3)2
2𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 0.75
from the tail. See Fig. 8.5. Time ‘t’ required to
𝑢2 = 7.33 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐.
cover 6000 meters,
1 i.e., 26.39 kmph should be minimum velocity of
−6000 = − × 9.81 × 𝑡 2
2 the bike to clear 21 people while jumping.
𝑡 = 34.98 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.)
𝑢 = 600 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ
1000 12. In a seaport, wheat is poured into a bin by
= 600 × 60×60 = 166.67
means of a conveyer belt as shown in Fig. 8.7
with velocity of 8 m/sec. Determine the
Horizontal distance S covered by rivet in this
horizontal distance from the end of the belt
conveyer to the point of hit in the bin. Also
time of 34.98 seconds,
determine the velocity with which the wheat
𝑆 = 34.98 × 166.67 strikes the floor of the bin.
= 5830.0 𝑚
 The rivet falls at a distance of 5.83 km
away from the point of separation
measures horizontally. (Ans.)

11. In the military show a bike is to jump across

21 men lying adjacent to one another closely.
The space occupied by each soldier is 0.3 m.
 bin, vyf

𝑣𝑦𝑓 = 4 − (9.81 × 1.89)

= −14.56 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐
= −14.56 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐 (↓)

∴ 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 = √(14.56)2 + (6.93)2

= 16.1 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )

14.56
At an angle of 𝜃 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
6.93
= 64.59° with horizontal as shown in Fig.
Fig. 8.7 8.7 (b). (Ans.)

13. A cricket ball is thrown by a fielder from a

Solution: height of 3 m at an angle of 40° with horizontal.
The initial velocity gained by the ball is 30
1 9.81 m/sec. The ball hits the wicket at a height of
𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × 2 ) 𝑥2
2 𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 0.30 m with respect to the ground. Determine
1 9.81 how far was the fielder from the wicket?
−10 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛30) − ( × ) 𝑥2
2 8𝑐𝑜𝑠30
−10 = 0.577𝑥 − (0.102)𝑥 2

𝑖. 𝑒., 𝑥 2 − 5.66𝑥 − 98.04 = 0

+5.66 ± √(5.66)2 + 4 × (98.03)

𝑥= Fig. 8.8
2
= 13.12 𝑚 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. ) Solution: Refer to Fig. 8.8
When y = -2.7 m, x = ?
Velocity in x direction (at projection)
= 8𝑐𝑜𝑠30 1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × 2 )
= 6.93 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐 (→) 2 𝑢
This velocity remains unchanged through- out
the path.
1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × 2 ) 𝑥 2
2 𝑢0𝑥
Velocity in y-direction (at projection)
= 8𝑠𝑖𝑛30
= 4 𝑚⁄𝑠𝑒𝑐 (↑) 9.81 1
−2.7 = (𝑡𝑎𝑛40)𝑥 − × 𝑥2
2 (30𝑐𝑜𝑠40)2
Time taken t to hit the floor for the bin,
13.12 −2.7 = 0.84𝑥 − 0.0093𝑥 2
𝑡=
6.93 0 = 90.32𝑥 − 𝑥 2 + 290.32
= 1.894 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠 0 = 𝑥 2 − 90.32𝑥 − 290.32
+90.32 ± √(90.32)2 + 4 × (290.32)
Velocity in y-direction when grain touches the 𝑥=
2
 𝑚
𝑢 = 6.56 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
90.32±96.53 𝑠𝑒𝑐
= 2

For smooth landing at this velocity, the ramp

𝑥 = 93.42 𝑚 should have same angle made by the final
velocity at landing.

14. Prove that the maximum range can be 𝑢𝑥 = 𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠30

achieved for a given velocity angle projection = = 6.56𝑐𝑜𝑠30
45° = 5.68 m/ sec(→)
𝑢2 sin2α
Solution: We have 𝑅 = 𝑔 6
𝑡= = 1.06 seconds is time
For R to be maximum, sin 2ɑ = 90°, since sin 2ɑ 5.68
can have a maximum value of 1. required to cross the gap and lamp on ramp.
sin 2ɑ = 1 ∴ 𝑣𝑦 = 𝑢sin30 − 9.81 × 1.06
or ɑ = 45° = +6.56 × sin30 − 9.81 × 1.06
𝑢2 = −7.12 m/sec
and the value of maximum range =
𝑔 = −7.12 m/ sec (↓)
∴ Angle of total velocity (net) with horizontal.
15. A stunt master in a circus is making an
attempt to cross a gap of 6 m as shown in Fig. 7.12
𝜃 = tan−1 ( )
8.9. Determine the maximum take off velocity of 5.68
the vehicle for safe of ‘θ’ for smooth landing = 51.41°
with this velocity on a ramp? ∴ The landing ramp should have an inclination
of 51.41° (Ans.)

16. A missile launched from a rocket travels 20

km vertically and 10 km horizontally from the
launch pad, when the fuel of the rocket
exhausted. At this moment, the velocity of the
missile is 1600 m/sec at an angle of 35° above
Fig. 8.9 horizontal. Calculate the total horizontal range
(from launch pad) and the time of flight after
Solution: When x = 6 m, y = -2 m, fuel has burnt out. See Fig.8.10.
1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × ) 𝑥2
2 (𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)2

9.81
−2 = (𝑡𝑎𝑛30)𝑥 − 𝑥2
2 × 𝑢2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 230

6.54𝑥 2
−2 = 0.577𝑥 −
𝑢2
6.54 × 36 Fig. 8.10
−2 = 0.577 × 6 −
𝑢2 Solution: When y = -2000 m, x = ?
1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × ) 𝑥2
2 (𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)2
 Fig. 8.11
9.81 Solution:
−20,000 = 𝑥 (tan35) − 𝑥2
2 × (1600𝑐𝑜𝑠35)2 (i) When x = 5 m, y should be = 6 m to
extinguish fire.
−20,000 = 0.7𝑥 − (2.86 × 10−6 )𝑥 2 1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × ) 𝑥2
0 = 0.7𝑥 − (2.86 × 10−6 )𝑥 2 + 20,000 2 (𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)2
0 = −244755𝑥 + 𝑥 2 − 6993006993 9.81
6 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛70) − 𝑥2
2 × 𝑢2 cos 2 70
𝑥
+244755 ± √(244755)2 + 4 × (69930699) 1 9.81 × 2.5
= 6 = 5(𝑡𝑎𝑛70) − ×
2 2 𝑢2 cos 2 70

16.24
6 = 13.74 −
𝑢2
m
∴ 𝑢 = 1.449 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sec
244755  296441
 (ii) Velocity of discharge if α = 60° when x = 5
2
x  270597 m m, y = 6 m to extinguish the fire as mentioned
earlier.
x  270.597 km However, α = 60°

Distance from launch pad 1 9.81

∴ 𝑦 = 6 = 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛60) − ( × 2 2
) 𝑥2
 10  270.594  280.594 km 2 𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼

270597 1 9.81
t = 1.732𝑥 − × 2 𝑥2
1600 cos 35 2 𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 60
 206.46 seconds
1 9.81
= 1.732(5) − × 2 (5)2
= 3.44 minutes is the time of flight after burn 2 𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 260
out. (Ans.)
490.5
6 = 8.66 −
17. A fireman wants to extinguish a fire at a 𝑢2
height of 6 m above the nozzle standing at a m
∴ 𝑢 = 13.58 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
distance 5 m away from the fire. Find (i) sec
minimum velocity of nozzle discharge required
at an angle of 70°, (ii) velocity of discharge if he 18. Determine the position at which a ball
could extinguish with an angle of projection of thrown up to the right will strike the inclined
60°. See Figure 8.11 surface shown in Fig. 8.12. The initial velocity of
the ball is 30 m/sec. inclined at 60°, to the
horizontal.
 𝑆sin23 = (0.577)(𝑆sin23) − (1.635
× 10−4 )(𝑆sin23)2
0.391 = 0.531 − 1.385 × 10−4 𝑆
0.391𝑆 = 0.531S − 1.385 × 10−4 (𝑆)2

 S = 1001.8 m, is the range when the shot

is fired up the plane.
Fig. 8.12 (ii)Shot is fired down the plane.
Solution: Let S be the range of the ball on the
inclined plane.
When x = S cos 30, y = S sin 30
𝑆sin30 = (tan60)𝑆cos30
9.81
−( ) (𝑆cos30)2
2(30cos60)2
0.5𝑆 = 1.5(𝑆) − 0.00165(𝑆)2 Fig. 8.13(b)
1
∴ 𝑆= = 61.16 m 𝑔
0.00165
𝑦 = (tan30)𝑥 − ( ) 𝑥2
2× 2002 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 30
The ball would strike the inclined plane at a
distance of 61.16 m measured along the plane. When x = S cos 23, y = -S sin 23
(Ans.)
19. A plane has a slope of 23°. A shot s fired ∴ −𝑆sin23 = (tan30)(𝑆sin23)
with a velocity of 200 m/sec at an elevation of 9.81
−( ) (𝑆sin23)2
30°. Find the range on the plane if (i) the shot 2 2
2 × 200 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 30
fired up the plane (ii) the shot is fired down the
plane. −0.391S = (0.58)(0.92)(𝑆)

Solution: (i) Shot fired up the plane −0.391S = 0.531 − 1.635 × 10−4 𝑆 − (1.635
× 10−4 )(0.85)𝑆 2

−0.391𝑆 = 0.531 − 1.635 × 10−4 𝑆

∴S = 6657.0 m, is the range when the shot is
fired down the plane. (Ans.)
20. A ball thrown down an incline strikes it at a
distance of S = 76 m. If the ball rises to a
maximum height h = 19 m, above the point of
Fig. 8.13(a) release, compute its initial velocity and
Let S be the range on the inclined plane. When x inclination of angle of projection to the
= S cos 23, y = S sin 23. horizontal.
Using the expression for trajectory,

𝑔
𝑦 = (tan30)𝑥 − ( ) 𝑥2
2× 2002× 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 30
   52.85 or   -14.57

Considering only the +ve value,

Fig. 8.14 𝛼 = 52.85° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Solution: From Fig. 8.14, 372.78
∴ 𝑢2 =
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (𝛼)
1 372.78
θ = tan−1 ( ) = 18.4° =
3 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 (52.85)

When x = 76 cos 18.4°, y = -76 sin 18.4°; u = 24.23 m/ sec = velocity of firing.

= 72.1 m = -24 m

(Ans.)
1 9.81 21. A pressure tank issues water at A with a
𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × 2 ) 𝑥2
2 𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 horizontal velocity u as shown in Fig. 8.15. For
what ranges of velocities will the water enter
−24 = (72.1)(tan𝛼 ) − the opening BC. What should be the range of
9.81 head of water (height of water) in the tank?
(2×𝑢2 ×𝑐𝑜𝑠 2𝛼) (72.1)2 ⋯ (𝑖)

The maximum height reached = 19 m,

𝑢2 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛2
= 19
2𝑔
Fig 8.15
19 × 2 × 9.81 Solution: Head of water, h is the height of water
𝑢2 =
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼 in the tank above the orifice. The initial velocity
372.78 of water is in the horizontal direction. See Fig.
= ⋯ (𝑖)
𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼 8.14.
 α=0
 When x = + 3 m, y can be = - 2.5 m
Or at x = +3 m, y can be = -1.0 m
Using (i) and (ii),
Accordingly there are two cases
9.81(72.1)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼
−24 = (tan𝛼 )(72.1) − (i) When x = + 3 m, y = - 2.5 m
2𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼(372.78)
−24 = (72.1tan𝛼 ) − 68.4 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼 9.81
−2.5 = 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − (−3)2
2 × 𝑢2 × (1)
tan  1.32 or tan  -0.26
 44.145
−2.5 =
𝑢2 Solution:
1 9.81
𝑦 = 𝑥 (𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − ( × ) 𝑥2
m 2 (𝑢𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)2
𝑢 = 4.202
sec When
The relation between head of water and initial x = 12m; y = + 9 m,
9.81
u2 9 = (12)(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − (12)2
velocity is h  2 × (20)2 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
2g
𝑢2 1.77
∴ℎ= = 0.9 m 9 = (12)(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) −
2 × 9.81 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
1
Since, = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝛼 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
9 = (12)(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 ) − (1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼)
Solving the quadratic equation
(ii) When x = + 3 m, y = - 1.0 m   46.8 or 80.07 (Ans.)

9.81 23. A fighter plane flying horizontally at 2000 m

−1.0 = 𝑥 (tanα) − ( ) (−3)2
2 × 𝑢2 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 20 height is directly over an anti-aircraft gun at
441.145 time t = 0. The plane has a speed of 500 km/hr.
−1.0 =
𝑢2 A shell is fired at t = 0 in the attempt to hit the
m plane. If the muzzle velocity of the gun is 1000
𝑢 = 6.64
sec m/sec, how many meters ‘d’ should the gun be
aimed ahead of the plane, to hit it? What is the
u  6.64 m/sec. time of impact? See Fig. 8.17.
6.642
∴ ℎ= = 2.25
2 × 9.81

∴ For velocity of 4.202 m/sec to 6.64 m/sec, the

water jet passes through the opening BC. (Ans.)
The corresponding head of tower is 0.9 m to
2.25 m. (Ans.)

22. The engine room of a freighter is on fire. A

fire-fighting tugboat has drawn along side and
is directing a stream of water to go into the Fig. 8.17
stacks of the freighter. If the speed of water jet
is 20 m/sec, what angle ɑ is needed to Solution: Let t be the time required for the
accomplish the task. See Fig. 8.16. plane to reach point of hit. At the same time t,
the missile too reaches the point of hit. Velocity
of plane = 500 km/hr = 139 m/sec. Let α be
the angle of projection.
𝑑 = 139 × 𝑡 = (1000 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼) × 𝑡
∴ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 = 0.139
Fig. 8.16 𝛼 = 82.01° = Angle of the projection.
Considering vertical motion of the missile, projection.
1 Solution: The velocity of the projectile
2000 = 0 + (9.81) × 𝑡 2
2
= √2𝑔ℎ
𝑡 = 20.19 sec = time of impact (Ans. )
𝑑 = 139 × 𝑡 m
= √2 × 9.81 × 100 = 44.29
= 2806.41m, is the distance at which the sec
missile would hit the plane. (Ans.) When x = 100 m, y = -50
9.81
∴ −50 = 100𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 −
24. A gun placement on a cliff is shown in Fig. 2 × (44.29)2 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
8.18. The muzzle velocity of the gun is 1000 × (100)2
m/sec. At what angle ɑ must the gun point, in
order to hit target A shown in the figure. 25
= 100 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 −
Neglect air friction. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
Solution: 1
Since, = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 = 1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼
When x = 30000 m, y = -200 m 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼
𝑦 = −200 = 30000 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 −50 = 100 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 25(1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼)
9.81 −50 = 100 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 25 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼
−
2 × (10002 ) × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 −25 = 100 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 25𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼
× (30000)2 0 = 4𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼 + 1
0 = −𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼 − 4𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 1
4 ± √16 − 4(−1)
4411.5 ∴ 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 =
−200 = 30000 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 2
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2𝛼 4 ± 4.47
=
1 2
Since, = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2𝛼 = 1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 = 4.24 or − 0.24

∴ 𝛼 = 76.73° or − 13.49°

𝛼 = −13.49° indicates angle is

below the horicontal

26. A rocket is projected vertically upward until

it is 50 km above the launching site. At this
instant, it is turned so that its velocity is
Fig. 8.18 directed at 3 upward and 4 horizontal and the
power is shut off. At that moment its the ground
−200 = 30000 × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 4414.5(1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼) at the same elevation as the launching site.
∴ 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼 − 6.796𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 + 0.9547 = 0 Determine the horizontal distance covered by
𝛼 = 82.07° rocket, and it’s velocity when it touches the
ground.
25. A projectile is fired from a point ‘O’ with the Solution:
same velocity, as it would be due to a fall of 100 When y = 50000 m; x = ?
m from rest. The projectile hits a mark at a 4
tan α = 0.75 cos α = = 0.8
depth of 50 below ‘O’ and a horizontal distance 5
of 100 m from the vertical line through 3
and sin α = = 0.6
‘O’.Determine the two possible directions of 5
 ∴ 50,000 = 𝑥𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼
9.81 ground,
− 𝑥2
2 × (1680)2 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 36.87 𝑢𝑥 = 1680𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼 = 1680 × 0.8
9.81 = 1344 m/sec
= 𝑥𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − (1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝛼)𝑥 2
2 × (1680)2 331708
∴ time taken = = 246.8 sec.
1344

9.81 Vertical velocity while touching ground,

−50,000 = 0.75𝑥 − 𝑥2
2 × (1680)2 𝑢 = 1680𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 − (9.81)(246.8)
𝑢 = 1680 × 0.6 − 9.81 × 246.8
m
= 1413.2 (downward)
𝑥 2 − 276198𝑥 − 1.8413 × 1010 = 0 sec

∴ Net velocity = √13442 + 1413.22

𝑥 = 331708 m m
= 1950.2
sec
1413.2
At an angle = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 46.44°
1344
With horizontal. (Ans.)

Horizontal velocity of the rocket while touching

 CHAPTER9

D’ Alembert’s Principle

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS SOLVED PROBLEMS

Inertia force is the resistance offered by a body 1. In a police investigation of tyre marks, it was

to the change in its state of rest or of uniform concluded that a car while in motion along a

motion. Its magnitude is equal to m x a, where straight level road has skidded for a total of 6 m

m is the mass and a is the acceleration. It after the brakes were applied. If the coefficient

always acts in the direction opposite to the of friction μ = 0.5 for tyres and pavement, what

motion. was the probable speed of the car just before

D’ Alembert’s principle states that the the brakes were applied?

system of external forces acting on a body in Solution: It may be noted that inertia force m x

motion is in dynamic equilibrium with the a is to be applied in the direction opposite to

inertia force of the body. Mathematically, motion. Fig. 9.1 shows FBD of the car.
𝑊
Σ(𝐹𝑥 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 0 or Σ(𝐹𝑥 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 + 𝑎 =0
𝑔 𝑥
𝑊
Σ(𝐹𝑦 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎𝑦 = 0 or Σ(𝐹𝑦 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 + 𝑎𝑦 = 0
𝑔
𝑊
Σ(𝐹𝑧 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎𝑧 = 0 or Σ(𝐹𝑧 )𝑒𝑥𝑡 + 𝑎𝑧 = 0
𝑔

Fig. 9.1

N = W , where W is the weight of the car.

 Friction force: F = μN = μW = 0.5W which is in dynamic equilibrium when inertia
𝑊
Σ𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ F + 𝑎=0 force is applied,
𝑔
𝑊
i. e. , 0.5W + 𝑎=0
𝑔
or 𝑎 = −0.5 × 9.81
𝑚
= −4.91
𝑠𝑒𝑐

From equation
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
0 − 𝑢2 = 2(−4.91)(60)
Fig. 9.2
𝑚
𝑢 = 24.27 𝑠𝑒𝑐.
𝐹 = 𝜇𝑁 = 𝜇𝑊
= 87.38 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ (Ans. ) 𝑊
Σ𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ F + 𝑎 = 0
𝑔
2. A motorist travelling at a speed of 70 kmph
𝑊
𝜇𝑊 + (−3.78) = 0
9.81
suddenly applies the brakes and comes to stop
3.78
μ= = 0.3858 (Ans. )
9.81
after skidding 50 m. Determine
3. A 1200N block rests on a horizontal plane
(a) The time required to stop the car
Find the force P required to give the block an
(b) The coefficient of friction between
acceleration of 3 m/sec2 to the right. Take the
the tyres and the road.
coefficient of friction between the block and the
Solution:
plane (see Fig. 9.3).
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
70 × 1000
Now, 𝑢 = 20 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ =
60 × 60

= 19.44 m/sec
∴ 0 − (19.22)2 = 2(𝑎)(50)
or 𝑎 = −3.78 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐

Using the expression,

Fig. 9.3
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
0 = 19.44 + (−3.78)𝑡
Solution: Fig. 9.3(b) shows FBD of the block
∴ 𝑡 = 5.14 sec (Ans)

Referring to FBD of the car (shown in Fig. 9.2) with inertia force applied to bring it to the
dynamic equilibrium condition.

Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑁 = 𝑊 + 𝑃𝑠𝑖𝑛30°
𝑃
= 1200 + ⋯ (𝑖)
2
𝑊
Σ𝐹𝑥 = 0 ⟹ 𝑃𝑐𝑜𝑠30° − 𝐹 − 𝑎 = 0
𝑔
𝑊
𝑃𝑐𝑜𝑠30° − 𝜇𝑁 − 𝑎 = 0
𝑔
𝑃 1200
𝑃𝑐𝑜𝑠30° − (0.3) (1200 + ) − ×3=0
2 9.81
𝑃(𝑐𝑜𝑠30° − 0.15) − 360 − 366.97 = 0

726.92 Fig. 9.4

P  1015.29 N (Ans.)
cos 30  0.15
Or
2
𝜃 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 1.146°
100
𝐹 = 6 × 3000 = 18000𝑁 = 18𝑘𝑁

4. A train weighing 3000 kN is moving up a Σ Forces along the plane =0

3000
slope of 2 in 100 with an acceleration of 0.04 𝑃 − 18 − (0.04)𝑠𝑖𝑛1.146° = 0
9.81
𝑃 = 90.22 𝑘𝑁
m/sec2. Tractive resistance is 6 N/kN.
Case (b): FBD for dynamic equilibrium is as
Determine the acceleration of the train if it
shown in Fig. 9.4 (b), for train moving on a level
moves with the same tractive force,
track,
a. up the plane
3000
𝑃− 𝑎−𝐹=0
9.81
b. On a level track
3000
90.22 − 𝑎 − 18 = 0
9.81
c. Down the plane inclined at 2 in 100. 𝑚
∴ 𝑎 = 0.236 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
Solution: Case (a): For train moving upwards,
Case (c): FBD for dynamic equilibrium is as
referring to FBD of the train shown in Fig. 9.4.
shown in Fig. 9.4. (c).
(a),
3000
−𝑃 + 𝑎 + 𝐹 − 3000𝑠𝑖𝑛1.146° = 0
9.81
 3000
i. . e., −90.22 + 𝑎 + 18
9.81 Referring to FBD of cage with the man (Fig.
− 3000𝑠𝑖𝑛1.146° = 0 9.5(a))
𝑚 10750
∴ 𝑎 = 0.432 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. ) 𝑇+ 𝑎 = 10750
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 9.81
10750
or 𝑇 = 10750 = × 1.333
9.81
= 9292.5 𝑁 = 9.292 𝑘𝑁 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
5. An elevator cage of a mine shaft weighing 10
Referring to FBD of the man only (Fig. 9.5 (b)),
kN when empty is lifted or lowered by a wire
750
𝑅+ 𝑎 = 750
9.81
rope. Once a man weighing 750 N entered it
750
or 𝑅 = 750 − × 1.333
9.81
and lowered with a uniform acceleration, such
= 648.1 𝑁 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )

that when a distance of 150 m was covered, the 6. A mine cage weighs 12 kN and can carry a

velocity of the cage was 20 m/sec. Determine maximum load of 24 kN. The average frictional

the tension in the rope and the force exerted by resistance of the slide guys is 600 N. what

the man on the floor of the elevator cage. constant cable tension is required to give a

Solution: Let ‘a’ be the acceleration of the cage loaded cage an upward velocity of 3 m/sec,

as well as that of the man. from rest in a distance of 3 m?

Using kinematic equation Solution: Free body diagram is as shown in Fig.

𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠, we get
9.6.
202 − 0 = 2 × 𝑎 × 150
𝑚
∴ 𝑎 = 1.333 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. ) From kinematic relation,
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠, we get
2
30 − 0 = 2 × 𝑎 × 150
𝑚
∴ 𝑎 = 1.5 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

Fig. 9.5
 Fig. 9.6

Referring to Fig. 9.6,

36
𝑇 − 36 − 0.6 − 𝑎=0
9.81
36
𝑇 = 36 + 0.6 + × 1.5
9.81
= 42.10 𝑘𝑁 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )

7. A person weighing 800 N in an elevator. Fig. 9.7

(i) If the elevator accelerates upward at a (i) Referring to FBD in Fig. 9.7(a) in which R is

constant rate of 2 m/sec2, what is the apparent the reaction from the elevation.
800
weight of the person during this period of 𝑅 − 800 − ×2= 0
9.81
∴ 𝑅 = 963.1 𝑁 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
acceleration?
(ii) When the elevator comes down at 2 m/sec2,
(ii) Do as same as in (i) for a constant
inertia force acts upward as shown in Fig.
downward acceleration of 2 m/sec2
9.7(b),
(iii) If the elevator cage weighs 7000 N,
800
𝑅 − 800 + ×𝑎 =0
9.81
find the cable tension, which corresponds to the
800
𝑅 = 800 − × 2 = 636.9 𝑁
9.81
case (i).
Apparent weight. (Ans.)
(iv) For what value of acceleration, the
(iii) From the FBD of the elevator cage shown
person would feel weightless?
in Fig. 9.7(c),
Solution: FBD for case (i) to (iv) are shown in
7800
∴ 𝑇 − 7800 − 𝑎=0
9.81
Fig. 9.7 (a) to 9.7(d) respectively.
 7800
or 𝑇 = 7800 + × 2 = 9390.21 𝑁
9.81
(iv) Let the downward acceleration be ‘a’ at

which the person would feel weightless. At this

stage the pressure exerted by the man (or

apparent weight of the man) is zero. Referring

Fig. 9.8
to Fig. 9.(d).
(i) From the equilibrium of the elevator [Fig.
800
∴ 0 − 800 − 𝑎=0
9.81
9.8(a)],
or 𝑎 = 9.81 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2(Ans. )
5700
8. A person weighing 700 N is moving in a light 6500 − 5700 + ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
𝑚
weight passenger elevator weighing 5000 N. ∴ 𝑎 = 1.377 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

When the elevator moves upward with constant (ii) From the FBD of the elevator for the [Fig.

acceleration, the cable tension force is 6500 N. 9.8(b)],

5700
(i) Find the value of the acceleration of the 4200 − 5700 + ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
𝑚
elevator. ∴ 𝑎 = 2.58 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

(ii) Find acceleration, if the tension is 4200 N 9. Solve the problem given in example 9.8 if

as the elevator accelerates downward with a another person weighing 500 N joins first

constant value passenger.

Solution: FBD at dynamic equilibrium Solution: FBD for dynamic equilibrium for these

conditions for the case (i) and (ii) are shown in cases are shown in Fig. 9.9(a) and (b),

Fig. 9.8 (a) and (b) respectively.

 (ii) Elevator cable tension in the beginning and

at the end.

Solution:

(i) Since there is gain in apparent weight,

R = 800 + 90 = 890 n

Fig. 9.9 FBD for the man and the cage for this case are

For the cases in this problem, shown in Fig. 9.10(a) and (b). From the dynamic

Total weight = 5000 + 700 + 500 = 6200 N equilibrium condition for the man, we get,

(i) From FBD of elevator shown in Fig 9.9(a),

6200
6500 − 6200 + ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
𝑚
∴ 𝑎 = 0.475 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

(ii) Referring to Fig. 9.9(b),

6200
4200 − 6200 + ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
𝑚
∴ 𝑎 = 3.165 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

10. A passenger weighing 800 N enters an

elevator weighing 9 kN. When the elevator

accelerates upwards, the passenger experiences Fig. 9.10

800
an apparent weigh gain of 90 N. when the 890 − 800 + ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
𝑚
elevator decelerates to zero velocity, the ∴ 𝑎 = 1.104 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2

passenger experiences an apparent weigh loss From the dynamic equilibrium condition for the

of 110 N. Find the values of cage,

(i) Acceleration and deceleration

 9800
𝑇 − 9800 − × 1.104 = 0
9.81
∴ 𝑇 = 10902 𝑁 = 10.902 𝑘𝑁(𝐴𝑛𝑠. )

(ii) When the elevator decelerates, since there

is an apparent weight loss of 110 N, referring to

Fig. 9.10(c), Fig. 9.11

R = 800 -110 = 690 N Solution: Referring to Fig. 9.11

From the dynamic equilibrium condition for the W = 40 N, a = 1.62 m/sec2

man, we get, N = W cos 25 = 40 cos 25

800
690 − 800 + × 𝑎2 = 0 Σ Forces parallel to plane = 0
9.81
𝑚 𝑊
∴ 𝑎2 = −1.349 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. ) ⇒ 𝑊 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 5 − 𝐹 − 𝑎=0
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑔
40
Referring to dynamic equilibrium condition for 40 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 5 − 𝐹 − × 1.62 = 0
9.81
∴ 𝐹 = 10.3 N (Ans.)
this case [Fig. 9.10(d)],
i.e., 𝜇𝑁 = 10.3
9800 10.3 10.3
𝑇 − 9800 − × (−1.349) = 0 or 𝜇= = = 0.284 (Ans.)
9.81 𝑁 40 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 5
∴ 𝑇 = 8452𝑁(𝐴𝑛𝑠. )

12. A body weighing 1500 N rests on a rough

11. A block weighing 40 N slides down an plane inclined at 15° to the horizontal. It is

incline plane with an acceleration of 1.62 pulled up the plane by means of a light

m/sec2 as shown in Fig. 9.11 (a). Find the inflexible rope running parallel to the plane and

frictional force acting and the coefficient of passing over a light frictionless pulley at the top

friction between the block and the plane. of the plane as shown in the Fig. 9.12 (a). The

portion of the rope beyond the pulley hangs

vertically downward and carries a weight of

 𝑇 − 362.2 − 388.2 − 152.9𝑎 = 0
1000 N at its end. If μ = 0.25 for the plane and
𝑇 − 152.9𝑎 = 750.45 … (𝑖)

the body, find From Fig. 9.12(b),

1000
(i) Acceleration with which the body moves up 𝑇 − 1000 + ×𝑎=0
9.81
or 𝑇 − 101.94 × 𝑎 = 1000 ⋯ (𝑖)
the plane
Subtracting equation (i) and (ii), we get

(ii) Tension in the rope and 258.84 a = 249.55

)
𝑚
(iii) The distance in metres moved by the body 𝑎 = 0.979 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
∴ 𝑇 = 1000 − 101.94 × 0.974
in 3 second after starting from the rest.
= 900.2 N (Ans. )

Let S be the distance moved in 3 seconds.

Then,
1
𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2
1
= 0 × 3 + 2 × 0.979 × 32 = 4.41 (Ans.)

13. Weighs 800 N and 400 N are connected by a

thread and move along a rough horizontal

plane under the action of a force of 500 N

Fig. 9.12
applied to 800 N weight as shown in
Solution: The free body diagrams for the
Fig.9.13(a). The coefficient of friction between
dynamic equilibrium conditions of 1500 N
the sliding surface of the weights and the plane
block and 1000 N weight are shown in Fig.
is μ = 0.25. Determine the acceleration of the
9.12(b) and (c) respectively.
weights and tension in the thread, using the D’
From Fig. 9.12(b),
Alembert’s principle.
Σ Forces parallel to the plane = 0
1500
𝑇 − 𝐹 − 1500 𝑠𝑖𝑛 1 5 − ×𝑎 =0
9.81
 ∴ 𝑎 = 1.635 m/sec2 (Ans.)
400
∴ 𝑇 = 100 + × 1.635 = 166.7 N
9.81
(Ans.)

14. Find the acceleration and tension in the

string of the system shown in Fig. 9.14.

Coefficient of the friction μ = 0.3 for all planes

Fig. 9.13
of the contact. Pulley is smooth. Also determine
Solution: Free body diagrams of 400 N and 800
the velocity of the system in 4 seconds after
N weights for dynamic equilibrium, are shown
starting from rest.
in Fig. 9.13(b),

Considering 400 N body,

𝑁1 = 400 N
𝐹1 = 𝜇𝑁1 = 0.25 × 400 = 100 N

Σ Forces in horizontal direction = 0

400
⇒ 𝑇 − 𝐹1 − ×𝑎 =0
9.81
400
𝑇− × 𝑎 = 100
9.81
Considering 800 N weight,
𝑁1 = 800
𝐹2 = 0.25 × 800 = 200 N
Fig. 9.14
800
500 − 𝐹2 − 𝑇 − ×𝑎 = 0
9.81
Solution: Let ‘a’ be the acceleration of the
800
or 𝑇+ × 𝑎 = 500 − 200 = 300 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖)
9.81
system. Dynamic equilibrium conditions for the
Subtracting equation (i) from (ii),
120 N and 60 N blocks are shown in Fig.

9.14(b) and (c) respectively.

800 400
( + ) × 𝑎 = 300 − 100 = 200
9.81 9.81
Considering 120 N block [Ref. Fig. 9.4(b)],
 𝑁1 = 120 𝑐𝑜𝑠 6 0 = 60 N
𝐹1 = 0.3 𝑁1 = 0.3 × 60 = 18 N

120
and 𝑇 − 120𝑠𝑖𝑛60 + 𝐹1 + ×𝑎 =0
9.81
120
i. e., 𝑇+ × 𝑎 = 120𝑠𝑖𝑛60 − 18
9.81
= 85.92 ⋯ (𝑖)

Considering 60 N block [Ref. Fig, 9.14(c)],

𝑁2 = 60 𝑐𝑜𝑠 3 0° = 51.96 N
Fig. 9.15 (a, b & c)
𝐹2 = 0.3 𝑁2 = 0.3 × 51.96 = 15.59 N
60
and 𝑇 − × 𝑎 − 60𝑠𝑖𝑛60 − 𝐹2 = 0 Solution: FBD of the cart and crate system is
9.81
60
i. e., 𝑇− × 𝑎 = 60𝑠𝑖𝑛60 + 15.59 shown in Fig. 9.15(b).
9.81
= 45.59 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖)
When cart moves towards left, crate has a
Subtracting equation (ii) from (i),
tendency to move to right. Hence FBD of the
120 60
( + ) × 𝑎 = 85.92 − 45.59 = 40.33
9.81 9.81
crate is as shown on Fig. 9.15(c).
a  2.198 m/sec2 (Ans.)
or
From Fig. 9.15(b),
120
𝑇 = 85.92 − × 2.198 = 59 𝑁 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
9.81 𝑁1 = 1700
𝐹1 = 0.15𝑁1
Let v be the velocity after 4 seconds, then,
= 0.15 × 1700 = 255 N
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡, 1700
500 − 𝐹1 − 𝑇 − ×𝑎 = 0
= 0 + 2.198 × 4 = 8.792 m/sec (Ans.) 9.81
9.81
15. The coefficient of friction between the crate i. e., 𝑎= × (500 − 255)
1700
𝑎 = 1.414 m/sec2 (Ans.)
and the cart shown in Fig. 9.15 (a) is 0.25 and
To prevent the slippage between crate and cart,
that between cart and the road is 0.15. If a force
the frictional force developed should be less
of 500 N pulls the cart, determine the
than the limiting frictional force. Considering
acceleration of the cart. Check whether there is
FBD of crate alone [Fig. 9.15(c)],
slippage of the crate at this stage.
𝑁2 = 1000 N
∴ Limiting friction = 0.25 × 1000 = 250 N
 1000
𝐹2 = × 1.414 = 144.1 N crate.
9.81
2000
𝐹+ × (−1.2) = 0
Since F2 < Limiting Friction, there is no 9.81
slippage between crate and the cart. (Ans.)
F = 244.65 N

16. A flat crate rests on the bed of the truck, as N = 2000 N

∴ Limiting frictional force = 𝐹𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝜇𝑁
shown in Fig. 9.16 (a). Coefficient of friction the
= 0.3 x 2000
weight of the crate is 2 kn. Determine whether
= 600 N
the crate slips when (i) the truck decelerates at
F < Flim
1.2 m/sec2 (ii) the truck decelerates at 3.5
Crate does not slide.
m/sec2. (ii.) In this case a = -3.5 m/sec2.
2000
∴ 𝐹+ × (−3.5) = 0
9.81
F  713.56 N
Flim  600 N
But

 F  Flim Hence crate slips.

17. The truck in the problem 9.16, is travelling

at 30 kmph. The brakes are applied and the

Fig. 9.16 vehicle is assumed to experience a constant

Solution: When truck decelerates crate has a deceleration until it comes to rest. Find the

tendency to move forward. Hence frictional minimum value of the stopping distance, if the

force ‘F’ is in the reverse direction of motion of crate is not to slide on the truck bed.

the truck as shown in Fig. 9.16(b). Inertia force 30 1000

u  30 kmph 
60  60
acts in the opposite direction of acceleration. In Solution: Now,

this case a = -1.2 m/sec2. From FBD of the = 8.33 m/sec.

Referring to Fig. 9.16(b), this case Final velocity v = 36 kmph
𝐹 = 𝐹 N𝑙𝑖𝑚 36 × 1000
= = 10 m/sec
2000 60 × 60
𝐹+ ×𝑎 =0
9.81 𝑆 = 1000 m
9.81 −600 × 9.81
∴ 𝑎 = −𝐹 × = From Kinematic relation
2000 2000
= −2.943 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠, we get
102 − 0 = 2 × 𝑎 × 1000
Using kinematic relation
∴ 𝑎 = 0.05 m/sec2 (Ans.)
2 2
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 2𝑎𝑠, we get
Tractive resistance of engine
0 = 8.332 + 2(−2.943)𝑆
∴ 𝑆 = 11.8 m (Ans. ) 𝐹1 = 600 × 6 = 3600 N

18. A 600 kN engine pulls a carriage weighing = 36 kN

1800 kN an incline of 1 in 100. The train starts Tractive resistance of carriages

𝐹2 = 1800 × 6 = 10800 N
from rest and moves with a constant
=10.8 kN
acceleration against a resistance 6 N/kN. It
1
𝜃 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 = 0.573°
100
attains a maximum speed of 36 kmph in 1 km
Consider the FBD of the carriages only,
distance. Determine the tension in the coupling
1800
1800 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + 10.8 + ×𝑎−𝑇 =0
9.81
between the carriage and the engine and the
or 𝑇 = 37.97 𝑘𝑁 (Ans. )
Since 𝑎 = 0.05 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
tractive force developed by the engine.
Now consider the FBD of engine only,
Solution: Dynamic equilibrium condition for the
600
𝑇 + 600 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 + 3.6 + × (0.05) − 𝑃 = 0
9.81
carriage and the engine is as shown in Fig. 9.17.
or 𝑃 = 50.63 𝑘𝑁 (Ans. )

19. In the Fig. 9.18 (a), what is the acceleration

of the heavier body when it comes down? What

is the tension in the string? Assume the pulley

is friction less.
Fig. 9.17

Initial Velocity u = 0
 shown in Fig. 9.19 (a), Assume pulleys are

weightless and frictionless.

Solution: Since pulleys are frictionless, tension

in the string running around the pulleys is the

same throughout- Let its value be T. Hence

Fig. 9.18 tension in the string connecting body B is T.

Solution: Fig. 9.18(b) and Fig. 9.18(c) show FBD Considering the equilibrium of pulley A, it can

of 600 N and 400 N body with inertia forces be easily seen that tension in the string

applied to get dynamic equilibrium. For 600 N connecting block A is 2T.

body, If weight B goes up by 1 m, weight A goes down

600
𝛴𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇 + 9.81 𝑎 = 600 … (𝑖) by 0.5 m.

For 400 N body, Acceleration of A = 0.5 x acceleration of B.
400 𝑎𝐴 = 0.5𝑎𝐵
𝛴𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇+ 𝑎
9.81 or 𝑎𝐵
= 400 … (𝑖𝑖) = 2𝑎𝐴 ⋯ (𝑖)

Subtracting eqn. (2) from eqn. (1), we get,

1000
𝑎 = 200
9.81
∴ 𝑎 = 1.962 m/sec2 (Ans.)
400
∴ 𝑇 = 400 + × 1.962 = 480 N
9.81
(Ans.)

20. Determine the tension in the string and

acceleration of the block A and B weighing

1200 N and 400 N connected by a string as

 1200 + 2 × 800
× 𝑎𝐴 = 1200 − 800 = 400
9.81
𝑎𝐴 = 1.40 m/sec2 (Ans.)
∴ 𝑎𝐴 = 2.80 m/sec2 (Ans.)

From eqn (3),

800
𝑇 = 400 + × 1.40
9.81
= 514.17 N (Ans. )

21. The system of two blocks shown in Fig. 9.20

(a), is released from rest at t = 0. The pulley is

weightless and frictionless.

(i) Find the acceleration of the two blocks and

the cable tension.

Fig. 9.19 (ii) At what time will the two blocks pass each

Dynamic equilibrium conditions for block A and other?

B are shown in Fig. 9.19(b) and 9.19(c), (iii) What are the velocities of the blocks when

respectively. they pass each other?

For the equilibrium condition of A, (iv) If block B is suddenly brought to rest 1.6
1200
2𝑇 + × 𝑎𝐴 = 1200 … (𝑖𝑖) seconds after the onset of motion, describe the
9.81
and for the equilibrium condition of block B, ensuring motion of block A.
400
𝑇− × 𝑎𝐵 = 400
9.81
400
i. e., 𝑇− × 𝑎𝐵 = 400 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖𝑖)
9.81
800
i. e., 𝑇− × 𝑎𝐴 = 400 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖𝑖)
9.81
Subtracting 2 x equation (iii), from equation

(ii), we get,
 1.5 m and block B moves down by 1.5 m when

they cross each other. If t is the time taken by a

block to move 1.5 m,

1
1.5 = 0 × 𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2
1
1.5 = × 1.962𝑡 2
2
∴ 𝑡 = 1.24 sec. (Ans. )

Fig. 9.20 (iii) The velocity of each block is obtained from

Solution: From the physical consideration it the Kinematic relation,

v = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
may be observed that block A moves
= 0 + 1.962 × 1.24
m
downward. FBD for the dynamic equilibrium = 2.43 . (Ans. )
sec

conditions of block A and block B are shown in (iv) When block B is brought to rest tension in

Fig. 9.20(b) and (c), the cable becomes zero. At this stage,
𝑡 = 1.6 sec. , given
(i) For block A,
v = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
500 = 0 + 1.962 × 1.6
𝑇− × 𝑎 = 500 … (𝑖) m
9.81
= 3.139 . (Ans. )
sec
For block B,
After this stage acceleration will be,
750
𝑇− × 𝑎 = 750 … (𝑖𝑖
9.81 500
× 𝑎 + 500 = 0 (Since T becomes = 0)
9.81
Subtracting eqn. (i) from (ii), we get 𝑚
or 𝑎 = −9.81 (i. e. , motion under
1250 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
× 𝑎 = 250
9.81 gravitational effect inly)

Using kinematic relation for this condition (u =

∴ or 𝑎 = 1.962 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑇
500
= 500 + × 1.962 = 600 N 3.139 m/sec, v = 0)
9.81
(ii) Both block starts from rest and with the Time t, taken to reach the maximum height,

same acceleration. Hence block A moves up by (when velocity becomes 0)

 v = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡 23. Fig. 9.22 (𝑎) shows a simple model of a
0 = 3.319 + (−9.81)𝑡 hoisting device to lift cargo out of the hold
∴ 𝑡 = 0.32 sec. (Ans. ) of a ship. The ship is anchored in calm
water in a harbor. When the load is first
And maximum height reached S is given by
raised, the hoisting motor accelerates the
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠 load at 0.5 m/sec2. The total weight of the
0 − (3.139)2 = 2(−9.81)𝑆 hoisting motor is 2 kN.
𝑆 = 0.502 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) (𝑎) Find the cable force and the force
exerted by the motor on the support
22. Block A in Fig. 9.21 has an upward velocity
beam, when the 2.5 kN load is first
of 1.85 m/sec. Find the time ‘t´ at which the
raised.
block B comes to rest.
(𝑏) Find the cable force and the force
Solution: FBD for blocks A and𝐵 for
exerted by the lifting motor on the
dynamic equilibrium condition are shown
support beam, at a later time when the
in Fig. 9.21 (𝑏)and (𝑐).
load moves at a constant speed of 2.5
m/sec.

Fig. 9.21
For Block A: Fig. 9.22
4
𝑇− 𝑎=4 ⋯ (𝑖) Solution: The FBD of the load and hoisting
4.81 motor are shown in Fig. 9.22. (𝑏)and (𝑐),
For Block B: respectively.
3 (𝑖 ) From the FBD of the load,
𝑇+ 𝑎=3 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖)
4.81 2.5
From eqn. (i) and (ii), 𝑇 = 2.5 + ×𝑎
9.81
7 m 2.5
𝑎 = −1 or 𝑎 = −1.401 = 2.5 + × 0.5 = 2.63 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
9.81 sec2 9.81
The system comes to rest when velocity 𝜐, From the FBD of hoisting motor,
becomes zero,
𝑅 = 2 + 𝑇 = 2 + 2.63 = 4.63 kN(Ans.)
𝑉 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡, (𝑖𝑖 ) When the load moves with constant
0 = 1.85 − 1.401 𝑡 velocity 𝑎 = 0.
or 𝑡 = 1.32 sec. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 ⟹ 𝑇 = 2.5 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
 and 𝑅 = 2 + 2.5 = 4.5 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 for hoisting motor gives,
24. The ship in the problem no. 23 is at sea in 𝑅 = 2 + 𝑇 = 2 + 3.00 = 5 kN(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
rough waters. Solve the above problem, if a
wave causes a constant upward (𝑖𝑖 ) When load moves with constant speed
acceleration of the ship of 1.5m/sec2
initial acceleration, 𝑎 = 1.5 m/sec2 .
(𝑖 ) Total Acceleration is
2.5
0.5 + 1.5 = 2.0 m/sec2 . ⸫ 𝑇 = 2.5 + × 1.5 = 2.88 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
9.81
Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 for load gives, and
2.5 𝑅 = 2 + 𝑇 = 2 + 2.88 = 4.88 kN
𝑇 = 2.5 + × 2 = 3.00 kN(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
9.81
 CHAPTER 10
Work-Energy Principle

GENERAL INFORMATION
Kinetic energy is the capacity to do work
DEFINITIONS
due to motion of the body. If a body of mass 'm'
Work done by a force on a moving body is moves with a velocity ‘v’, it possesses a kinetic
defined as the product of the force and the 1 1𝑊
energy of 𝑚𝑣 2 = 𝑣 2 where W is weightof
2 2𝑔
distance moved in the direction of the force. It
mayalso be defined as the product of the body. Energy too is measured in Joules or
component offorce in the direction of motion Nm.
and the distancemoved. Unit of work done is Power is defined as time rate of doing
Nm in SI system. [Link] of power is "Watt" (W) and is equal
1 Joule = 1 Nm work done is denoted by to 1 Nm/sec =(1 J/sec).
“U” Work done by a spring of stiffness 'k to
Work done by a varying force is the adisplacement x, from undeformed position is=
areaunder the curve of force vs distance 1
− 2 𝑘𝑥 2 , see Fig. 10.2. Work done by aspring of
[Link] Fig. 10.1.
stiffness 'k from an initial displacement of𝑥1 , to
𝑈 = ∫ 𝑃 (𝑑𝑠) a new displacement of 𝑥2 is
1
𝑈 = 2 (𝑘 )(𝑥22 − 𝑥12 )

Energy is defined as the capacity to (Negative sign is used here, since when spring
dowork. There are mainly two types of energy; is deformed the force of spring is in the
Potential energy and Kinetic energy. opposite direction of deformation. However, if a
Potential energy is the capacity to do deformed spring is allowed to move towards
work due to the position of the body. A body of it'snormal position, work done will be
mass ‘m’, held at height ‘h’, has a potential positive,since movement and force of spring are
energy ‘mgh’ie.,’Wh’. in thesame direction.)
Work-energy principle: It states that work = (400 − 51.96 − 150) × 6
doneon a particle is equal to its change in = 1188.24 N-m
kinetic energy.
Change in K.E. in moving by this distance,
1
𝐹. 𝑠 = 𝑈 = 𝑚(𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 ) … (10.2) 1 300
2 = [ ] (𝑣 2 − 𝑢 2 )
2 9.81
SOLVED PROBLEMS 1 300
1188.24 = [ ] (𝑣 2 − 1.52 )
2 9.81
1. In a police investigation of tyre marks it 𝑣 = 8.94 m/sec (Ans.)
wasconcluded that a car while in motion
3. An engine weighing 500 kN pulls the
alonga straight level road had skidded for a
coaches weighing 2500 kN up a gradient t in
totalof 60 m after the brakes were applied.
120, with a uniform velocity of 36 kmph.
Ifµ=0.5 established, what was the probable
Find the power transmitted by the engine, if
speed of the car?
tractive resistances is 6N/kN. Find also the
Solution: Let the probable speed of the car power transmitted by the engine at the end
when the brakes were applied be u m/sec. of one second, if acceleration of the engine
Work done by the frictional force µN = is 0.2 m/sec and g = 9.81 m/sec.
change in K.E. of the car.
Solution: Weight of the engine = 500 kN
1 𝑊 Weight of the coaches = 2500 kN
−60 × 𝜇𝑊 = ( ) (02 − 𝑢2 )
2 𝑔 ∴ Total weight = 3000 KN
1 𝑊 ∴Tractive Force 𝐹 = 6 × 3000
−60 × 0.5𝑊 = (−𝑢2 )
2 (9.81) =18000 N
60×9.81= 𝑢2 = 18 kN
When the velocity is uniform
𝑢 = 24.26 m/sec.
1000 𝑚
𝑢 = 87.34 kmph (Ans) 𝑉 = 36𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ = 36 × = 10
60 × 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐.
2. A body weighing 300N is pushed up a 30º In 1 second it moves 10 m;
plane by a force of 400 N acting parallel to
the plane. If the initial velocity of the body is
1.5 m/sec and µ = 0.2, what velocity will the
body have after moving 6 m?

Work done in one second (Ref. Fig. 10.4).

= (𝑃 − 18 − 3000 sin 𝜃 ) × 10
1
Now sin θ = tan θ = 120 ;since 𝜃 is very
small.
1𝑊
Change in K.E. =2 𝑔 (102 − 102 ), since
Solution: Work done = Change in K.E.
Resolving the force normal to the plane in velocity is uniform.
the F.B.D. (Ref. Fig. 10.3), =0
N = 300 cos 30 = 259.8 N Equating work done to the change in K.E.
∴ F = μN = 259.8 × 0.2 = 51.96 N we get,
∴ Work done by force along the plane 1
∴ 𝑃 = 18 + 3000 × = 43 𝑘𝑁.
= (400 − 𝐹 − 300 sin 𝜃 ) × 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 120
 ∴ The power transmitted or developed by
engine
dist.
= Force × = Force × velocity
time
=𝐹×𝑣
= 43 × 10
= 430 kNm/sec = 430 kW (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
(b) When train moves with an acceleration 𝐶𝑎𝑠𝑒 (1): 𝑆𝑙𝑖𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔
of 0.2 m/sec2 . Referring to Fig. 10.5 (𝑎),
If 𝑎 = 0.2 m/sec2 𝑁 = 𝑊 = 1 kN
after 1 sec, 𝑣 = 10 + (0.2) 1 and 𝐹 = 𝜇𝑁 = 0.3 × 1 = 0.3 kN
= 10.2 m/sec. The force required to slide the body be P.
Work done/sec = change in K.E. in one Total work done = (𝑃 − 𝜇𝑁) × 5
sec. = (𝑃 − 0.3) × 5 kNm
Distance travelled in one second Change in K. E. = 0
1 Equating work done to change in K.E.
𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2 𝑃 = 0.3 kN
1 ∴ Workdone by man
= 10 × 1 + (0.2)(1)2
2 = 0.3 × 5
= 10 + 0.1 = 1.5 kNm
= 10.1 m 𝐶𝑎𝑠𝑒 (2): 𝑇𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑝𝑖𝑛𝑔
1 In one tipping the C.G. of the body moves by
(10.1) (𝑃 − 18 − 3000 × )
120 1 m. Hence to move 5 m, 5 tippings are
1 3000 required. In one tipping C.G. of the body isto
= [ ] [10. 22 − 10. 02 ]
2 9.81 be raised by [Ref. Fig. 10.5(𝑏)].
(10.1)(𝑃 − 43.0) = 152.9[4.04] √2
𝑃 = 104.16 kN = − 0.5
2
Power at the end = 𝐹 × 𝑣 = 0.207 m
= 104.16 × 10.2 Work done in one tipping = 𝑊ℎ
= 1062.5 kW. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) = 1 × 0.207
4. A man wishes to move the solid block = 0.207 kNm
ofwood of 1 m cube to a distance of 5 m ∴ In 5 tippings, work done
with the least amount of work. If the = 1.305 kNm … (𝑖𝑖)
blockweighs 1 kN and the co-efficient of From (𝑖) and (𝑖𝑖) we conclude tipping is
friction is 0.3, find whether he should tip it easier than sliding. (Ans.)
or slide it. 5. A pump lifts 40 m of water to a height of 50
Solution: m and delivers it with velocity of 5 m/ sec.
What is the amount of energy spent during
this process? If the job is done in half an
hour, what is the input power of the pump
which has an overall efficiency of 70%?
Solution: Energy of the pump is spent in
lifting water and imparting energy (K.E.) to
it.
Work done in lifting 40 m3 of water 𝐹 = μ𝑁 = μ𝑊 cos θ = 0.3𝑊 cos 36.9
= 40 × 9810 × 50 Work Done = Change in K. E.
= 19620000 J (Nm = J) (𝑊 sin 36.4 − 0.3 × 𝑊 cos 36.9) × 5
1 𝑊 2 1𝑊 2
K. E. imparted = ( )𝑣 = (𝑣 − 0)
2 𝑔 2𝑔
1 40 × 9810 ∴ 𝑣 = 5.943 m/sec. at point B.
= ( ) × 52
2 9.81 Let the distance travelled be 𝑥 on the hori-
zontal plane. Now the force acting in the
= 500,000 J
∴ Energy spent = 19,620,000 + 500,000 direction of motion
= −μ𝑁 = −μ𝑊 = −0.3𝑊
= 20120000 J (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
1 1𝑊
This energy is spent in hr = 30 min. (−0.3 × 𝑊 ) 𝑥 = (0 − 5.943)2
2 2g
= 30 × 60 sec. 𝑥 = 6.0006 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
20120000
∴ Rate of doing work = 7. A 10000 kN train is accelerated at a
30 × 60
= 11178 watts constant rate, up a 2% grade. The track
i. e. output of the pump = 11.178 kW resistance is constant at 9 N/kN. The
Now, 𝜂 = 70% = 0.7 velocity increases from 9 m/sec to 18
Output Power m/sec, in [Link] of 600 m. ermine the
∴ Input to Pump = maximumpower developed by the
𝜂
11.178 locomotive.
=
0.7
= 15.968 kW (Ans.)
6. A small block starts from rest at point A,and
slides down the inclined plane asshown in
Fig. 10.6. What distance alonghorizontal
plane will it travel before coming to rest? u -
0.3. Assume that initial velocity with which Solution: Tractive resistance
it starts to move alongB.C. is of the same 𝐹 = 9 × 10000 = 90 000 N
magnitude as that gainedin sliding from A to = 90 kN
B. Use Work-Energyprinciple. 2
𝜃 = tan−1 = 1.146°
100
Work done = Change in K. E.
(𝑃 − 90 − 10000 × sin 1.146) × 600
1 10000
= ( ) (182 − 92 )
2 9.81
∴ 𝑃 = 496.42 kN
Maximum Power = 𝑃 × 𝑣𝑚𝑎𝑥
= 496.42 × 18
= 8935.62 kW. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
8. Alocomotive weighing 900 kN pulls a trainof
Solution: ten coaches each weighing 300 kN at
3 72kmph on a level track against resistance
𝜃 = tan−1 = 36.9° of 7 N/kN. If the rear four coaches
4
getdetached from the train find the speed ∴ Velocity after 120 seconds is given by
ofthe train and that of remaining coaches 𝑣100 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
after 120 seconds. = 20 + (0.0305)(120)
= 23.66 m/ sec atthe end of 120 sec.
Solution:
(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Total weight of the train = 90 + 10 × 300
(𝑏)4 detached coaches,
= 3900 kN
Weight of 4 coaches
Velocity = 72 kmph
= 4 × 300 = 1200 kN
= 20 m/sec.
Frictional Force,
Tractive resistance = 7 × 3900
𝐹 = 1200 × 7 = 8400 N = 8.4 kN
= 27300 N
Consider 100 m distance. Only force
= 27.3 kN
acting in the direction of track is
Let 𝑃 be the force exerted by the engine for
frictional force[Ref. Fig. 10.8(𝑐)]
uniform motion on level track [Ref. Fig.
10.8(𝑎)].

1 1200
−(8.4) × (100) = ( ) (𝑣 2 − 202 )
(𝑃 − 27.3)𝑠 = 0 2 9.81
𝑣 = 19.65 m/sec
or 𝑃 = 27.3 kN Since 𝑠 ≠ 0. ′
Let ′𝑎 be the acceleration. Then
When 4 coaches get detached:-
(𝑎)Train and six coaches attached to it [Ref. 19.652 = 202 + 2(𝑎)(100)
Fig. 10.8(𝑏)], −13.73 = 2𝑎(100)
Total weight = 900 + (6 × 300) 𝑎 = −0.0687m/sec.
𝑢120 = 20 + (−0.0687) × 120
= 2700 kN
= 20 − 8.2
= 11.76 m/sec. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
9. Determine the force P required that will
give the system of bodies in figure 10.9, a
velocity of 3 m/sec after moving 4.5 m from
rest. 𝜇 = 0.30. Pulleys are smooth.
Tractive resistance = 2700 × 7
= 18.9 kN
Let the velocity be 𝑣 m/secafter travelling a
distance of 100 m
1 2700
∴ (27.3 − 18.9) × 100 = ( ) (𝑣 2 − 202 )
2 9.81
= 137.6 × (𝑣 2 − 202 )
𝑣100 = 20.152 m/sec
∴ Acceleration ′𝑎′ is given by
20.1522 − 202 = 2(𝑎)(100)
Solution:
𝑎 = 0.0305 m/sec2
 4 Hence,𝑣 = 1.715 m/sec when it just touches
𝜃 = tan−1 = 53.13°
3 the bumper. (Ans.)
Frictional forces developed are When it hits the bumper, let x be the
𝐹1 = 0.3 × 250; compression of the spring.
𝐹2 = 0.3 × 1000 cos 53.13 ; Spring constant 𝑘 = 15𝑘𝑁/𝑚𝑚
and 𝐹3 = 0.3 × 500; = 15000𝑘𝑁/𝑚
Writing W.E. equation for direction of 1
(1500)𝑥 2 = (500 sin 0.5729 − 2.5)(30 + 𝑥 )
motion 2
7500𝑥 2 = 2.499(30 + 𝑥 )
[𝑃 − 0.3(250) − 1000 sin 53.13 − 0.3 × 1000
7500𝑥 2 − 2.479𝑥 − 74.98 = 0
cos 53.13 − 0.3 (500)] 4.5
1 250 1 1000 2.494 ± √2.494 + 4(7500)(74.98)
= ( ) (32 ) + ( ) (32 ) ∴𝑥=
2 9.81 2 9.81 2(7500)
500 = 0.100 𝑚
+( ) (32 )
2 × 9.81 𝑥 = 100 𝑚𝑚(𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
[𝑃 − 75 − 800 − 180 − 150] 45 11. In what distance will the body A of Fig.
1 (1750)(9) 10.11 attain a velocity of 3 m/sec, starting
=
2 9.81 from rest. 𝜇 = 0.2. Pulleys are frictionless and
𝑃 = 1383.40 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) weightless.
10. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from rest,
runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes the
bumper post. If the rolling resistance of the
track is 5 N/kN, find the velocity of the
wagon when it strikes the post. If k =15kN
/mm for the bumper post, determine the
compression of the spring.
Solution: Referring to Fig. 10.10
1
tan 𝜃 = 100 𝜃 = 5729

Solution: Assume that the blocks move to the

left.
When the A block moves s meters, the block
𝑠
B moves 2 meters s .Velocity of block A be
Track resistance
𝑣 m/sec. The velocity of block B will be
𝐹 = 5 × 500 = 2500 N = 2.5 kN
𝑣
Work done = Change in K.E. m/sec.
2
W. D. = [(500 sin 0.5729) − 25] 30 4 4
1 500 𝜃1 = tan−1 = 53.13 𝜃1 = tan−1 = 53.13
Change in K. E. = [ ] [𝑣 2 ] 3 3
2 9.81
𝐹1 = 0.2 × 1500 cos 53.13 (c) The change in potential energy is Zero,
𝐹2 = 0.2 × 2000 cos 36.9 since the particle is moving in a horizontal
Writing the equation (W.E.) in the direction of path. (Ans.)
motion; 13. Do the same as in problem 10.12 for the
s [1500 sin 53.13-0.2 (1500) cos 53.13]+ particle shown in Fig. 10.13, if the body is
𝑠 guided to move in x-direction.
[2000 sin 36.9 -0.2(2000) cos 36.9]
2

1 1500 1 2000
= [ ] [32 − 0] + [ ] [1.52 − 0]
2 9.81 2 9.81
S = 0.628 m (Ans.)
If s is + 𝑣𝑒, assumed direction of motion is
correct. If s is −𝑣𝑒, then recalculation are to be
done, since frictional forces change in sign, if
motion is reversed.
12. A small body weighing 8 N is acted upon by Solution: Referring to Fig. 10.13,
two forces as shown in Fig. 10.12. It moves (a) The work done by the particle in the
horizontally with rectilinear translation in a direction of motion is given by
frictionless guide. 𝑈 = (2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 15 + 8 𝑠𝑖𝑛 30 + 4 𝑐𝑜𝑠 60) 2
(𝑎) Find the work done on the particle = 15.9 𝑁𝑚 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
when this element moves through a (b) The velocity v of the particle is given by,
distance of 2 m.
1 8
(b) Find the velocity of the particle when 15.9 = ( ) (𝑣 2−02 )
2 9.81
this element has moved through a
𝑚
distance of 2 m, starting from rest. 𝑣 = 6.24 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
𝑠𝑒𝑐
(c) Find the change in potential energy of
(c) The drop in height of the particle i is
the particle after this element has
moved through a distance of 2 m. =2 sin 30 from its initial position
∴Change in potential energy
=Wh
=8×2sin30
=8 Nm(Ans.)
14. A particle is initially at rest and then
Solution:Referring to Fig. 10.12 dropped from a height of 100 m. Find the
velocity of the particle when it reaches the
(a) Work done on the particle
ground?
= (2 cos 15 + 4 cos 60) × 2
Solution: The height of fall h=100 m
𝑈 = 7.86 𝑁𝑚(𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
(b) The velocity v of the particle is given by,
𝑈 = 𝑊ℎ = 1/2(𝑊/𝑔)(𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 )
1 8
7.86 = ( ) (𝑣 2 −02 )
2 9.81
𝑚 1 𝑣2 − 0
𝑣 = 4.39 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. ) ℎ= ( )
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑔
 or 𝑣 2 = 2𝑔ℎ 1𝑊
Change in K.E. = [(6 𝑠𝑖𝑛 50)2 − 0]
2 𝑔
𝑣 = √2𝑔ℎ is the velocity when it
(Final K.E. at the height h=0)
reaches ground.
= 44.29 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
15. A particle is projected downwards from a
height of 100 m with a velocity of 10 m/sec.
Find the velocity with which it strikes the
ground.
Solution:
Work done by the particle = 𝑊ℎ
Work done by the ball = 𝑊ℎ
= (𝑊)(100) 𝑁𝑚 1𝑊
𝑊 (ℎ ) = (6 𝑠𝑖𝑛 50)2
Change in K.E. =
1
(
𝑊
) (𝑣 2 −102 ) 2𝑔
2 9.81
1 1
1 𝑊 ℎ = × (6 𝑠𝑖𝑛 50)2
𝑊ℎ = ( ) (𝑣 2 −102 ) 2 𝑔
2 9.81 ℎ = 1.076 𝑚. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
1
981 = (𝑣 2 − 102 ) 18. In the position shown in Fig.10.15, the block
2 of mass 100 kg just contacts the free end of
v= 45.41 m/sec (Ans.) the spring with constant k -6000N/m (a) If
16. An archer shoots an arrow upward. If the the block is released instantaneously with
arrow ascends to a height of 90 m, find the zero initial velocity, find the m lection of the
required value of the initial velocity of the spring (b) Find the max deflection, if the
arrow. block is very gradually lowered onto spring.
Solution:
Work 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒 = −𝑣𝑒
= −𝑊 × 90
(−𝑣𝑒 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦)
1 𝑊
Change in K.E. = (2 (9.81)) (𝑣 2)

𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝐾. 𝐸. = 0
1 𝑊
−𝑊 × 90 = − ( ) (𝑣 2 )
2 9.81
𝑣 = 42.02 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐. (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
Solution:
17. A ball is rebouncing from a pavement, with
a velocity of 6 m/sec, at an angle of 50° as (a) Let S the maximum deflection of the
shown in Fig. 10.14. Determine the spring
maximum height to which the ball will rise. Work done by the spring
1 2
Solution: Let the rise be h, from pavement. = 𝑘𝑆
Only the vertical component of velocity. 2
Contributes to increase in height, 1
= (6000)𝑆 2
2
 Change in K.E. - Change in PE. =W.S. 1 2
= 𝑘𝑆
1 2 1
(6000) 𝑆 2 = (100) (9.81) 𝑆
2 = 2.999 Nm (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
S = 0.327 m (Ans.) 20. A block shown in Fig. 10.16 moves along a
(b) If the block is gradually lowered onto the horizontal plane with a constant value of
spring, the block comes to rest when deceleration. The speed of the block
weight force= spring force. decreases from 10 m/sec to zero over a
𝑊 = 𝑘𝑠 distance of 25 m. If the block weigh 200 N,
100 × 9.81
𝑆= (a) Find the co-efficient of friction
600
(b) If a second block weighing 50N is at-
=0.1635 m. (Ans.)
tached to the top of the 200 N block, find
19. A linear helical spring (with constant =3500
the distance through which the system
N/m) is in static equilibrium in position 1
of blocks will move before coming to
when acted on by a force 𝐹1 = 40 N. The
rest, if the initial speed is 1 m/sec.
magnitude of this force is now increased
until the end of the spring moves by 30 mm
(Position 2) (a) find the change in potential
energy stored in the spring as it is stretched
to new length. (b) Find the total potential
energy stored in the string when the end of
the spring is at position 2.
Solution:
(a) The work done by the stretching the
spring Solution:
1
= 𝑘𝛿^2 (a) From Fig. 10.16(a), [the FBD diagram of
2 the body],
The work done on the spring is stored
Work done by the body
as potential energy in the spring.
At position 1, = 𝜇 (200)(25)𝑁𝑚
𝐹1 = 𝑘𝑆1 , 1 200
Change in K.E=2 (9.81) (0 − 102 )
𝐹1 40
𝑆1 = = = 0.0114 𝑚
𝑘 3500 1 200
Displacement at point 2 is, −𝜇(200)(25) = ( ) (−102 )
2 9.81
𝑆2 = 𝑆1 + 0.030 𝜇 = 0.204 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. )
= 0.0414 𝑚
(b) When the second block is attached to
Change in potential energy as spring
the 200 N block: [Fig. 10.16 (b))
is stretched from position 1 to 2 is
1 1
= 𝑘𝑆22 − 𝑘𝑆12
2 2
1
= (3500)(0.04142 − 0.04142 )
2
= 2.772 𝑁𝑚 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
(b) Total P.E., when the spring is stretched to
position 2
 The total weight of the block system 7500 − (600 + 160)6
= 250 N. = 31.85𝑉𝐴2 + 50.96𝑉𝐴2
2940 = 82.81𝑉𝐴2
Work done by the system of blocks
𝑉𝐴 = 5.96 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
= −µ(250)(𝑆)
Phase (B): After B hits the ground, tension
1 250 in the chord becomes zero, i.e., applying
Change in 𝐾. 𝐸 = ( ) (02 −12 )
2 9.81 now the work-energy equation to A alone,
1 250 −(600 + 160) × (𝑆)
−µ(250) = ( ) (−1)
2 9.81 1000
=( ) (0 − 5.962 )
Since , µ = 0.204, 𝑆 = 0.25 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 2 × 9.81
1810.48
21. If the system shown in Fig. 10.17 starts from 𝑆=
760
rest in the given position, how much further
𝑆 = 2.38 𝑚 (𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
will A move up the incline after B hits the
22. A conveyor belt moving at 1 m/sec, trans-
ground? u0.2, pulleys are frictionless and of
ports 1000 kN of material per hour through
negligible weight. See Fig. 10.17.
a vertical height of 50 m. If efficiency of the
mechanical system and the drive motor is
80% determine power required in kW.
Solution: 1000 kN of material is being
transported to a height of 50 m.
:. Potential energy transferred to the
material
= 𝑊ℎ
= 1000 × 1000 × 50
= 5.0 × 102 𝑁𝑚
Solution: We should consider two phases of Since the velocity of the belt is 1 m/sec,it
motion. In the first phase A and B move as a does this work in 50 seconds.
connected system and in the second phase A 50 × 102
only moves, as the Block B touches the ∴ Work done/ sec =
50
ground. = 1 × 106 Nm/sec
3 = 1000𝑘𝑁𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 = 1000𝑘𝑊
Now, 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝜃 =
4 Now power required
sin 𝜃 = 0.6 𝑎𝑛𝑑 cos 𝜃 = 0.8 1000
= = 1250 𝑘𝑊 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑁 = 𝑊 cos 𝜃 = 1000 × 0.8 = 800𝑁 0.8
23. Water flows through a nozzle of 25 mm
And 𝐹 = 𝜇𝑊 + 0.2 × 800 = 160𝑁
diameter under a head of 100 m to drive a
𝑃ℎ𝑎𝑠𝑒 (A): Refer to FBD of block A, Let V turbine. The turbine and the generator
be the velocity of block A. system is 90% efficient. Determine power
Velocity of block BVA/2. In this phase output by generator in kW.
block B moves by 3 m and at the same time Solution: Volume of water flowing through the
pipe per second
block A moves by 6 m.
= 𝑎×𝑣×1
(2500 x 3)- (W sin 0 + F) 6 𝜋 25 2
= ( ) × Velocity
2500 𝑉𝐴 2 1000 2 4 1000
= ( ) + 𝑉
2𝑔 2 2𝑔 𝐴
 Equating (1) and (2), 103 × 600𝑥 2 = 114679
Velocity of water =√2𝑔ℎ
= 0.437 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Maximum compressive force acting on each
= √2 × 9.81 × 100
spring = 𝑘𝑆
= 44.29 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 = 600 × 103 × 0.433
𝜋 25 2 = 262311 𝑁
Volume/second = ( ) × 44.29 = 262.311𝑘𝑁
4 1000
= 0.0217 m3 25. A wagon weighing 500 N starts from rest
∴ Weight of the waterlifted/second runs 60 m down one percent grade and
= 0.0217 × 9810 strikes the bumper past. If the rolling
∴ K. E. of the water imparted to the turbine/sec resistance of the rail track is 5 N/kN, find
1 0.0217 × 9810 the velocity of the wagon when it strikes the
= × × (44.29)2
2 9.81 post. See. 10.18.
= 21283.4 Nm/sec
∴ Output of generator = 21283.4 × 0.9
= 19155.06 𝑊
= 19.155𝑘𝑊(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
24. A wagon weighing 90 kN moving at 18
kmph strikes a pair of buffer springs. If the
stiffness of each spring is 600 kN/m,
determine the maximum compression of the
Solution:
spring before the wagon comes to rest.
1
Solution: Velocity of the wagon 18 = kmph Since θ is small sin θ = 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝜃 =
100
18 × 1000 Component of the weight of the wagon
=
3600 down the plane.
= 5𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 1
= 500 × sin 𝜃 = 500 ×
1 90000 × 52 100
K. E. of the wagon = × = 5 𝑘𝑁
2 9.81
= 114679 𝑁𝑚 Track resistance = 5N/kN
= 5 × 500
This K.E. has to be absorbed by the two
= 2500 𝑁 = 2.5 𝑘𝑁
springs to bring the wagon to rest. If x
The wagon starts from rest, and moves a
metres is the maximum compression of
distance of 60 m, before striking the
each spring, the maximum force exerted by
bumper,
each at full compression would be,
Let velocity of the wagon be v m/sec. when
1
Energy stored by each spring = 𝑘𝛿 2 it strikes the spring
2 𝑊 2
1 𝑁𝑜𝑤 (𝑊 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃 − 𝐹) 𝑆 = (𝑣 − 𝑢 2 )
= × 600 × 103 𝑥 2 2𝑔
2 1 500
(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐾 = 600𝑘𝑁/𝑚=600× 103 N/m) (500 × − 2.5) 60 = (𝑣 2 )
100 2 × 9.81
= 300 × 103 𝑥 2
𝑣 = 2.426 m/sec (Ans.)
Since there are 2 springs, total energy stored
= 600 × 103 𝑥 2 Nm
 CHAPTER 11
Impulse Momentum Principle

GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION

1. A locomotive weighing 800 kN has a velocity of

DEFINITIONS
25 kmph and backs into a freight car
Linear impulse is the product of resultant force weighing 200 kN, which is at rest on a level
acting on a body and the time t for which it acts track. After coupling is made, with what
on the body. Unit of linear impulse= N sec. velocity will the entire system continue to
Impulse = R.t move? Neglect all frictions.
If R s varying then impulse is defined by
𝑡
Solution: V =25 kmph =6.94 m/sec.
(Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2
𝐼𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑙𝑠𝑒 = ∫ 𝑅 𝑑𝑡 800 800 + 200
0 ( ) (6.94) + 0 + 0 = ( ) 𝑣2
9.81 9.81
𝑀𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑢𝑚 is defined as 4the product of mass of 566.95 = (101.94)𝑣2
a body and the velocity with which it travels. 𝑣2 = 5.55 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
Its unit is N sec. = 20 kmph (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝐼𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑙𝑠𝑒 momentum principle states that the 2. A gun weighing 300 kN fires a 5000 N
component of the resultant linear impulse along projectile with a velocity of 300 m/sec. With
any direction is equal to the change in the what velocity will the gun recoil? If the recoil
component of momentum in that direction. is overcome by an average force of 600 kN,
The impulse momentum equation may be how far will the gun travel? How long will it
mathematically stated as follows for a given take?
direction. Solution:(Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2
Impulse =Final momentum – Initial 300 × 1000
momentum ( ) × 0 + 0 + 0 = 𝑚𝐺 𝑣𝐺 + 𝑚𝑃 𝑣𝑃
9.81
Impulse= (∑ 𝑟 𝑑𝑡)𝑡2 −𝑡1
300 × 1000 5000 × 300
Impulse =(∑ 𝑚 𝑉 )𝑡2 − (∑ 𝑚 𝑉 )𝑡1…(11.1) 0=( ) 𝑣𝐺 +
9.81 9.81
Where 𝑡1 = initial time, t2 = final time 5000 × 300
𝑡2 − 𝑡1 = time during which force is acting 𝑣𝐺 = −
300 × 1000
𝑣𝐺 = 5.0 m/sec (in the opposite
SOLVED PROBLEMS
direction of bullet (Ans)
 Let 𝑆 be the distance travelled and 𝑡 be the 5. A 700 N m an dives off the end of a pier with
time taken, for the gun. an initial velocity of 2 m/sec in the direction
𝐹 = 𝑚𝑎 shown in Fig. 11.1. Determine the horizontal
300 5 − 0 and vertical components of the average force
600 = ( )( )
9.81 𝑡 exerted on the pier during the 0.75 sec. that
𝑡 = 0.25 sec(𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) the man takes to leave the pier.
∴ distance travelled,
𝑣 2 − 𝑥 2 = 2𝑎𝑠
5
0 − (−5)2 = 2 ( )𝑆
0.25
(−25) = 𝑆(20)2
𝑆 = −0.625 𝑚 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
3. A 800 N man moving horizontally, with a
Solution: (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2
velocity of 3 m/sec, jumps off the end of a
Let 𝐹𝑥 be the force of the man on the pier in x
wharf into a 3200 N boat. Determine the time
direction.
horizontal velocity of the boat, (a) if it had no
Let 𝐹𝑦 be the force of the man on the pier in y
initial velocity (b) if it was approaching the
pier with an initial velocity of 0.9 m/sec. direction.
Now 𝑣𝑥 = 2 sin 60 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣𝑦 = 2 cos 60
Solution: (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2 700
(a) When boat had no initial velocity ∴ 0 + 𝐹𝑥 (0.75) = ( ) × 2 sin 60
9.81
800 3200 + 800 𝐹𝑥 = 164.78 𝑁( 𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
( )×3+0 = ( ) 𝑣2
9.81 9.81 700
𝑣2 = −0.6 m/ sec in the direction away ∴ 0 + 𝐹𝑦 (0.75) = ( ) × 2 cos 60
9.81
from pier. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝐹𝑥 = 95.14 𝑁( 𝐴𝑛𝑠. )
(b) When it was approaching the pier with an
initial velocity of 0.9 m/sec. 𝐹 = √(164.78)2 + (95.14)2
800 3200 + 800 Net force-190.27 N in the direction of the
( )×3+( ) (−0.9)
9.81 9.81 diving
4000 ∴force of man on the pier is 190.27 N.
=( )𝑣
9.81 2
6. An automobile weighing 4000 N is driven
𝑣2 =-0.12 m/sec in the direction to-
down a 5 incline at a speed of 60 kmph when
wards the pier. (Ans.)
the brakes are applied causing a constant
4. A 6.00,000 kN ocean liner has an initial
breaking force of 1500 N. Determine the time
velocity of 09 m/sec. Neglecting frictional
required for the automobile to come to a stop.
resistance of water, determine the time
required to bring the liner to rest. by using a Solution:𝑉1 = 60 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ = 16.67 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
single tug boat, which exerts a constant force (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2
of 230 kN. 4000
( ) × (16.67) + (−1500 × 𝑡)
Solution: (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2 9.81
+(400 (sin 5)𝑡)=0
600000 × 103
( ) × (0.9) + (−230 × 103 )(∆𝑡) = 0 𝑡 = +5.9 𝑠𝑒𝑐. (𝑨𝒏𝒔)
9.81
7. A 20O N block slides from rest down a plane
(∆𝑡)= 239.33 sec= 3.99 minutes (Ans.)
inclined 25° to the horizontal. Assuming
𝜇 =0.20, what will be the speed of the block after 9. A car weighing 11 kN and running at 10 m/sec
5 seconds? holds 3 men each weighing 700 N. The men jump
Solution: off from the back end gaining a relative velocity
(Σ 𝑚𝑉 )1 + (Σ 𝐼𝑚𝑝)1−2 = (Σ 𝑚𝑉 )2 of 5 m/sec, with the car. Find the speed of the car
if the three-men jumps in (a) succession (b) all
together.
Solution:
(a) When they jump in succession
Initial velocity µ=10 m/sec.
Let velocity be v1 -after 1st man jumps.
Let velocity be v2 -after 2nd man jumps.
Let velocity be v3 -after 3rd man jumps.
Absolute velocity of car=10m/sec
Referring to Fig. 11.2, Absolute velocity of man=v1 -5m/sec
0 + 5(+200 sin 25 − 0.2 × 200 cos 25
200 2 When 1st man jumps
= 𝑣 (11 + 3 × 0.7) × 10 = (11 + 2 × 0.7) ×
9.81
𝑣 = 11.84 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 v1 +(0.7)( v1 -5)
After 5 seconds the speed of the block will be 0.700 × 5
v1 = 10 +
11.84 m/sec. (Ans.) 11 + 3 × 0.7
= 10.27 m/sec
8. A 1 N ball is bowled towards a batsman. The
velocity of the ball was 20 m/sec, horizontally When 2nd man jumps
(11 + 2 × 0.7)v1 = (11 + 1 × 0.7) × 𝑣2 + 0.700
just before batsman hit it. After hitting, it went
(𝑣2 − 5)
away with a velocity of 48 m/sec, at an
0.700 × 5
inclination of 30° to the horizontal. Find the 𝑣2 = 𝑣1 +
average force exerted on the ball by the bat if the 11 + 0.7 × 2
impact lasts for 0.02 sec. = 10.56 m/sec
Solution: 𝑋 − 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 When 3rd man jumps
(11 + 1 × 0.7)𝑣2 = (11𝑣3 ) + 0.7(𝑣3 − 5)
(𝑚𝑣1 )𝑥 + 𝐹𝑥 𝑑𝑡 = [(𝑚𝑣 )2 ]𝑥
1 𝑣3 = 10.86 m/sec
( ) (+20) + 𝐹𝑥 (0.02) When they jump together
9.81
1 Let v be the velocity of car when they jump
= −( ) (48) cos 30 Together.
9.81
(11 + 0.7 × 3)10 = 11𝑣 + (3 × 0.7)(𝑣 − 5)
𝐹𝑥 = 313.81 𝑁
𝑣 = 10.802 m/sec
Y-direction
1 10. A cannon weighing 200 kN fires a shell
0 + 𝐹𝑦 (0.02) = ( ) [48 sin 30]
9.81 weighing 1 kN with a muzzle velocity of 800
𝐹𝑦 = 122.32 𝑁 m/sec. Calculate the velocity with which the
cannon recoils and the uniform force required to
𝑅 = √(313.8)2 + (122.32)2
stop it, within 400 mm distance. In how much
= 336.80 𝑁 (𝑨𝒏𝒔. ) time it will stop?
𝜃 = 21.3° with horizontal Solution:
∑ 𝑚1 𝑣1 = ∑ 𝑚2 𝑣2
 200 1 Solution: Case (a): Starting from rest:
0= 𝑣𝑐 + ( ) × 800
9.81 9.81 Consider the 200 N body
+𝑣𝑐 = −4 m/sec Net impulse =(T-200) 5
Initial momerntum =0
The velocity recoil is 4m/sec. 200
0 + (𝑇 − 200)5 = + (9.81) 𝑣𝐴 …(i)
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
0 − 42 = 2(𝑎)(0.4) Consider the 300 N body
16 300 𝑣𝐴
− =𝑎 0 + (2𝑇 − 300)5 = + (9.81) …(ii)
2(0.4) 2

𝑎 = −20 m/sec2 From equation (1),

𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡 5𝑇 − 1000 = +20.39𝑣𝐴
0 = 4 − (20)𝑡 10𝑇 − 2000 = 40.78𝑣𝐴 …(iii)
4 From equation (2),
= 𝑡 = 0.2 sec
20 5(2𝑇 − 300) = −15.29𝑣𝐴
=time required to stop it (Ans) 10𝑇 − 1500 = −15.29𝑣𝐴 ...(iv)
Subtracting equation (iv) from equation (iii)
11. Determine the velocity of body B in −500 = +56.07𝑣𝐴
Fig. 11.3 after moving for 5 secs. (a) 500
− = 𝑣𝐴
Starting from rest. (b) starting with a 56.70
down ward velocity of 2 m/sec. 𝑣𝐴 = −8.92 m/sec
12. ∴ 𝑣𝐵 = 4.46 (Ans)
Case (b): Starting with downward velocity:
When 𝑣𝐵 = −2 m/sec (initial)
𝑣𝐴 = +4 m/sec (initial)
For Body A,
200
( ) 4 + (𝑇 − 200) × 5
9.81
200
= (9.81) × 𝑣𝐴 ′ …(v)
For Body B,
300
( ) (−2) + (2𝑇 − 300) × 5
9.81
300 𝑣𝐴 ′
= (9.81) × …(vi)
2

From equation(v),
81.55 + 5𝑇 − 1000 = 20.39𝑣𝐴 ′
5𝑇 − 918.45 = 20.39𝑣𝐴 ′
∴ 10𝑇 − 1836.9 = 40.78𝑣𝐴′ … (𝑣𝑖𝑖)
From equation (vi)
∴ 10𝑇 − 1561.16 = −15.29𝑣𝐴′ … (𝑣𝑖𝑖𝑖)
Subtracting equation (viii) from equation (vii),
−275.74 = 56.07𝑣𝐴 ′
′
∴ 𝑣𝐴 = −4.92 m/sec (Final)
∴ 𝑣𝐵′ = +2.46 m/sec (Final) (Ans.)
12. A jet of water 50 mm in diameter issued from
a nozzle with a velocity of 5 m/sec acts on a fixed
vertical plate as shown in Fig. 11.4 find the force
exerted on the plate.

Solution: Area of cross section of jet

𝜋 (+2000 − 1000 sin 30 − 0.2 × 1000 cos 30 − 0.2
= (0.05)2 = 1.96 × 10−3 m2 3500
4 × 500) × 5 = ( ) (𝑣 − 3)
Noting that mass of 1 m of water =1000kg 9.81
5 × (2000 − 500 − 173.2 − 100)
Mass of water impinging on plate = A𝑣𝜌
3500
= 1.96 × 10−3 × 5 × 1000 =[ ] (𝑣 − 3)
= 9.82kg 9.81
𝑣 = 20.19 (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
(∑ 𝑚1 𝑣1 ) + (∫ 𝐹𝑑𝑡) = (𝑚2 𝑣2 )𝑥
𝑥 13. A block weighing 200 N is pulled up a 30°
(9.82)5 + 𝐹 (1) = 0 plane by a force P producing a velocity of 5
𝐹 = −49.09 N on the plane m/sec, in 5 seconds. If the co-efficient of
∴ 𝐹 = −49.09 N on the jet (𝐀𝐧𝐬) friction is 0.2, (a) determine the magnitude of
force P, () at this stage if force P is removed,
13. The system shown in Fig. 11.5 has a right-
how much more time it will take to come to
ward velocity of 3 m/sec. Determine its velocity
rest? See Fig. 11.6.
after 5 seconds. Take u 0.2 for the surfaces in
contact. Assume pulleys frictionless.
Solution: Initial velocity =3 m/sec.
Let final velocity be v m/sec.
∴ Total change in momentum of the system
1000 + 500 + 2000
=( ) × (𝑣 − 3)
9.81
3500
=( ) × (𝑣 − 3)
9.81
Equating impulse in the direction of motion, to
the change of momentum,
Solution: Solution: 18 kmph=5 m/sec.
1
(𝑎) (∑ 𝑚𝑣) + (∑ 𝐼𝑚𝑝 ) = (∑ 𝑚𝑣) Angle of inclination = tan−1 100 = 0.57
𝑡1 𝑡1−𝑡2 𝑡2
We have from the FBD of the 200 N body, Let P be the tension in the draw bar.
See Fig. 11.7 for FBD of the train.
∑ 𝐹𝑦 = 0 → N = 200 cos 30 = 173.21N
(a) Now, frictional force F=5x 1500=7500
Now using the impulse-momentum principle, N=7.5kN
200
0 + (𝑃 − 0.2 × N − 200 sin 30) × 5 = ×5 (∑ 𝑚𝑣) + (∑ 𝐼𝑚𝑝 ) = (∑ 𝑚𝑣)
9.81 𝑡1 𝑡1−𝑡2 𝑡2
1000 0 + (𝑃 − 7.5 − 1500 sin 0.57) × 60
5 × (𝑃 − 0.2 × 173.21 − 100) =
9.81 1500
=( )×5
∴ 𝑃 = 155.02 N (Ans.) 9.81
(b) If P is removed, let t be the time taken to ∴ P = 35.24 kN (Ans)
come to rest, (𝑏)0 + (35.24 − 7.5 − 1500 sin 0.57) × 90
1500
(∑ 𝑚𝑣) + (∑ 𝐼𝑚𝑝 ) = (∑ 𝑚𝑣) =( ) × 𝑣2
𝑡1 𝑡1−𝑡2 𝑡2 9.81
200 ∴ 𝑣2 = 7.49 m/sec
(9.81) × 5 + (−0.2 × 173.2 − 200 sin 30)𝑡 = 0
∴ 𝑣2 = 27 kmph (Ans)
1000
( ) + (−34.64 − 100) × 𝑡 = 0 16. Determine the force exerted by a 60 mm
9.81 diameter jet of water flowing at 25 m/sec on (a)
∴ t =0.757 seconds (Ans) a vertical stationary plate (b) a cup that turns the
water through 120°.
15. An engine of weight 500 kN pulls a train
weighing 1500 kN up on incline of 1 in 100. The
train starts from rest and moves with a constant
acceleration against a resistance of 5 N/kN. It
attains a speed of 18 kmph in 60 seconds. (a)
Determine the tension in the draw bar
connecting the train and the engine (b) what will
be its speed 90 seconds after start?

Solution:
(𝑎) (∑ 𝑚𝑣) + (∑ 𝐼𝑚𝑝 ) = (∑ 𝑚𝑣)
𝑡1 𝑡1−𝑡2 𝑡2
for time t ;
𝜋
25 × [( ) (0.06)2 × 25 × 1000 × 𝑡] + [−𝑃𝑥 × 𝑡]
4

𝜋
= [( ) (0.06)2 × 25 × 1000 × 𝑡] (−25 cos 60)
4
∴ Px = 2650.72 kN
 𝜋 Using (ii)
0 + (−𝑃𝑦 𝑡) = [( ) (0.06)2 × 25 × 1000
4
(𝑤 + 𝑊 ) 𝑤2
𝑅𝑆 = (𝑤 + 𝑊 )𝑆 + 𝑉2
× 𝑡] (−25 sin 60) 2𝑔 (𝑤 + 𝑊 )2
Now using (i)
∴ +Py = +1530.39 kN
𝑤2
𝑅𝑆 = (𝑤 + 𝑊 )𝑆 + 2𝑔ℎ
Total force = √(2650.72)2 + (1530.39)2 2𝑔(𝑤 + 𝑊 )2
= 3060.78 kN (Ans) 𝑤2 ℎ
∴𝑅 =𝑤+𝑊+ (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
at θ =
1530.39
tan−1 (2650.78) = 30° to the 𝑤+𝑊𝑠
is the ground resistance offered.
horizontal (Ans) 18. In the problem in 9.17 above, determine the
loss of kinetic energy during the impact and also
17. A pile of weight 'W' is driven vertically find the time for which the pile is in motion.
through a distance 'S' when a hammer of weight
Solution: From conservation of momentum
'W' is dropped from a height 'h'.
principle
Determine the average resistance of the ground. 𝑤
Solution: Initial velocity of the hammer = 0 𝑉= 𝑣
𝑤+𝑊
Distance moved before hitting the pile =h 𝑤 𝑤+𝑊
∴ velocity of hammer while striking the pile v,is Loss of K.E.= × 𝑣2 − ( ) × 𝑉2
2𝑔 2𝑔
given by 𝑤 𝑤+𝑊 𝑤 2
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑔ℎ = × 𝑣2 − ( )( ) × 𝑣2
2𝑔 2𝑔 𝑤+𝑊
𝑣 2 − 0 = 2𝑔ℎ
𝑣2 𝑤2
𝑣 = √2𝑔ℎ … (𝑖) = [𝑤 − ]
2𝑔 𝑤+𝑊
After hitting the pile, they move together. 𝑤ℎ𝑊
Applying the conservation of momentum = since 𝑣 2 = 2gh (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
(𝑤 + 𝑊 )
principle (since impulse is zero) Now, let t be the time during which the pile is in
𝑤𝑣 𝑤+𝑊
=( )𝑉 motion. Applying impulse momentum equation,
𝑔 𝑔 𝑤+𝑊
Where V is the velocity of the hammer and the [(𝑤 + 𝑊 ) − 𝑅]𝑡 = [ ] (0 − 𝑉)
𝑔
pile immediately after the strike. 𝑤+𝑊
[𝑅 − (𝑤 + 𝑊)]𝑡 = [ ]𝑉
𝑔
𝑤+𝑊
∴ 𝑉=( )𝑣 … (𝑖𝑖) Substituting expressions for R and V (from
𝑔
problem 11.17), we get,
This is the velocity with which the pile and
the hammer move together soon after hitting. Let 𝑤2 ℎ 𝑤+𝑊 𝑤
𝑡=( )( )𝑣
the distance traversed by them be ‘S ’ now, if R is 𝑤 +𝑊𝑆 𝑔 𝑤+𝑊
the resistance of ground, from work-energy 𝑤
principle: = √2𝑔ℎ, since 𝑣 = √2𝑔ℎ
𝑔
1 𝑤+𝑊
(𝑤 + 𝑊 ) 𝑆 − 𝑅 × 𝑆 = ( ) (0 − 𝑉 2 )
2 𝑔 𝑤+𝑊 2
∴𝑡= 𝑆√ (𝐀𝐧𝐬)
𝑤 𝑔ℎ
(𝑤 + 𝑊 )2
𝑅𝑆 = (𝑤 + 𝑊 )𝑆 + 𝑉2
2𝑔
19. A pile hammer which weighs 20 kN, drops 𝜔𝑊ℎ
Loss of K.E. = 𝜔+𝑊
from a height of 1 m on a pile of 10 kN. that is its
depth of penetration for a single blow of the
hammer, if the ground resistance to the pile is 8×5×1.5
=
200 kN? Assume the ground resistance is 8+5

uniform.
Solution: = 4.62 kNm (Ans.)
ℎ = 1m Time during which the pile is in motion t
𝑣 = velocity of hammer at the moment of strike
𝜔+𝑊 2
=( ) × 𝑆√
= √2𝑔ℎ 𝜔 𝑔ℎ
= √2 × 9.811 × 1 8+5 2
= ( ) × (0.08)√9.81×1.5
= 4.43 m/sec 8
Velocity of the pile and the hammer, V
𝜔 = 0.048 seconds. (Ans.)
V=( )𝑣
𝜔+𝑊
21. A bullet weighing 0.3 N and moving at 600
20
V = (20+10) × 4.43 m/sec penetrates 40 N body Shown in Fig.
11.9 and emerges with a velocity of 180
m/sec. How far and how long will the
= 2.95 m/sec block move, if 𝜇= 0.2 between floor and
Let S be the distance through which pile body.
moves.
Now, we have,
𝜔2
RS = (𝜔 + 𝑊 )𝑆 + 2𝑔(𝜔+𝑊) × 𝑣 2
(200)𝑆 = (20 + 10)𝑆
202
+ 2×9.81×(20+10) × (4.43)2
170 (S) = 13.336
∴ S = 0.078 m (Ans.)
20. A pile hammer weighing 8 kN falls freely
from height of 1.5 m on a pile weighing 5
kN. For each blow, the pile is driven by 80
mm. Determine (a) The resistance offered
by the ground (b) The loss of K.E. driving Solution:
due to imoact (c) Time during which the is (∑ 𝐼𝑚 𝑝) = (∑ 𝑚𝑣) − (∑ 𝑚𝑣)
in motion for each blow. 𝑡1 −𝑡2 𝑡2 𝑡1
Solution: We have, 0.3
i.e 𝑅𝑡 = (9.81) (600 − 180)
𝜔2 ℎ
R = (𝜔 + 𝑊 ) + ( )×
𝜔+𝑊 𝑆 ∴ = 12.84 𝑁 𝑠𝑒𝑐.
82 1.5 But 𝑅 = 𝐹 = 0.2 × 40
= (8 + 5) + (8+5) × 0.08
∴ 0.2 × 40𝑡 = 12.84 𝑠𝑒𝑐
= 105.31 kN is the ground resistance ∴ 𝑡 = 1.61 sec (Ans.)
(Ans.)
 This impulse acts on the block at rest and (-ve sign indicates velocity against the
changes its state of motion. direction of firing the shells)
40
∴ 12.84 = (9.81) [𝑣 ′ − 0]
1 15
′ K.E of the fired shell = 2 (9.81) (300)2
𝑣 = 3.15 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
∴ 3.15 m/sec is the velocity of the block = 68807.34 Nm
after hitting. The K.E. of the fired shell transformed into
𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡 potential energy of the suspended target.
0 = 3.15 + 𝑎 (1.61) Referring to Fig. 11.10,
𝑎 = −1.96 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
1
𝑆 = (3.15)(1.61) + (−1.96)(1.61)2
2

= 2.53 𝑚 (Ans.)
22. A shot is fired horizontally from a gunboat
towards a target. The total weight of
gunboat including men, gun, shells etc. in it
is 15 kN. The weight of shell is 15 N and
emerges out at a velocity of 300 m/sec.
What will be the velocity of the boat when
the shell is fired? If the target weighs 100
kN suspended by a rope of length 2 m, by
what angle it would swing if the shell gets
embedded in it?
∴ 68807.34 = mgh
Solution: Initially the system of gunboat
with shell is at rest and impulse totally
100000
acting on the system too = 0 = × 9.81 × ℎ
9.81
Let 𝑉𝑏 be the velocity of boat after firing
the shell
(∑ 𝑚𝑣 )𝑡1 + (∑ 𝐼𝑚 𝑝)𝑡1 −𝑡2 = (∑ 𝑚𝑣 )𝑡2 ∴ ℎ = 0.688 m
∴ angle of swing of the target
15000 15
∴ 0+0= 𝑣𝑏 + 9.81 × 300 2 − 0.688
9.81
𝜃 = cos −1
∴ 𝑣𝑏 = −0.3 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.) 2
= 49° (Ans.)
 CHAPTER12

Impact of Elastic Bodies

GENERAL INFORMATION

Perfectly in-elastic bodies, cling together

DEFINITIONS and hence co-efficient of restitution = 0.
The value of coefficient of restitution
Line of Impact: Common normal to the colliding
surfaces is known as line of impact. depends not only on the material property, but
also depends on the shape and size of the
Direct Impact: If the motion of the two colliding colliding bodies.
bodies is directed along the line of impact, it is For direct central impact, from
called direct impact. conservation of momentum we have the
Oblique Impact: If the motion of one or both of equation,
the colliding bodies is not directed along the 𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑚1 𝑣1 + 𝑚2 𝑣2
line of impact, the impact is known as oblique where 𝑚1 , 𝑚2 masses of colliding bodies
impact. 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 their initial velocities
and 𝑣1 , 𝑣2 their final velocities.
Central Impact: If the mass centres of colliding
bodies are on the line of impact, the impact is
Coefficient of restitution may be defined as the
called central impact.
ratio of relative velocity of separation
Eccentric Impact: Even if mass centre of one of (relative velocity after impact) to relative
the colliding bodies is not on the line of impact, velocity of approach (relative velocity before
the impact is called eccentric impact. impact). Thus
𝑣2 −𝑣1
Period of Deformation is the time elapse 𝑒= or 𝑒(𝑢1 − 𝑢2 ) = 𝑣2 − 𝑣1
𝑢1 −𝑢2
between the instant of the initial contact and
the instant of maximum deformation of the where 𝑢1 and 𝑢2 are the velocities of the two
bodies. colliding bodies before impact.
𝑣1 and 𝑣2 are their velocities after impact.
Period of restitution is the time elapsed
between the instant of the maximum SOLVED PROBLEMS
deformation condition and the instant of
separation of bodies. 1. A golf ball is dropped from a height of
Coefficient of restitution always lies 10 mm on a steel plate. The co-efficient
between 0 and 1. of restitution is 0.894. Find the height to
For perfectly elastic bodies co-efficient of which the ball rebounds on the first,
restitution = 1.
second and third bounces. g = 9.81 102
∴ ℎ3 = 2×9.81
m/sec2
Solution: The initial velocity u, of the ball = 5.097 m (Ans.)
(when it touches the ground) Height reached after third bounce
= 5.097 m.
= √2𝑔ℎ
2. A ball is dropped from a height of 1 m on
a smooth floor. Height of first bounce is
= √2 × 9.81 × 10
810 mm. Determine (a) co-efficient of
(downward) restitution (b) expected height of second
𝑢𝐴 = −14 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 bounce.
Let the final velocity of the ball be 𝑣𝐴 . Solution:
The initial and final velocities of the
𝑢𝐴 = −√2𝑔ℎ
ground = 0 (Since it is stationary)
∴ 𝑢𝐵 = 0 𝑣𝐵 = 0
From the definition coefficient of
= −√2 × 9.81 × 1 = −4.429 m/sec
restitution
0−𝑣
𝐴
i.e., 0.894 = −14−0 𝑣𝐴 = √2𝑔ℎ
𝑣𝐴 = 12.516 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
= −√2 × 9.81 × 0.810 = 3.987m/sec
𝑣2 12.5162
∴ ℎ1 = 2𝑔 = 2×9.81 𝑣𝐵 = 0
= 7.984 m (Ans.) 𝑣 −𝑣 0−3.987
𝑒 = 𝑢𝐵 −𝑢𝐴 = −4.429−0
Height reached = 7.984 m (first 𝐴 𝐵

bounce). 𝑒 = 0.9 (Ans.)

∴ The ball bounces up with a velocity of The initial velocity of bounce, 𝑢𝐴 =
12.516 m/sec. It goes up and again −3.987 m/sec (since it is downward)
comes down and hits the ground with 0.9(−3.987 − 0) = 0 − 𝑣𝐴
the same velocity. 𝑣𝐴 = 3.589 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 (𝑢𝑝𝑤𝑎𝑟𝑑)
At second bounce ∴Height reached 2nd bounce
0−𝑣
𝐴
0.894 = −12.516−0 𝑣2
ℎ=
2×𝑔
𝑣𝐴 = +11.189 m/sec (upward) = 0.656 m
11.1892 = 656 mm (Ans.)
ℎ2 = 2×9.81 3. A ball is dropped from a height of h = 1.2
Height reached = 6.381 m (second m on a smooth floor as shown in Fig.
bounce). (Ans.) 12.1. Knowing that for the first bounce
Hence after second bounce it goes up h1 = 1m and d1 = 0.4 m. Determine (a)
with a velocity of 11.189 m/sec., the co-efficient of restitution (b) height
∴During third bounce it hits in the and range of second bounce.
ground, with a velocity of 11.189 m/sec
0−𝑣
𝐴
0.894 = 11.189−0
= 10 m/sec (upward)
 0.4
𝑣𝑥 =
0.903
= 0.443 m/sec
After first bounce: Initial velocity before
second bounce = -4.429 m/sec. (since
downward)
0 − 𝑣𝐴
𝑒 = 0.913 =
−4.429 − 0
∴ 𝑣𝐴 = 4.044 m/sec.
𝑣2
∴ height to which ball rises = =
2𝑔

0.833
Solution: The velocities of ground 𝑢𝐵 and Time taken to cover this height.
𝑣𝐵 are always zero. 1
0 = 4.044𝑡 − × 9.81 × 𝑡 2
After first bounce the ball rises to a 2
height of 1 m. ∴ 𝑡 = 0.824 sec.
∴ 𝑑2 = (0.443)(0.824)
∴ 𝑣𝐴 = √2𝑔ℎ
= 0.365 m (Ans.)

= √2 × 9.81 × 1 =
4. A 80 N body moving to the right with a
4.429 m/sec (vertical upward) velocity of 3 m/sec strikes a 10 N body
Initial velocity at the time of first that is moving to the left at a speed of 10
bounce. m/sec . The final velocity of 10 N body is
4 m/sec to the right. Calculate coefficient
𝑢 = −√2𝑔(1.2)
of restitution and final velocity of the 80
= −4.852 (vertical N body.
downward) Solution:
0 − 4.429 𝑚𝐴 𝑢𝐴 + 𝑚𝐵 𝑢𝐵 = 𝑚𝐴 𝑣𝐴 + 𝑚𝐵 𝑣𝐵
𝑒=
−4.852 − 0 80 10
( )×3+( ) × (−10)
i.e., 𝑒 = 0.913 (Ans.) 9.81 9.81
80 10
=( ) × (𝑣𝐴 ) + ( )
Let 𝑣𝑥 be the horizontal velocity of 9.81 9.81
throw. Now, 𝑣𝑥 remains constant, ×4
throughout. To determine 𝑣𝑥 , let t be the
time required to reach maximum height ∴ 𝑣𝐴 = 1.25 m/sec. (Ans.)
and cime back to ground. Then using the
kinematic equation. (𝑣 −𝑣 )
Now, 𝑒 = (𝑢𝐴 −𝑢𝐵 )
1 𝐴 𝐵
ℎ = 𝑢𝑡 − 𝑔𝑡 2 ,
2 (4−1.25)
= 3−(−10)
1
we get, 0 = 4.429 𝑡 − × 9.81 ×
2 𝑒 = 0.2115 (Ans.)
2
𝑡 5. A sphere of weight 12 N moving at 4
∴ 𝑡 = 0.903 sec. m/sec strikes another sphere of weight
∴ Total time of flight = 0.903 sec. 60 N moving in the same direction at 0.8
 m/sec. Find the loss of K.E. during the 𝑚(2) + 𝑚(−2.6) = 𝑚𝑣𝐴 + 𝑚𝑣𝐵
impact, and show that the direction of 2 − 2.6 = 𝑣𝐴 + 𝑣𝐵
motion of the first sphere is reversed, e i.e., 𝑣𝐴 + 𝑣𝐵 = −0.6
= 0.75.
Solution: Also, (𝑣𝐴 − 𝑣𝐵 ) = 0.8(𝑢𝐴 − 𝑢𝐵 )
12 60 (𝑣𝐴 − 𝑣𝐵 ) = 0.8(2 − (−2.6))
𝑚𝐴 = ; 𝑚𝐵 = 𝑒 = 0.75
9.81 9.81 (𝑣𝐴 − 𝑣𝐵 ) = 0.8 × 4.6
𝑚 𝑚 (𝑣𝐴 − 𝑣𝐵 ) = 3.68
𝑣𝐴 = 4 ; 𝑣𝐵 = 0.8
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑠𝑒𝑐 Adding equation (i) and (ii), we get
12 60 2𝑣𝐵 = 3.68 − 0.6
( )×4+( ) × (0.8)
9.81 9.81 𝑚
𝑣𝐵 = 1.54 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.)
12 60
= (9.81) × (𝑣𝐴 ) + (9.81) × 𝑣𝐵
∴ 𝑣𝐴 = −0.6 − 1.54
48 + 48 = (12 × 𝑣𝐴 ) + (60 + 𝑣𝐵 ) 𝑚
= −2.14 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.)
i.e 𝑣𝐴 + 5𝑣𝐵 = 8
…(i) 7. A golf ball is dropped from a height of 20
From the definition of coefficient of m on ground of e = 0.89, compute the
restitution heights reached after first and eleventh
(𝑣𝐵 − 𝑣𝐴 ) = 0.75(𝑢𝐴 − 𝑢𝐵 ) bounce.
(𝑣𝐵 − 𝑣𝐴 ) = 0.75(4 − 0.8) Solution: Let u be the initial velocity of
(𝑣𝐵 − 𝑣𝐴 ) = 2.4 …(ii) the golf ball.
Adding equation (i) and (ii), we get,
𝑢𝐴 = −√2𝑔ℎ
6𝑣𝐵 = 10.4 or 𝑣𝐵 = 1.733 m/sec
∴ 𝑣𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 − 2.4 = 1.73 − 2.4 = −0.667 Let v1 = velocity after first bounce.
m/sec. (𝑣𝐵 − 𝑣𝐴 ) = 𝑒 × (𝑢𝐴 − 𝑢𝐵 )
∴ The direction of motion of the first Since ground is not moving, uB = vB = 0
sphere is reversed. (Ans.)
∴ −𝑣1 = 𝑒(−√2𝑔ℎ)
Loss of K.E. = Initial K.E. - Final K.E.
1 12 1 60 or 𝑣1 =
Initial K.E.= 2 (9.81) × 42 + 2 (9.81) ×
𝑒√2𝑔ℎ …(i)
(0.8)2
= 11.743 Nm Let h1 be the height reached in the first
1 12 bounce
Final K.E. = 2 (9.81) × (−0.667)2 +
𝑣1 2
∴ ℎ1 = or 𝑣1 = √2𝑔ℎ1
1 60 2𝑔
( ) × (1.733)2
2 9.81 (Ans.) …(ii)
= 9.456 Nm From (i) and (ii),
∴Loss of K.E.= 11.743 − 9.456
√2𝑔ℎ1 = 𝑒√2𝑔ℎ
= 2.287 Nm. (Ans.)
6. Two equal billiard balls meet centrally ℎ
i,e., 𝑒 = √ ℎ1
with a velocity of 2 m/sec and -2.6
m/sec. What will be the final speed after …(iii)
the impact? Given, e= 0.8. or ℎ1 = ℎ𝑒 2 =
Solution: Let m be their mass, ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑏𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑒
 After second bounce if h2 is the height 𝑚𝑢𝐴𝑋 + 𝑚𝑢𝐵𝑋 = 𝑚𝑣𝐴𝑋 + 𝑚𝑣𝐵𝑋
reached, from (iii), 26 + (−20) = 𝑣𝐴𝑋 + 𝑣𝐵𝑋 ∴
𝑣𝐴𝑋 + 𝑣𝐵𝑋 = +16
ℎ2
𝑒=√ Using relation between relative
ℎ1
velocities, we write
or ℎ2 = ℎ1 𝑒 2 𝑣𝐵𝑋 − 𝑣𝐴𝑋 = 0.9[𝑢𝐴𝑋 − 𝑢𝐵𝑋 ]
= ℎ𝑒 4 𝑣𝐵𝑋 − 𝑣𝐴𝑋 = 0.9[26 − (−20)]
Similarly, height of nth bounce, = 0.9 × 46
ℎ11 = ℎ𝑒 22 ∴ 𝑣𝐵𝑋 − 𝑣𝐴𝑋 = 41.4
= 20 × 𝑒 22 …(ii)
= 20 × (0.89)22 Solving equation (i) and (ii), we get,
= 1.54 𝑚 (Ans.) 41.4+6 𝑚
𝑣𝐵𝑋 = = 23.7 𝑠𝑒𝑐
8. The magnitude and direction of 2

velocities of two identical smooth 𝑣𝐴𝑋 = 6 − 23.7 =

spheres before they strike are shown in 𝑚
−17.7
Fig. 12.2. If e = 0.9, determine the 𝑠𝑒𝑐

magnitude and direction of the two balls To this is to be added the unchanged
after impact. velocity along Y-direction

𝑣𝐴 = √(−17.7)2 + (15)2
𝑚
= 23.20 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.)

𝑣𝐵 = √(23.7)2 + (34.6)2
𝑚
= 41.94 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (Ans.)

15
𝜃𝐴 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 (17.7) = 40.28°
(Ans.)
34.6
𝜃𝐵 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) = 55.59° (Ans.)
23.7

As shown in Fig. 12.2 (b).

Solution: Let the mass of each ball be m. 9. A 10 N sphere shown in Fig 12.3 is
Resolving the velocities along and released from rest when # = 90°. The co-
perpendicular to line of impact (X), efficient of restitution between the
𝑢𝐴𝑋 = 30𝑐𝑜𝑠30 = +25.98𝑚/𝑠 sphere and the block is 0.70. If the
𝑢𝐴𝑌 = 30𝑠𝑖𝑛30 = +15𝑚/𝑠 weight of block is 50 N and co-efficient
𝑢𝐵𝑋 = −40𝑐𝑜𝑠60 = −20𝑚/𝑠 of friction between the block and the
𝑢𝐵𝑌 = 40𝑠𝑖𝑛60 = 34.64𝑚/𝑠 horizontal surface = 0.3, determine how
Now considering velocities along the line far the block will move after impact .
of impact i.e., X-direction
 zero.
Frictional force F = 0.3 x 50 is the only
force doing work.
Let the distance moved be 's' then from
the work energy principle,
1 50
(0.3 × 50) × 𝑠 = ( ) (1.3752 − 0)
2 9.81
∴ 𝑠 = 0.32
10. 80 N and 150 N bodies are approaching
each other with velocities of 20 m/sec
and 6 m/sec respectively. What will be
the velocity of each body after impact?
How much is the loss of Kinetic Energy?
Solution: The initial velocity of sphere Take co-efficient of restitution = 0.6.
Assume 80 N block is moving from left to
= √2𝑔ℎ right.
Solution: 𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑚1 𝑣1 + 𝑚2 𝑣2
𝑢1 = √2 × 9.81 × 1.2 80 150
( ) (20) + ( ) (−6)
𝑚 9.81 9.81
= 4.85
𝑠𝑒𝑐 80 150
= ( ) 𝑣1 + ( )𝑣
The initial velocity of block u2 = 0 9.1 9.81 2
Let v1 and v2 be the final velocities of (1600) + (−900) = 80𝑣1 + 150𝑣2
sphere and block respectively, 700 = 80𝑣1 +
𝑣 −𝑣 150𝑣2 …(i)
Now, 𝑒 = 0.7 = 𝑢2 −𝑢1
1 2 (𝑣 −𝑣 )
Now, 𝑒 = (𝑢2 −𝑢1 )
𝑣2 −𝑣1 1 2
=
4.85−0 (𝑣 −𝑣 )
2 1
0.6 = 20−(−6)
𝑣2 −𝑣1
0.7 = 4.85 15.6 = 𝑣2 − 𝑣1
or 𝑣2 − 𝑣1 = Using, v2 = 15.6 + v1, from (ii) in (i),
3.40 …(i) 700 = 80𝑣1 + 150(15.6 + 𝑣1 )
From the momentum conservation = 80𝑣1 + 2340 + 150𝑣1 )
equation, −1640 = 230𝑣1
𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑚1 𝑣1 + 𝑚2 𝑣2 𝑣1 = −7.13 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑚
(for 80 N

Adding equation (i) and equation (ii) block, moving in opposite direction)
10 10 50 𝑣2 = 15.6 + 𝑣1
(9.81) (4.85) + 0 = (9.81) 𝑣1 + (9.81) 𝑣2 = 15.6 − 7.13
6𝑣2 = 8.25 𝑚
= +8.47 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (for 150 N
𝑚
or 𝑣2 = 1.375
𝑠𝑒𝑐 block, moving in same direction)
𝑚 Loss of K.E. = Initial K.E. – Finak K.E.
∴ 𝑣1 = 1.375 − 3.4 = −2.02 𝑠𝑒𝑐
1 80 1 150
= 2 × 9.81 × 202 + 2 × 9.81 ×
The block moves till its velocity becomes
 1 80 1 150 ∴ 𝑣2 − 𝑣1 = 𝑢1 − 𝑢2
62 − [2 × 9.81 × (−7.13)2 + 2 × 9.81 ×
𝑣2 − 𝑣1 = (√2 × 9.81 × 2.6) − (0)
(8.4)2 ]
= 1906.2 − 746.74 𝑣2 − 𝑣1 = 7.14
= 1159.46 Nm Using (ii) in (i),
11. Assume a perfectly elastic impact as the 35.71 = 5𝑣1 + 2.5(7.14 + 𝑣1 )
5 kg body falls from a height of 2.6 m 35.71 = 7.5𝑣1 + 17.85
onto a plate of mass 2.5 kg. This plate is 17.86 = 7.5𝑣1
mounted on a spring having a spring 𝑚
𝑣1 = 2.38 𝑠𝑒𝑐
constant of 1772 N/m. Neglect the mass
of the spring as well as friction, and 𝑣2 = 7.14 + 𝑣1
compute the maximum deflection of the = 7.14 + 2.38
spring after impact. See Fig. 12.4. 𝑚
= 9.52 𝑠𝑒𝑐

The velocity of 2.5 kg plate changes from

0 m/sec to 9.52 m/sec. This gain of K.E.
is transformed as gain in energy stored
in the spring.
1 1
∴ (2.5)(9.52)2 = (1.772)𝑥 2
2 2

∴ 𝑥 = 0.36 𝑚 is the compression of

the spring.
12. Central Impact takes place between a 40
N ball and a stationary block of 60 N as
shown in Fig. 12.5. The block rests on
rollers and moves freely on horizontal
surface. Find the velocity of the block
and ball after impact. Take coefficient of
restitution as 0.8. See Fig. 12.5
Solution: 𝑣1 = √2𝑔ℎ

= √2 × 9.81 × 2.6
𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑚1 𝑣1 + 𝑚2 𝑣2

5 × √2 × 9.81 × 2.6 + (2.5)(0)

Solution: 𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑚1 𝑣1 + 𝑚2 𝑣2
= 5 × 𝑣1 + 2.5 × 𝑣2 40 60
(9.81) (−8) + (9.81) (0) =
35.71 = 5𝑣1 +
2.5𝑣2 …(i) 40 60
(9.81) (𝑣1 ) + (9.81) (𝑣2 )
(𝑣 −𝑣1)
Now, 𝑒 = (𝑢2 = 1, since collision is
1 −𝑢2 ) −320 = 40𝑣1 + 60𝑣2
perfectly elastic (𝑣 −𝑣 )
Now, 𝑒 = (𝑢2 −𝑢1 ) and
(𝑣 −𝑣 ) 1 2
1 = (𝑢2 −𝑢1 )
1 2
 (𝑣 −𝑣 ) 𝑣
2 1
𝑒 = (−8)−(0) = − 𝑢1
1

(−8)(0.8) = 𝑣2 − 𝑣1 𝑣1
Since, 𝑢1 = √2𝑔ℎ0 , 𝑒=+
∴ 𝑣2 = 𝑣1 − 6.4 √2𝑔ℎ0

Using (ii) in (i), √2𝑔ℎ1

Since, 𝑣1 = √2𝑔ℎ1 , 𝑒=+
−320 = 40𝑣1 + 60(𝑣1 − 6.4) √2𝑔ℎ0

= 100𝑣1 − 384 √ℎ1

𝑒=+
𝑚 √ℎ0
∴ 𝑣1 = 0.64 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
∴ ℎ0 𝑒 = ℎ1
(i.e., the ball would reverse its direction ℎ2 = 𝑒 2 ℎ1
to the right.) Similarly ℎ𝑛 = 𝑒 2 ℎ𝑛−1
𝑣2 = 𝑣1 − 6.4 Now, = ℎ2 = 𝑒 2 ℎ1 = 𝑒 4 ℎ0
= 0.64 − 6.4 Similarly ℎ𝑛 = 𝑒 2𝑛 ℎ0
𝑚 Consider the first free bounce.
= 5.76 𝑠𝑒𝑐
1
ℎ1 = 0 + 2 𝑔𝑡1 2
(i.e., block on rollers would move to the
left with a velocity of 5.76 m/sec.) 2ℎ1
√ = 𝑡1
13. A ball drops on to a smooth horizontal 𝑔

floor and bounces as shown Fig. 12.6. This is required time for half the flight.
Derive expression for co-efficient of 2ℎ1
∴ total time required = 2√ = 𝑡1 (Say)
restitution in terms of 𝑔

(a) two successive heights Time required for first bounce

(b) two successive ranges 2ℎ1
𝑡1 = 2√
Determine time of flight required for n th 𝑔

bounce. ∴ time of flight for nth bounce

What is the relation of above value of n th 2ℎ𝑛
𝑡𝑛 = 2√
bounce with respect to range of initial 𝑔
2𝑛
bounce? Substituting ℎ𝑛 = 𝑒 ℎ0, we get,
2×𝑒 2𝑛 ×ℎ0 2
𝑡𝑛 = 2√ = 2𝑒 𝑛 √𝑔 ℎ0
𝑔

Now, 𝐷1 = 𝑡1 𝑢
(Where u = horizontal velocity of the
ball which remains unchanged)
2ℎ1
𝐷1 = 2√ ∙𝑢
𝑔

2ℎ1
𝐷2 = 2√ ∙𝑢
Solution: (suffix 2 is used for ground and 𝑔

1 for ball, downward velocity is taken 𝐷2 ℎ

= √ℎ 2 = 𝑒
+ve and upward –ve. 𝐷1 1

(𝑣 −𝑣1) 𝐷𝑛 ℎ𝑛
𝑒 = (𝑢2 Similarly =√ =𝑒
1 −𝑢2 ) 𝐷𝑛−1 ℎ𝑛−1
(0−𝑣1) 𝐷𝑛 ℎ
= (𝑢 = √ ℎ𝑛
1 −0) 𝐷0 0
 ℎ𝑒 2𝑛 0.5962
=√ ℎ = 2×9.81 = 0.18 𝑚
ℎ0
𝑛
=𝑒 0.5−0.018
and 𝜃 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 ( )
0.5

14. A bullet weighing 30 gms moving with a = 15.42°

velocity of 100 m/sec hits a 5 kg bob of a Case (b): If the bullet escaped from the
simple pendulum horizontally. other end of the bob at a velocity of 20
Determine the maximum angle through m/sec.
which the pendulum string 0.5 m long (100 × 0.03) + (0) = (0.03 × 20) + 5𝑣′2
may swing if where 𝑣′2 is the final velocity of 5 kg
(a) The bullet get embedded in bob. bob.
(b) The bullet escapes from the other end at 𝑚
𝑣 ′2 = 0.48 𝑠𝑒𝑐.
20 m/sec.
(c) The bullet is rebounded from the ∴ height through which bob gets lifted
surface of the bob at 20 m/sec. 0.482
= 2×9.81 = 0.0117 𝑚
See Fig. 12.7. 0.5−0.0117
𝜃 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 ( )
0.5

= 12.42°
Case (c): If the bullet rebounded at 20
m/sec.
(100 × 0.03) + (0)
= (0.03(−20)) + 5𝑣′3
where 𝑣′3 is the final velocity of 5 kg
bob.
𝑚
𝑣 ′3 = 0.72 .
𝑠𝑒𝑐

∴ height of rise of bob

Solution: Before impact for the bullet 0.722
= 2×9.81 = 0.026 𝑚
𝑢1 = 100 m/ sec 𝑚1 = 0.03 kg.
and for bob 0.5−0.026
𝜃 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 ( )
𝑢2 = 0 m/ sec 𝑚1 = 5 kg. 0.5

Case (a): After impact, bullet and bob = 18.56°

become united to travel at a velocity of v’ 15. A spherical object drops from the ceiling
m/sec. of a room and after rebounding twice
∴ 𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑣 ′ from the floor it reaches a height half as
(100 × 0.03) + (0) = 5.03𝑣′ that of the ceiling. Show that the co-
𝑚 efficient of restitution is 0.841.
∴ 𝑣 ′ = 0.596 𝑠𝑒𝑐
Solution: Let the height of the ceiling be
After the impact the bob should rise by a h,
distance h vertically according to the ℎ2 = ℎ1 𝑒 2 = 𝑒 2 ℎ0 𝑒 2 = ℎ0 𝑒 4
principle of energy conservation, ℎ ℎ/2
∴ 𝑒 4 = ℎ2 =
𝑚𝑣′2 0 ℎ0
= 𝑚𝑔ℎ
2 ∴ 𝑒 = 0.841
16. A ball of mass 1 kg moving with a 𝑚
𝑣2 = 2.203 𝑠𝑒𝑐 [Fig. 12.8(e)] Ans.
velocity of 6 m/sec strikes another ball
of mass 2 kg moving with a velocity of 2 at 𝜃2 = 27° with horizontal
m/sec. At the instant of impact the 17. A ball falls vertically for 6 seconds on a
velocities are directed as shown in Fig. plane inclined at 30° to the horizontal. If
12.8(a). If the coefficient of restitution = the co-efficient of restitution is 0.8, when
0.6, find the velocities after impact. and where will the ball strike the plane
again?
See Fig. 12.9.

Solution:
𝑚1 𝑢1𝑥 + 𝑚2 𝑢2𝑥 = 𝑚1 𝑣1𝑥 + Solution: Velocity of the ball when it
𝑚2 𝑣2𝑥 strikes the plane
(along line of impact) = 0 + 𝑔𝑡 2
1 × 6𝑐𝑜𝑠30 − 2 × 2𝑐𝑜𝑠30 𝑚
= 6 × 9.81 𝑠𝑒𝑐 (downward)
= 1 × 𝑣1𝑥 + 2 × 𝑣2𝑥
or 𝑣1𝑥 + 2𝑣2𝑥 = 2𝑐𝑜𝑠30 𝑚
= 58.86 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑣 −𝑣
𝑒 = 0.6 = 𝑢2𝑥 −𝑢1𝑥
1𝑥 2𝑥 Component of the velocity along the
2𝑥𝑣 1𝑥 −𝑣
= 6𝑐𝑜𝑠30°−(−2𝑐𝑜𝑠30°) plane.
= 6 × 9.81 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛30
or 𝑣2𝑥 − 𝑣1𝑥 = 𝑚
= 29.43 𝑠𝑒𝑐
4.8𝑐𝑜𝑠30 …(ii)
Using (i) and (ii), Component of velocity in the line of
𝑚 impact, before impact,
𝑣1𝑥 = −2.194 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑢1𝑋 = −6 × 9.81 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠30
𝑚 𝑚
𝑣2𝑥 = 1.963 𝑠𝑒𝑐 = −50.97 𝑠𝑒𝑐

𝑚 Velocity of ball after impact

𝑣1𝑌 = 𝑢1𝑌 = 6𝑠𝑖𝑛30 = 3 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑣1𝑋 − 0 = [0.80(0— 50.97)]
𝑚
𝑣2𝑌 = 𝑢2𝑌 = −2𝑠𝑖𝑛30 = −1 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑚
∴ 𝑣1𝑋 = 40.78 𝑠𝑒𝑐
Adding the respective components along
x and y directions, Gravitational acceleration in the line of
𝑚 impact
𝑣1 = 3.721 𝑠𝑒𝑐 [𝐹𝑖𝑔. 12.8(𝑏)] Ans.
= −9.81 × 𝑐𝑜𝑠30
𝜃 = 53.83° with horizontal 𝑚
= −8.50 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
 Consider the motion normal to the (b) in the line of impact
plane,
u1Y  u1 x cos 25
1 2
0 = 40.78𝑡 − 2 × 8.5 × 𝑡
  10.85 x cos 25
𝑡 = 9.6 𝑠𝑒𝑐.   9.83 m/sec.
Component of velocity parallel to the
Let v1 be the final velocity after impact.
plane remain unchanged
𝑚 Velocity in the direction normal to the
= 29.43 𝑠𝑒𝑐
line of impact is not affected.
Acceleration in this direction
v1x u1x  4.59 m/sec.
𝑚
= 9.81 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛30 = 4.91 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
For the incline, both final and initial
Distance travelled in 9.6 seconds is velocities = 0
1 From the definition of co-efficient of
= 29.43 × 9.6 − × 9.81 × 𝑠𝑖𝑛30
2 restitution,
× (9.6)2 = 56.51 𝑚
0.8 (-9.83 - 0) = (0 - v1Y )
18. A ball is dropped from a height of 6 upon
an 25° incline. Find the resultant velocity  v1Y = 7.864 m/sec.
of the ball after impact, if e = 0.8. See
Fig. 12.10. v1 = v12x  v12y  4.59 2  7.864 2
= 9.1 m/sec.
 1x 
  1
θ= tan  1 y 
 

1  4.59 
 
= tan  7.864 

Solution: This is a case of oblique central = 30.27° to the line of impact.

impact. 
inclination to the plane = 90 -
The vertical velocity (downward) at the
instance of striking the incline, 30.27
= 59.73.
u1  2 gh0  2  9.81  6 19. A ball dropped from height of 3m upon
 10.85 m/sec. an 30° incline and rebounds to travel a
The line of impact is normal to the plane distance x along the plane. Find the
i.e., at 25° to the vertical. See Fig. 12.10. distance x travelled by the ball.
Velocity of he ball before striking the
Solution: This is a case of oblique central
plane,
impact. The initial velocity with which
(α) normal to the line of impact
the ball strikes the plane is,
u1X  u1 x sin 25 u1  2 gh0  2  9.81  3
= 10.85 x sin25
= 7.67 m/sec.
= 4.59 m/sec.
 lar (1) If the collision is perfectly elastic
It’s components parallel and to plane
are (2) If the co-efficient of restitution is 0.7.
u1X  7.67  sin 30  3.84
m/sec.

u1Y  7.67  cos 30  6.64

m/sec.
The x component of the rebound
velocity,
1X  u1X  3.84
m/sec.
0  (1Y )
e  0.8 
Now, 6.64  0
v1Y  5.31m / sec. Solution: Velocity of the ball after falling
through 4 m height,
Now acceleration along x direction
(along the plane) u1  2 gh  2  9.81  4
g x  9.81sin 30
 8.86m / sec .
 4.91m / sec2 Velocity of 20 N ball before impact
Acceleration component along normal to u2  0
plane,
Let the velocities of 40 N and 20 N balls
g y  9.81 cos 30
after impact be 1 and  2 respectively.
 8.50m / sec2
m1u1  m2u2  m11  m22
Since acceleration components are
constant,and y = 0 when the ball strikes  40   40   20 
 (8.86)  0   (1 )   ( 2 )
the incline again,  9.81   9.81   9.81 
1
U  5.31t  (8.5)t 2
2  354.4  401  202
 t  1.25 sec.
1 Now case (1): Perfectly elastic impact
 x  3.84(1.25)  (4.91)(1.25) 2 e 1
2
=8.63 m = distance covered by all along  2  1  u1  u2
the plane after bouncing from the
incline. 2 1  8.86m / sec .
20. A 40 N ball traverse a frictionless tube as
shown in Fig. 12.11, and falls through a Solving (i ) and (ii) ,
height of [Link] then strikes a 20 N ball
hung from the rope,1.5 m long. 354.4  401  20(1  8.86)
Determine the height to which the
hanging ball will rise 354.4  601  177.2
 the plane be u and horizontal velocity
1  2.95m / sec .
after impact be v . Component of
velocity normal to the line of impact
 2  8.86  2.95  11.81m / sec .
remains unchanged.
 u sin   vcos
 22
 rise after impact  h   7.1m(ans.) v  u tan …(i)
2g
e(u cos  0)  [0  (v sin  )]
Now Case (2): e  0.7
v sin 
 2  1  0.7  (u1  u2 ) e …(ii)
u cos
2  2  0.7 (8.86  0) Using (i) and (ii),
(u tan  ) sin 
e
u cos
2 1  6.2
e  tan2  (Ans.)
Solving (i ) and (iii) ,
22. A 200 kN rail road car moving at a speed
354.4  401  20  (6.2  2 ) of 1m/sec to the right collides with a
150 kN car which is at rest. If after
 601  124 collision the 150 kN car is observed to
move to the right at a speed of 1 m/sec,
1  3.84m / sec .
determine the coefficient of restitution
 2  6.2  1
between the two cars.
 6.2  3.84
 10.04m / sec . Solution: 𝑚𝐴 𝑢𝐴 + 𝑚𝐵 𝑢𝐵 = 𝑚𝐴 𝑣𝐴 +
 rise after impact 𝑚𝐵 𝑣𝐵
200 1000 200 1000 150 1000
2 1  0   v1  1.0
 9.81 9.81 9.81
h 2 …(i)
2g
v1  0.25 m/sec.
10.042
  5.14m(ans) Now, e
v2  v1 1  0.25
  0.75 (Ans.)
2  9.81 u1  u2 1 0

23. A ball is thrown against a frictionless

2
21. Prove that e = tan θ for a ball dropped vertical wall. Immediately before the ball
on an inclined plane, moving strikes the wall, its velocity has a
horizontally after the impact, where θ = magnitude u and makes an angle of 20°
inclination of the plane to the horizontal with the horizontal. If e = 0.8, determine
and e = coefficient of restitution.
the magnitude and direction of the
Solution: Let θ be the inclination of the velocity of the ball as it rebounds from
plane to the horizontal. Hence the line of the wall. See Fig. 12.12.
impact is the right angles to the plane.
Let velocity (downward) before striking
 vn  0.8un

 0.8(0.94u)
 0.752u (to the left)
 Resultant motion

Adding vectorially the components un

Solution: Resolving initial velocity of the
and vt
ball into components normal and
tangential to the wall,
v  un  vt
2 2

un  u cos 20  0.94u
 (0.752 u ) 2  (0.34 ) 2 u 2
ut  u sin 20  0.34u
v  0.825u
Motion tangential to the wall: Since wall
 0.34 
is frictionless, velocity component   tan 1  
tangential to the wall remains  0.752 
unchanged.  24.33

∴ vt  0.34u

0  v1
e
un  0
 CHAPTER13

Circular Motion of Rigid Bodies

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS
When a body moves with uniform velocity v
along a curved path of radius r [Fig. 13.1(a)], it
has a radial inward acceleration of magnitude
v2
.
r

Hence to bring the body to dynamic

equilibrium state (D’Alembert’s principle), an
v2 W v2
inertia force of magnitude m  must be vehicle weighing W moves on curved path of
r g r
W v2
applied in radial outward direction and this radius r, its centrifugal force is to be
g r
force is called centrifugal force [Ref. Fig.
13.1(b)]. resisted by the friction force F developed at
If a body rotates on a smooth horizontal surfaces of tyres and the road as can be seen
plane, with a string of length r, tied to a fixed from Fig. 13.2(b).
point, the tension T developed will be equal to The maximum frictional force that can
W v2 develop is N , where N is normal reaction.
, as can be seen from Fig. 13.2(a). If a
g r
Hence, if centrifugal force F exceeds this value
skidding takes place. By taking moment about SOLVED PROBLEMS
the contact point of outer wheel with road, it
may be observed that due to centrifugal force 1. A ball of mass 1 kg is attached to a fixed
normal reaction N1 at inner wheel reduces. If point on a smooth table by means of an
inelastic string of length 500 mm. Find
this value reaches zero, the vehicle is on the
the tension in the string if the ball is
verge of overturning over the outer wheel.
rotated with a velocity of 5 m/sec.

Solution: Referring to Fig. 13.2(a),

T  Centrifugal force

mv 2

r

1 5 2

0. 5
 50 N (Ans.)
2. A ball weighing 12 N is attached to a
fixed point with an inelastic string of
Making the road top, sloping down length 600 mm and is set in motion on
towards the centre of curve (in the cross the sooth tabletop. If it makes one
section of road) is known as ‘banking of road’ revolution in 5 seconds, what is the
and the rise of outer rail over the inner rail tension developed in the string?
observed in the cross section of the track is
called ‘super elevation’ [Ref. Fig. 13.3]. By Solution: Referring to Fig. 13.2(a)
providing baking/super-elevation the following T  Centrifugal force
are achieved:
mv 2
(i) Sliding and overturning avoided. 
r
(ii) Higher speed may be permitted on a 2
Now,  radians / sec .
curved path. 5
2
 v  0.6  .24m / sec
(iii) Lateral pressure F may be 5
eliminated/reduced, giving more 12 1
Now, v (.24 ) 2 
comfort to the passengers. 9.81 0.6
 1.159 N (Ans.)
(iv) Wear and tear of wheels is reduced. 3. A ball weighing 15 N is attached to a
central shaft of a grinding machine with
The design speed of the banked curved
path/super-elevated rail track is defined as the rod, which can take a maximum force of
speed at which no lateral pressures develop at 2 kN. If the arm of rotating rod is 300
wheel and road/track. mm, determine the maximum speed of
 the ball in revolution in minute (rpm), If N is rpm,
which can be safely permitted? 2𝜋𝑁 𝑣 2𝜋𝑁
𝜔= 𝑖. 𝑒., =
60 𝑟 60
Solution: 60 𝑣 60 2.38
∴ 𝑁 = 2𝜋 𝑟 = 2𝜋
W = 15 N T = 2 kN = 2000 N r = 1
0.3 m 𝑁 = 22.73 𝑟𝑝𝑚 (Ans.)
Let ‘v’ be the velocity, Referring to Fig. Σ𝑉 = 0 ⇒ 𝑇𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑊
13.2(a), 50
or T = 𝑐𝑜𝑠30° = 57.74 𝑁 (Ans.)
T  Centrifugal force
5. A 5 N ball is attached to a 1.5 m long
15 v 2
2000   cord as shown in Fig. 13.5. If the ball is
9.81 0.3
rotating at 30 rpm, how high will ball
2000  0.3  9.81 rise from its stationary point and what is
v2   392.4
15 the tension in the string?
m/sec.
 v  19.81 m/sec.
If N is rpm,
2N v 2N
 i.e., 
60 r 60
19.81 2N
 
0.3 60
or N = 630.6 rpm (Ans.)
A ball weighing 50 N is attached to a
4.
cord, 2 m long and is revolving about a
vertical axis and the cord is making 30°
with the axis. Determine the speed in Solution:
rpm and the tension in the cord. 𝑁 = 30 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑣 2𝜋𝑁
𝜔= =
𝑟 60

2𝜋×30
= 60

∴ 𝑣 = 𝜋𝑟
Let Ɵ be the angle chord makes with the
vertical when it starts rotating. Referring
to Fig. 13.5
𝑊 𝑣2
Σ𝑀0 = 0 ⇒ 𝑊𝑟 = × 1.5𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝑔 𝑟
Solution: Referring to Fig. 13.4,
𝑟 + 𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛30° = 2𝑠𝑖𝑛30° = 1 𝑚 𝑊 𝑣2
𝑊𝑟 = × 1.5𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝑊 = 50 𝑁. 𝑔 𝑟

𝑔 9.81
𝑊 𝑣2 ∴ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 1.5×𝜋2 = 1.5×𝜋2 = 0.6626
Σ𝑀0 = 0 ⇒ 𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑊𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃
𝑔 𝑟
∴ 𝜃 = 48.50° (Ans.)
2
∴ 𝑣 = 𝑔𝑟𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 = 9.8 × 1.0𝑡𝑎𝑛30° height = 1.5 – 1.5 cosƟ
 = 0.506 m −1.631±√(1.631)2+4×1
∴ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 =
TcosƟ = W 2
5 ∴ 𝜃 = 61.65° (Ans.)
𝑇 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠48.5° =
ℎ = 𝑟 − 𝑟𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 25(1 − 1 ×
7.55 𝑁(Ans.) 𝑐𝑜𝑠61.65)
6. A stunt man wants to drive his = 13.13 𝑚
motorbike in a globe of radius 25 m. His ∑𝑉 = 0 ⇒ 𝑅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑊
motorbike can have a maximum speed of 𝑊 2
𝑅 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠61.65
72 kmph. At what maximum angle to
vertical and what maximum height he = 4.21 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)
can ride in a circular path? Find the 7. A vehicle of weight W is having distance
reaction between the tires and the frame between inner and outer wheels B and
of the globe, if the total weight of stunt centre of gravity G at a height h from
man and motorbike is 2 kN. ground level. Find its limiting velocity
while negotiating a flat curve of radius r
from the consideration of
(a) Skidding,
(b) Overturning.

Solution:
(a) From the consideration skidding:
Referring to Fig. 13.2(b),
𝑊 𝑣2
𝐹= , 𝑁 = 𝑅1 + 𝑅2 = 𝑊
𝑔 𝑟
Maximum force F that can develop is
equal to the frictional force µN = µW.
Solution: Equating it to F, limiting speed ‘v’ is
𝑣 = 72 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ =
72×1000 𝑚
= 20 𝑠𝑒𝑐 given by.
60×60
𝑊 𝑣2
𝑟 = 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑔𝑙𝑜𝑏𝑒 = 25 𝑚 𝜇𝑊 = 𝐹 =
The equilibrium condition of the stunt 𝑔 𝑟
man while the maximum height be as
shown in the Fig. 13.6. ∴ 𝑣 = √𝜇𝑔𝑟 (Ans.)

𝑊 𝑣2 (b) From the consideration of overturning:

Σ𝑀0 = 0 ⇒ 𝑊𝑙𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = × 𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 When the vehicle is about to overturn
𝑔 𝑟
𝑁1 = 0
202 ∑ moment about outer wheel = 0
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 9.81×25𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
or 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1.631𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝐵 𝑊 𝑣2
⇒ −W + ℎ=0
i.e., 1-𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 = 1.631 cos 𝜃 2 𝑔 𝑟
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 1.631𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 − 1 =
𝑔𝑟𝐵
0 or 𝑣 = √ 2ℎ (Ans.)
8. A vehicle weighing 18 kN goes round a
flat curve of radius 60 m. The distance 𝑚
∴ Limiting speed is 𝑣 = 14.353 𝑠𝑒𝑐.
between the inner and the outer wheels
is 1.5m and the CG of the vehicle is 0.8 m 60×60
= 14.353 ×
above the road level. What is the limiting 1000

value of the speed of the car on this = 51.67 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ(Ans.)

curve? Determine the normal reactions 45×1000
When 𝑣 = 45 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ =
developed at the inner and outer wheels, 60×60

if the car negotiates the curve with a 𝑚

= 12.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐
speed of 45 kmph. Take the coefficient of
friction. µ = 0.35 ∑ moment of forces about outer wheel =
Solution: 0
18 𝑣2 1.5
⇒ 𝑁1 × 1.5 + × × 0.8 − 18 ×
9.81 60 2
=0
18 × 1.5 18 12.52
𝑁1 = [ − × × 0.8]
2 9.81 60
1
×
1.5
Referring to Fig. 13.7, = 6.45 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)
From the consideration of skidding ∑𝛾 = 0 ⇒ 6.45 + 𝑁2 = 18
maximum velocity that can be permitted ∴ 𝑁2 = 11.55 𝑘𝑁 (Ans.)
is 9. Find the limiting value of the height of
centre of gravity of the vehicle, if the
𝑊 𝑣2
𝐹 = µ𝑁 = overturning consideration should not
𝑔 𝑟
limit the speed. Given weight of vehicle
𝑊 𝑣2 = 120 kN, the base width 1.6 m and the
𝜇𝑊 = 𝑔 𝑟 coefficient of friction between tyres and
the road is 0.45, radius of the curve to
∴ 𝑣 = √𝜇𝑔𝑟
the negotiated r = 50 m.
𝑚 Solution: Limiting value of the speed
= √0.35 × 9.81 × 60 = 14.353
𝑠𝑒𝑐 from the consideration of skidding is
When overturning is about to take place given by
𝑁1 = 0. Let V be the corresponding 𝑊 𝑣2
𝜇𝑊 =
speed. Then, ∑ moments about outer 𝑔 𝑟

wheel = 0 𝑣2
0.45 = 9.81×50
𝑊 𝑣2 1.5
⇒ × 0.8 = 𝑊 ×
𝑔 𝑟 2 or 𝑣 = √0.45 × 9.81 × 50
𝑚
1.5 = 14.86 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑣=√ × 60 × 9.81
2 × 0.8
= 23.49 𝑚/ sec > 14.353 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
 20 (13.33)2
= 20 + 9.81 × = 23.62 𝑘𝑁.
75
Reaction at C = 20 kN, since there is no
curve, there is no centrifugal force
acting.
11. A roller weighing 1 kN starts rolling
down from position A on a smooth
From the consideration of overturning, if surface shown in Fig. 13.10. What will be
v, is the limiting value, noting N1 = 0, and velocity and the vertical reaction on it
taking moment about outer wheel [Ref. when it is at B?
Fig. 13.8],
1.6 120 𝑣2
120 × = 9.81 × 50 × ℎ
2
If this v is not to be more than 14.86,
equate it to 14.86. Then we get,
120×1.6 120 14.862
2
= 9.81 × 50
×ℎ
ℎ = 1.78 𝑚 (Ans.) Solution:
10. An automobile weighing 20 kN moves on 𝑣 2 = 2𝑔ℎ
a road, the cross section of which is as 𝑚
or 𝑣 = √2 × 9.81 × 12 = 15.344 𝑠𝑒𝑐
shown in Fig. 13.9. If the speed of the
vehicle is 48 kmph throughout, what are 15.344×60×60
=
the vertical reactions experienced at 1000

points A, B and C. = 55.24 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ (Ans.)

Since inertia force is in the radially
outward direction at B this will also acts
in downward direction.
𝑊 𝑣2
∴ 𝑁=𝑊+ 𝑔 𝑟

Solution: 1 2𝑔ℎ
=1+ ×
48 × 1000 𝑚 𝑔 𝑟
𝑣 = 48 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ = = 13.33
60 × 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2×12
=1+ = 1.96 𝑘𝑁
𝑊 𝑣2 25
Noting that centrifugal force × acts
𝑔 𝑟 12. Determine the angle of banking for a
in radially outward direction and the highway curve of radius 180 m designed
self-weight W always acts downward, to accommodate cars travelling at 80
Reaction at A: kmph.
𝑊 𝑣2 Given: co-efficient of friction between
=𝑊− 𝑔 𝑟 tyres and the road is 0.6.
20 (13.33)2
= 20 − × = 15.17 𝑘𝑁.
9.81 75
Reaction at B:
𝑊 𝑣2
=𝑊+ 𝑔 𝑟
 ∑ Forces parallel to track top level,
𝑊 𝑣2
𝑊𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
𝑔 𝑟

𝑣2 1
∴ 𝑟= × 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼
𝑔

(22.22)2
= 9.81×𝑡𝑎𝑛2.388
Solution: Let α be the angle of banking, = 79.33 𝑚
80 × 1000 14. Find at what maximum speed a vehicle
𝑣 = 80 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ =
60 × 60 can move round a curve of 50 m radius
= 22.22 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 without side slip on
For designed speed, lateral forces ‘F’ (i) a level road
developed at wheel and road level = 0. (𝑖𝑖) a road banked with 1 in 10 slope.
∑ Forces parallel to track in section = 0, What is tine designed speed of the above
gives road? Take co-efficient of friction between
𝑊 𝑣2 the tyres of the vehicle and the road= 0.4.
𝑊𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼
𝑔 𝑟 Solution:
𝑣2 (𝑖 ) 𝑂𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑:
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 = 𝑔𝑟
𝑊 𝑣2
(22.22)2 μ𝑊 = or 𝑣 = √μ g r
= 9.81×180 g 𝑟
𝛼 = 15.62°
= √0.4 × 9.81 × 50 = 14 m/sec.
13. What should be the radius of the broad
gauge railway track, for a design speed 14 × 60 × 60
= = 50.40 kmph
of 80 kmph, if super elevation is to the 1000
restricted to 70 mm? (𝑖𝑖 ) 𝑂𝑛 𝑏𝑎𝑛𝑘𝑒𝑑 𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑:
Solution:
80×1000
𝑣 = 80 𝑘𝑚𝑝ℎ = =
60×60

𝑚
22.22 𝑠𝑒𝑐

Gauge of broad gauge track = 1.68 m

Referring to Fig. 13.12.

1
tan α = 10 = 0.1
Referring to Fig. 13.13,
ΣForces normal to road surface = 0
⇒ 𝑁1 + 𝑁2
𝑒 0.070
sin𝛼 = = 𝑊 𝑣2
𝐺 1.68 = 𝑊 cos α + sin α … (𝑖)
g 𝑟
𝛼 = 32.39°
For designed speed, lateral forces ΣForces parallel to road surface
developed at wheel and track = 0 0⇒ 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 + 𝑊 sin α
 Solution: As in the problem 13.14, the
𝑊 𝑣2
= cos α … (𝑖) limiting speed from the consideration of
g 𝑟
skidding is,
1 + μ tan α
𝑊 𝑣2 𝑣2 = g r ×
μ(𝑁1 + 𝑁2 ) + 𝑊 sin α = cos α 1 − μ tan α
g 𝑟
1 + 0.45 tan 20
= 9.81 × 80 ×
Substituting the value of (𝑁1 + 𝑁2 )from 1 − 0.45 tan 20
(1), m
∴ 𝑣 = 33.05
sec
𝑊 𝑣2
μ (𝑊 cos α + sin α) + 𝑊 sin α = 118.98 kmph (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
g 𝑟
The most comfortable speed is when no
frictional forces develop. As derived in
𝑊 𝑣2
= cos α previous problem,
g 𝑟
𝑣 2 = g r tan α = 9.81 × 80 × tan 20°
m
𝑣2 𝑣 = 16.90 = 60.84 kmph (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
i. e. , μ cos α + sin α = (cos α − μ sin α) sec
gr
From consideration of overturning: Referring
μ cos α + sin α to Fig. 13.13 at this stage𝑁1 = 𝐹 = 0 and
or𝑣 2 = g r
cos α − μ sin α overturning is on the outer wheel. Equating
μ + tan α moment about the contact point of outer wheel
=gr
1 − μ tan α with road.
0.4 + 0.1
= 9.81 × 50 𝐵 𝑊 𝑣2
1 − 0.4 × 0.1 −𝑊 cos α − 𝑊 sin α × ℎ + cos α × ℎ
2 g 𝑟
𝑣 = 15.98 m/sec
= 57.54 kmph
𝑊 𝑣2 𝐵
The design speed is the one at which no lat- − sin α × = 0
g 𝑟 2
eral forces (𝐹1 + 𝐹2 ) develop. Hence from
equation (𝑖𝑖).
𝑣2 𝐵 𝐵
2 [ℎ cos α − sin α] = cos α + ℎ sin α
𝑣 g𝑟 2 2
tan α =
gr
𝐵 cos α + 2ℎ sin α
∴ 𝑣2 = g r ×
or 𝑣 2 = gr tan α = 9.81 × 50 × 0.1 2ℎ cos α − 𝐵 sin α
= 7.00 m/sec = 25.1 kmph 𝐵 + 2ℎ tan α
=gr×
(𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 2ℎ − 𝐵 tan α
15. Determine the limiting speed of the vehicle 1.5 + 2 × 0.70 tan 20°
= 9.81 × 80 ×
on a curve of 80 m radius from the consid- 2 × 0.7 − 1.5 tan 20°
eration of skidding and overturning if the ∴ 𝑣 = 42.97 m/sec
angle of banking provided is 20°. Determine = 154.7 kmph > 118.98 kmph
the most comfortable speed on this curve. ∴ Limiting speed is 118.98 kmph. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Given: and the design speed is 60.84 kmph.(Ans.)
(𝑖𝑖𝑖) Weight of vehicle:18 kN 16. A 20kN vehicle is going round circular curve
(𝑖𝑣) Distance between [Link] and outer of radius 75 m with a velocity of 70kmph. If
(𝑣) Height of C.G. above road surface the road has a banking of 20°, find the
(𝑣𝑖) Coefficient of friction u=0.45 frictional and normal forces developed at
inner and outer wheels, Given: 𝐹 2.813
Distance between the inner and outer μ= = = 0.126
𝑁 22.31
wheels = 1.5 m
Height of C.G. of vehicle above road surface ∴ 𝐹1 = 0.126 × 10.03 = 1.26 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
0.5 m. ∴ 𝐹2 = 0.126 × 12.28 = 1.55 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝐒𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧: 𝑣 = 70 kmph 17. Calculate required super elevation for a
70 × 1000 speed of 66 kmph, if the radius of curve is
=
60 × 60 900 m and the track is
= 19.44 m/sec (𝑖 ) metre gauge
Reffering to Fig. 13.13, (𝑖𝑖 ) broad gauge
ΣForces normal to road surface = 0 Find the lateral thrust exerted on the rail
𝑊 𝑣2 track, if locomotive weighing 600 kN runs at
⇒ 𝑁1 + 𝑁2 = 𝑊 cos α + sin α 80 kmph.
g 𝑟
𝐒𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧: 𝑣 = 66 kmph
2
19.44 66 × 1000
= 20 [cos 20° + sin 20°] = = 18.33 m/sec
9.81 × 75 60 × 60
= 22.31 kN For designed speed 𝐹 = 0
ΣForces parallel to road surface = 0 𝑣2
∴ 𝑊 sin α = cos α
𝑊 𝑣2 gr
⇒ 𝐹 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 = −𝑊 sin α + cos α
g 𝑟
𝑣2
or tan α =
19.442 gr
= 20 [− sin 20° + cos 20°]
9.81 × 75
18.332
= = 0.03807
= 2.813 kN 9.81 × 900
Taking moment about outer wheel, 𝑒
i. e., = 0.03807G
1.5 G
𝑁1 × 1.5 − 𝑊 cos 20° × − 𝑊 sin 20° × 0.6 Hence for broad gauge 𝑒 = 0.03807 × 1.68
2
𝑊 19.442 = 0.064 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
+ × cos 20° × 0.6 For metre gauge 𝑒 = 0.03807 × 1.0
9.81 75
𝑊 19.442 1.50 = 0.03807 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
− × sin 20° × =0 80 × 1000
9.81 75 2 If 𝑣 = 80 kmph =
60 × 60
Since 𝑊 = 20 kN,
= 22.222 m/sec
20 1 tan α = 0.03807 ∴ α = 2.1802
𝑁1 = [cos 20° × 0.75 + 0.6 sin 20° − ]
1.5 2 ΣForces parallel to top of rails = 0
19.442 𝑊 𝑣2
[+ (0.75 sin 20° − 0.6 cos 20°)] ⇒ 𝐹 + 𝑊 sin α = cos α
9.81 × 75 g 𝑟
= 10.03 kN(𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑣2
∴ 𝑁2 = 22.31 − 10.03 = 12.28 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝐹 = 𝑊[ cos α − sin α]
∴ Coefficient of friction developed, g𝑟
 At the time of sliding
22.222
= 600 [ × cos 2.1802° − sin 2.1802°] 𝐹 = μ 𝑁 = μ 𝑊 cos α
9.81 × 900
Σ 𝐹𝑥 = 0
= 10.70 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑊 𝑣2
18. A cyclist is negotiating a horizontal curve of ⇒ ∴ μ𝑊 =
g 𝑟
radius 22 m at a speed of 20 kmph. What
𝑣 2 = g 𝑟 = 0.6 × 9.81 × 22
should be the angle to the vertical of the
𝑣 = 11.38 m/sec
centre line of the bicycle to ensure stability
= 40.97 kmph (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
nine the maximum speed with which he can
negotiate the curve. 19. The pilot of an airplane wants to fly a
𝐺𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛: Weight of the man and cycle = 750 N horizontal circular path with a radius of
Height of C. G. above the road surface 1500 m at a speed of 500 kmph. What
inclination he should maintain to
= 750 mm
horizontal? Calculate the normal force on
Coefficient of friction = 0.6
the aeroplane under the flight condition, if
Solution: the plane weights 100 kN.
Referring to Fig. 13.14,
𝐒𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧: 𝑣 = 500 kmph
Letα be the inclination,
500 × 1000
𝑣 = 20 kmph =
60 × 60
1000 =138.89 m/sec
= 20 ×
60 × 60 Referring to Fig. 13.15,
= 5.556 m/sec Σ Forces in the direction 𝐴𝐵 = 0
𝑊 𝑣2
⇒ 𝑊 sin α = cos α
g 𝑟

𝑣2 138.892
tan α = =
gr 9.81 × 1500
α = 52.66° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )

Σ Moments at the point of contact of cycle

with ground = 0
𝑊 𝑣2
𝑊 sin α ℎ = ℎ cos α 𝑊 𝑣2
g 𝑟 𝑁 = 𝑊 cos α + sin α
g 𝑟
𝑣2
∴ tan 𝛼 = 138.892
g𝑟 = 100 [cos 52.66° + −]
9.81 × 1500
5.5562
= 1
9.81 × 22 [× sin 52.66° ]
α = 8.14° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 2
Now, 𝑁 = 𝑊 cos α, = 164.88 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
 CHAPTER14

Virtual Work

GENERAL INFORMATION

ment is given by tilting it through a small

PRINCIPLE OF VIRTUAL WORK
angleδθabout 𝐴.Point 𝐶 will move to 𝐶1 and
It states that, "When a body is in equilibrium 𝐵 will move to 𝐵1 as shown.
under a given system of forces, if a slight virtual Work done by 𝑊 = 𝑊 × 𝐶𝐶1 = 𝑊. 𝑎 (δθ)
displacement is given to the body, consistent Work done by 𝑅𝐵 = 𝑅𝐵 (𝐵𝐵1 ) = 𝑅𝐵 𝑙(δθ)
with its geometrical configuration, the algebraic By the principle of virtual work, the net
sum of the work done by the system of forces is work done = 0
zero". ∴ 𝑊. 𝑎(δθ) − 𝑅𝐵 𝑙 (δθ) = 0
The virtual work method is equivalent to 𝑊𝑎
∴ 𝑅𝐵 = (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
the 3 equations of equilibrium of a body 𝑙
Σ𝐹𝑥 = 0 𝑊𝑏
Σ𝐹𝑦 = 0 Similarly, ∴ 𝑅𝐴 = (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑙
Σ𝐹𝑥 = 0 2. A beam 8 m long rests on supports 5m
apart, the right hand end overhanging its
SOLVED PROBLEMS
support by 1 m, and the left hand end by2
1. A beam AB of span l freely supported at its
m. The beam caries a point load of 250 kN at
ends 𝐴 and 𝐵, carries a point load "W' at
the middle of the supported length, 60 kN at
'C'so that 𝐴𝐶 = 𝑎, 𝐶𝐵 = 𝑏. Calculate the
the extreme right hand end and 40kN at the
reactions at supports. See. Fig. 14.1.
left hand end. Evaluate the reactions at the
support (Fig. 14.2).

Solution: Fig. 14.1 shows the beam AB on

which a load 𝑊is acting. Let R and R be the
reactions. Now, a small virtual displace-
 Solution: Let 𝑅𝐴 and 𝑅𝐵 be the reactions δW = −W(δy)
atthe supports A and B respectively. The Where (δy) is the vertical component of the
beam is given a slight angular displacement virtual displacement of 𝐶.
80 at 𝐴 as shown in Fig. 14.2. The vertical The reactions at 𝐴 and 𝐵 are not doing any
displacements of the various points of work, since no displacement takes place in
loading are, their direction. By the virtual work
At 𝐷, 𝐷𝐷1 = 𝐴𝐷 (δθ)(downwards) principle, for equilibrium,
At A, 𝐴𝐴1 = 0 δ𝑊𝑃 + δ𝑊𝑊 = 0
At 𝐶, 𝐶𝐶1 = (𝐴𝐶 )(δθ)(upwards)
−𝑃(δ𝑋 ) − 𝑊(δ𝑦 ) = 0 … (𝑖)
At 𝐵, 𝐵𝐵1 = (𝐴𝐵) (δθ)(upwards)
At 𝐸, 𝐸𝐸1 = (𝐴𝐸) (δθ)(upwards) From the geometry of placement,
Now, the equation of virtual work taking 𝑙
𝑥 = 𝑙 sin θ and 𝑦 = cos θ
care of sign becomes 2
40 × 𝐷𝐷1 + 𝑅𝐴 × 0 − 250 × (𝐶, 𝐶𝐶1 ) Then δ𝑥 = 𝑙 cos θ (δθ)
+ 𝑅𝐵 (𝐵𝐵1 ) − 60 (𝐸𝐸1 ) = 0 1
δ𝑦 = − (𝑙 sin θ)(δθ)
40 × 2 (δθ) − 250 × (2.5)(δθ) 2
+ 𝑅𝐵 × 5 × (δθ) − 60 × 6 × θδ=0 Substituting, (δ𝑥 ) and (δ𝑦 ) in equation (𝑖 ),
80 − 625 + 𝑅𝐵 − 360 = 0 1
−𝑃𝑙 cos θ (δθ) + 𝑤𝑙 sin θ (δθ) = 0
5𝑅𝐵 = 905 2
𝑅𝐵 = 181 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 1
𝑃 = 𝑤 tan θ (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
SImilarly, 𝑅𝐴 = 169 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 2
4. Two beams 𝐴𝐶 and 𝐶𝐷 hinged together at 𝐶,
3. A ladder AB of weight W and length I is held
are supported and loaded as shown in Fig.
in equilibrium by a horizontal force Pas
14.4. Determine the reaction 𝑅𝐵 for any
shown in Fig. 14.3. Assuming the ladder to
position of the load 𝑃.
be a homogeneous rigid bar relate P to W.
All surfaces are smooth See. Fig.14.3.

Solution: Let us give a virtual displacement

of 6 to the point č (hinge). The correspond-
ing vertical displacements of the point of
Solution: Let the virtual displacement of 𝐵be
application of𝑅𝐵 and 𝑃respectively are
′δx’ towards right towards right, i.e., along
the x-axis. δ. 𝑎 δ. 𝑥
δ𝑏 = and δ𝑝 =
The virtual work done by 𝑃 is 𝑙1 𝑙2
𝑊𝑃 = −𝑃(δ𝑥)
The equation of virtual work becomes,
The virtual displacement of C will have
𝑥and 𝑦components but the virtual work 𝑅𝑏 δ𝑏 − 𝑃δ𝑝 = 0
done by 𝑊 is due to virtual displacement in δ𝑝
𝑅𝑏 = 𝑃
vertical direction only. δ𝑏
 or using the above expression for δ𝑏 and δ𝑝 , 7. Considering the screw press in Fig, 14.7,
𝑥𝑙1 neglecting friction in screw, find the reac-
𝑅𝑏 = 𝑃 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑙2 𝑎 tion between moment of couple 𝑃𝑃 and re-
action 𝑄 of the compressed body.
5. In the fig. 14.5 determine the force P, suffi-
cient to cause impending motion, of the
block up the plane, considering the friction
force.

Solution: Let us give a rotation to the screw.

If ℎ is the pitch of the screw, the vertical dis-
Solution: The forces acting on the block of
(ℎ.δθ)
weight 𝑊are shown in Fig. 14.5. The equa- placement of the end of the screw is( ).
2𝜋
tion of virtual work becomes,
Work done by the couple of moment is
𝑃(δs) − W(δs) sin α − 𝐹 (δ) = 0 … (𝑖)
2𝑃𝑎.( δθ). Work done by the force 𝑄 on this
where δ𝑠is a vertical displacement of the δθ
end of the cord and 𝐹 is friction between displacement = −𝑄ℎ ( 𝜋 ). Now from prin-
block and the plane. ciple of virtual work,
Since 𝐹 = μ𝑁 = μ𝑊 cos α
Qhδθ
Equation (𝑖) becomes, 2𝑃𝑎. (δθ) − ( )=0
𝑃(δs) − 𝑊 (δs) sin α − μ𝑊 (δs) cos α = 0 2π
Qh
∴ 𝑃 = 𝑊 (μ cos α + sin α) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) ∴ 2𝑃𝑎 = ( )
2π
6. In problem 14.5, instead of pulling up the Qh
block, if it is pushed downwards with a force i. e. , 𝑃𝑎 = ( ) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
4πa
𝑃, what is the magnitude of 𝑃 requiredto
cause impending motion? 8. Each of the two uniform hinged bars has
mass m' and length l and is supported and
loaded as shown in Fig. 14.8, find the angle0
for equilibrium for a given force P.

Solution: Now, the equation becomes (See

Fig. 14.6)
𝑃 (δs) + 𝑊 (δs) sin α − 𝐹 (δs) = 0
Since 𝐹 = μ𝑊 cos α ;
𝑃 = 𝑊 (μ cos α − sin α) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Solution: The Fig, 14.8 shows the force act-
ing on the bar system. Let displacement of 10. In Fig. 14.10 determine the value of
′𝜉 𝑥′ be given horizontally as shown. Now required to keep the system in equilibrium
from the principle of virtual work, 𝑃 = 300 N.
𝑃(𝛿 𝑥 ) + 2 mg (δ ℎ) = 0
θ
since, 𝑥 = 2𝑙 sin ( )
2
θ
and, (𝛿 𝑥 ) = 𝑙 cos ( ) δθ
2
𝑙 θ
similarly, ℎ= cos ( )
2 2
𝑙 θ
and, 𝛿 ℎ = − sin ( ) δθ
4 2
Substituting into the equation of virtual
work, Solution: Consider the pulley system shown
θ 𝑙 θ in Fig. 14.10 which is in equilibrium. Let us
𝑃𝑙 cos ( ) (δθ) − 2 mg sin ( ) (δθ) = 0
2 4 2 give a small virtual displacement, δ𝑥 to
θ 2𝑃 point B, in downward direction.
∴ tan ( ) =
2 mg δ𝑥
Now ′A′ point moves upwards by .
2𝑃 2
θ = 2 tan−1 ( ) (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Hence, the equation of virtual work maybc
mg
written as
9. For the figure shown in Fig. 14.10, prove δ𝑥
𝑃 sin β 𝑄δ𝑥 − 𝑃 =0
that = ; Neglect friction. 2
𝑄 sin α 𝑃
∴ 𝑄=
2
Since 𝑃 = 300 N,
300
𝑄= = 𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝐍 is the force
2
required to keep the system in equilibrium.
(Ans.)
11. If 𝑊1 = 100 N and 𝑊2 = 150 N, find the
angleθ for equilibrium of the blocks
shown in Fig. 14.11.
Solution: Let us give a small virtual dis-
placement δ𝑠1 to the cylinders. Since fric-
tion is neglected, no frictional force come
into play. Then the principle of virtual work,
−𝑃(δ𝑠1 ) sin α + 𝑄(δ𝑠1) sin β = 0
𝑃 sin β
=
𝑄 sin α
Solution: Let us give a small virtual dis- Now,
placement is to the system of blocks to- 𝑊 (O) + 𝑃 (cos 36.86)δ𝑠 − 𝑇(cos 20.56)δ𝑠 = 0
wards the right. Then we can write by the ⋯ (𝑖)
principle of virtual work, (from 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of two Simplifying, equations (𝑖) & (𝑖) become,
masses) 𝑊 − 0.6 𝑃 + 𝑇 (0.35) = 0 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖)
𝑇δs = 𝑊1 sin 30 δs − 𝑇δs = 𝑊2 sin δs = 0 0.8 𝑃 + 0.94𝑇 = 0 ⋯ (𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑊1 100 1 0.94𝑇
∴ sin θ = sin 30° = sin 30° = ∴ 𝑃= = 1.175 T
𝑊2 150 3 0.8
or θ = 19.47° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) = 587.5 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
∴ 𝑊 = 0.6 𝑃 + 0.35 𝑇
12. What weight W can be lifted with the ‘A’
= 0.6 × 587.5 − 0.35 × 500
frame hoist in the position shown in Fig.
= 352⁄5 − 175
14.12(𝑎), if the cable tension is 𝑇 = 500 N?
= 177.5 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Hence a maximum load of 177.5 N may be
lifted if tension 𝑇 = 500 N.
13. For equilibrium conditions, find the rela-
tion between n the forces 𝑃 and 𝑄 acting on
the differential pulley shown in Fig. 14.13.

Solution: Consider Fig. 14.12(𝑏) showingthe

𝐹𝐵𝐷 of the point ′O′. The point ‘O' is now
given a small virtual displacement ′δ𝑠′in
vertically downward direction. Noting
3
thatinclination of hoist in θ1 = tan−1 =
4
3 Solution: If an infinitesimal angle of rota-
36.86 and that of cable is θ2 = tan−1 =
8 tion δθ is given to the fixed pulley, the
20.56°, fromthe principleofvirtual work, workproduced by the force 𝑃 is 𝑃𝑟1 δθ. The
+𝑊 (δ𝑠) − 𝑃 (sin 36.86)δ𝑠 + 𝑇(sin 20.56)δ𝑠 = 0 corre-sponding virtual displacement of the
⋯ (𝑖) load
Again give a small virtual displacement of δ𝑠 1
Q is (𝑟1 − 𝑟2 )δθ. Thenfrom the principle
to the point ′O′ in horizontal direction tothe 2
right. of virtual work, we have,
 of magnitude to the two blocks. Now by
𝑟1 − 𝑟2 principle of virtual work,
𝑃. 𝑟1 δθ − Q δθ = 0
2 −𝑚1 g sin α1 (δ𝑠) + 𝑚2 g sin α2 (δ𝑠) = 0
from which,
cancelling g andδ𝑠 from both sides,
𝑟1 − 𝑟2
𝑃= 𝑄. (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) sin α1 𝑚2
2𝑟1 = (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
14. A frictionless double incline with angle α1 sin α2 𝑚1
and α2 as shown in Fig. 14.14, support two 15. In the above problem of Fig. 14.14 if
masses 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 , which are connected to- thedouble incline had a rough surface with
gether by an inextensible string and pass- co-efficient of friction μ, how would the
ing over a frictionless pulley O. Prove that angleschange?
𝑚2 sin α1
= .
𝑚1 sin α2

Solution: Consider 𝐹𝐵𝐷of the blocks againin

Fig. 14.15(𝑎)& (𝑏) frictional forces
asmasses𝑚1 &𝑚2 are
−μ𝑚1 g cos α1 and μ𝑚2 g cos α2
∴ by virtual work principle,
−𝑚1 g sin α1 (δ𝑠) + 𝑚2 g sin α2 (δ𝑠)
Solution: Consider 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of the two masses −μ𝑚1 g cos α1 (δ𝑠) − 𝑚2 g (cos α2 )(δ𝑠)μ = 0
𝑚1 and 𝑚2 , as shown in Fig. 14.14 (𝑏) & (𝑐). ∴ 𝑚1 (sin α1 + μ cos α1 ) = 𝑚2 (sin α2
Tension force is same for both the parts of −μ cos α2 )
the string, since the pulley is frictionless. Let
us impart a small virtual displacement sin α1 + μ cos α1 𝑚2
= . (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
sin α2 − μ cos α2 𝑚1
 CHAPTER15

Introduction to Vector Approach

GENERAL INFORMATION

from 𝑃, -𝑄 which is a vector of a magnitude and

DEFINITIONS
line of action but opposite in sense to 𝑄, is to be
𝑉𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟: is a quantity, which is always associated added to 𝑃.
with magnitude as well as direction. Force, dis- Scalar product of vectors:
placement, velocity, acceleration etc. are some (𝑚 + 𝑛) 𝑃 = 𝑚 𝑃 + 𝑛 𝑃
examples of vectors. 𝑚(𝑃+ 𝑄) = 𝑚 𝑃 + 𝑚 𝑄
m(n 𝑃) = 𝑚𝑛 𝑃
Types of Vectors
Resolution of a Vector
(𝑖) 𝐹𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠: This is one which can be
moved any, where in space maintaining its
magnitude, direction and its sense. It does
not have a specified point of application.
(𝑖𝑖) 𝑆𝑙𝑖𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟:This is a vector which may
be applied anywhere along its line of
action maintain its magnitude, direction
and its sense.
(𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝐹𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑑 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 (𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟):This is a
vector, which has a specified point of
application.
Fig. 15.1 shows a vector 𝑃 resolved into its
Action of Vectors cartesian coordinate direction 𝑥, 𝑦.
If 𝑃 and 𝑄are two free vectors to be added, their 𝑃 = 𝑃x + 𝑃y
addition is defined by If 𝑖 and 𝑗 are unit vector in the direction 𝑥
𝑅_=_𝑃_+_𝑄__ … (𝑖) and y respectively. Then
𝑅may be obtained from law of parallelogram of 𝑃x = 𝑃x𝑖
forces 𝑃 y = 𝑃 y𝑗
𝑅_=_𝑃_+_𝑄_=_ 𝑄_+_𝑃__ ⸫ 𝑃 = 𝑃 x𝑖 + 𝑃 y𝑗
(𝑃 + 𝑄)_+_𝑅_=_𝑃_+_(𝑄_+_𝑅)__ From Fig. 15.1,
𝑃x = 𝑃 cos θx
Subtraction of Vectors
𝑃y = 𝑃 cos θy
If 𝑃 and 𝑄are two free vectors, to Subtract 𝑄
⸫ 𝑃 = 𝑃 cos θx 𝑖 + 𝑃 cos θy 𝑗
 ⸫ 𝑃 = 𝑃 (cos θx 𝑖 + cos θy 𝑗) and head at another point (2) is called displace-
= 𝑃 (𝑙 𝑖 + 𝑚 𝑗) ment vector, and it is represented by,
Where cos θx and cos θy, are called direction 𝑟12 = 𝑟02 − 𝑟01
cosines. = 𝑥 2𝑖 + 𝑦2𝑗 + 𝑧2𝑘 - (𝑥 1𝑖 + 𝑦1𝑗 + 𝑧1𝑘 )
Similarly in 3 dimensions, (See Fig. 15.2), = (𝑥 2 − 𝑥 1) 𝑖 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1) 𝑗 + (𝑧2 − 𝑧1) 𝑘

Dot or Scalar Product of Vectors

Dot or scalar product of two vectors 𝑃 and Q is
defined as
𝑃 . 𝑄 = 𝑃. 𝑄.cos θ
Where θ is the acute angle between the vec-
tors 𝑃 and 𝑄. It is read as ′𝑃 dot Q′. Since the
right hand side is a scalar it is also called as sca-
lar product of vectors, Hence,
𝑖.𝑖 = 1 × 1 × cos 0 = 1 𝑖.𝑗 = 1 × 1 × cos 90 = 0
⸫ 𝑃 = 𝑃 (𝑙 𝑖 + 𝑚 𝑗 + 𝑛 𝑘 ) 𝑗.𝑗 = 1 × 1 × cos 0 = 1 𝑗.𝑘 = 1 × 1 × cos 90 = 0
where 𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛 are direction cosines. 𝑘.𝑘 = 1 × 1 × cos 0 = 1 𝑘.𝑖 = 1 × 1 × cos 90 = 0
Similarly,
Position Vector of a Point If 𝑃.𝑄 = 0, then cos θ = 0,
⸫ two vectors are at right angle to each
other.
𝑃.𝑄 =(𝑃x𝑖 + 𝑃 y𝑗 + 𝑃 z𝑘). (𝑄x𝑖 + 𝑄 y𝑗 + 𝑄z𝑘)
= 𝑃x𝑄x + 𝑃 y𝑄y + 𝑃 z𝑄z
⸫ 𝑃. 𝑃 = 𝑃𝑥2 + 𝑃𝑦2 + 𝑃𝑧2

If two vectors are known, the angle between

them may be found by dot product.
𝑃𝑄 𝑃𝑥 𝑄𝑥 + 𝑃𝑦 𝑄𝑦 + 𝑃𝑧 𝑄𝑧
cos θ = =
𝑃𝑄 𝑃𝑄
Position vector of point 𝐴(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧) is the space = 𝑙1 𝑙2 + 𝑚1 𝑚2 + 𝑛1 𝑛2
segment connecting the origin and the point. Since,
(See Fig. 15.3). From the Fig. 15.3, denoting the 𝑃𝑥 = 𝑙1 𝑃, 𝑃𝑦 = 𝑚1 𝑃, 𝑃𝑧 = 𝑛1 𝑃,
position vector OA by 𝑟OA we have, 𝑄𝑥 = 𝑙2 𝑄, 𝑃𝑦 = 𝑚2 𝑄, 𝑃𝑧 = 𝑛2 𝑄,
𝑟OA = 𝑥 𝑖 + 𝑦 𝑗 + 𝑧 𝑘
Cross or Vector Product of Vectors
It’s magnitude is given by

𝑟OA =√𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2
The position vector of point 𝐵(𝑥, 𝑦) in 2 − 𝐷
problem,
𝑟OB = 𝑥 𝑖 + 𝑦 𝑗

Displacement Vector
A vector in space with it's tail at one point (1)
Cross product of two vectors 𝑃 and 𝑄 is a vector SOLVED PROBLEMS
𝑅 as shown in Fig. 15.4. It has following di-
mensions of analysis: 1. The guy wire of a flag staff shown in Fig.
(𝑖) Magnitude of 𝑅 is given by 𝑅 = 𝑃𝑄 sin θ , θ 15.5 makes 30° with the staff and is
being the acute angle between 𝑃 and 𝑄 tensioned to 30 kN force. Find its compo-
(i.e., sin θ is always a positive quantity) nents in 𝑥 and 𝑦 direction.
(𝑖𝑖) Its direction is perpendicular to the plane
of 𝑃 and 𝑄.
(𝑖𝑖𝑖) It's sense is given by the direction of the
advance of a right hand screw which is
rotated from the direction of first vector
to the second vector of 𝑅,
𝑃 × 𝑄 = 𝑃𝑄 sin θ 𝑛
By definition of cross products,
𝑖 × 𝑗 = 𝑘; 𝑗 × 𝑘 = 𝑖; 𝑘 × 𝑖 = 𝑗;
𝑗 × 𝑖 = − 𝑘; 𝑘 × 𝑗 = − 𝑖; 𝑖 × 𝑘 = − 𝑗;
𝑖 × 𝑖 = 𝑗 × 𝑗 = 𝑘 × 𝑘 = 0. Solution: Selecting-y plane as the one con-
𝑃 × 𝑄=(𝑃x𝑖 + 𝑃 y𝑗 + 𝑃z𝑘) × (𝑄x𝑖 + 𝑄 y𝑗 + 𝑄 z𝑘) taining the guy and the flag staff, 𝑧 is the
= 𝑃x𝑄y 𝑘 + 𝑃x𝑄z (− 𝑗) + 𝑃 y𝑄y − 𝑘 direction at right angles to the force. θ𝑧 =
+ 𝑃y𝑄z (𝑖)+ 𝑃 z𝑄x (− 𝑗)+ 𝑃z𝑄y (− 𝑖) 90°, θ𝑦 = 30° and θ𝑥 = (90° − 30°) = 60°.
Hence, the components of 20 kN force are
𝑖 𝑗 𝑘
as in Fig. 15.5.
∴ 𝑃 × 𝑄 = | 𝑃𝑥 𝑃𝑦 𝑃𝑧 |
𝐹𝑥 = −30 cos 60 = −15 kN
𝑄𝑥 𝑄𝑦 𝑄𝑧
(-ve since it is in the opposite direction of 𝑥
Moment about an axis: Moment 𝑀 of force 𝐹 axis).
about any point along the axis 𝐴𝐴 is given by 𝐹𝑦 = −30 cos 30 = −25.98 kN
𝑀 = 𝑟OB × 𝐹 𝐹𝑧 = −30 cos 90 = 0
𝑖 𝑗 𝑘 ∴ 𝐹 = −15𝑖 − 25.98𝑗 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
=| 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧| 2. Express the 500 kN force along OA (in Fig.
𝐹𝑥 𝐹𝑦 𝐹𝑧 15.6) in vector form.

= (𝑦𝐹𝑥 − 𝑧𝐹𝑦 )i + (𝑧𝐹𝑥 − 𝑥𝐹𝑧 )j +(𝑥𝐹𝑦 − 𝑦𝐹𝑥 )k

= 𝑀𝑥 𝑖 +𝑀𝑦 𝑗 +𝑀𝑧 𝑘
Thus, moment of a force about a point is the
moment of the force about the orthogonal axes
through that point.

Resultant of Non-concurrent Force System

Solution:
𝐹 = ∑3𝑖=1 F𝑖
𝑂𝐴 = √102 + 42 + 22 = √120 = 10.95
𝑀= ∑3𝑖=1 M0i
 10 4 −18.63
𝑙= = 0.91, 𝑚 = = 0.37 , cos θ𝑦 = = 94.76° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
10.95 10.95 224.33
2
𝑛= = 0.18 4. Three forces acting at a point in a plane are
10.95 shown in Fig. 15.8. The direction of the 500
𝐹𝑥 = 0.91 × 500 = 455 N N forces may vary, but the angle between
𝐹𝑦 = 0.37 × 500 = 185 N
them is always 40°. Determine the value of θ
𝐹𝑧 = 0.18 × 500 = 90 N for which the resultant of the three forces is
𝐹 = 455 𝑖 + 185 𝑗 + 90 𝑘 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
directed parallel to the inclined plane.
3. Determine the resultant force of the three
force system acting on a hook shown in Fig.
15.7.

Solution: Select 𝑥-𝑦 co-ordinates as shown

in Fig. 15.8 and z-axis perpendicular to the
plane of paper.
Let the resultant be
𝐹 = 𝐹𝑥 𝑖 + 𝐹𝑦 𝑗 +𝐹𝑧 𝑘
𝐹𝑧 = 0; Since no force is acting in the 𝑧
direction
𝐹𝑦 = 0; Since the resultant is directed
only in the 𝑥-direction
Force 𝑦 component
700 N −700 cos (90° − 30°) = −350 N
1st 500 N 500 cos (90−0) = 500 sin θ
Solution: 2nd 500 N 500 cos [90° − (40° + θ)] = 500
Force 𝑥 component 𝑦 component sin(40° + θ)
70 N 70 cos 50 70 cos(90 − 50)
= 45 N = 53.62 N ∴ 𝐹𝑦 = −350 + 500 sin θ + 500 sin(40° + θ)
80 N 80 cos 25 80 cos (90 − 25) But 𝐹𝑦 = 0
= 72.5 N = 33.81 N ∴ 500[sin θ + sin(40° + θ)] = 350
150 N 150 cos 45 − 150 cos(90 − 45) 350
sin θ + sin(40° + θ) =
= 106.6 N = −106.06 N 500
𝐹𝑥 = 223.56 N 𝐹𝑦 = −18.63 N 40 + θ + θ 40 + θ − θ
2 sin ( ) cos ( ) = 0.7
𝐹 = 223.56 𝑖 − 18.63 𝑗 2 2
2 sin(20 + θ) cos 20 = 0.70,
𝐹 = √(223.56)2 + (−18.63)2 sin(20 + θ) = 0.3724
= 224.33 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) θ = 1.86°
223.56 5. Find the moment of a 200N force about
cos θ𝑥 =
224.33 point A acting at point B as shown in
θ𝑥 = 4.76° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Fig.15.9.
 Solution: Selecting 𝑥, 𝑦 and 𝑧 direction as
shown in Fig. 15.6, the given forces are,
40 kN downward load, 𝐹 1 = −40𝑗
50 kN downward load, 𝐹 2 = −50𝑗
40 kN downward load, 𝐹 3 = (−40cos 60𝑖 −
40 cos 30𝑗 )
=−20𝑖 − 34.64𝑗.
Taking '𝐴' as origin, the position vector of
intersection points with the beam are given
Solution: The force may be resolved into its by,
components in horizontal and vertical 𝑟A1 = 1.5𝑖 𝑟A2 = 3.0𝑖, and 𝑟A3 = 6𝑖,
direction as, 𝑀𝐴 = 𝑟A1 × 𝐹 1 + 𝑟A2 × 𝐹 2 + 𝑟A3 × 𝐹 3
𝐹𝑥 = 200 cos 30 = 173.2 N = 1.5𝑖 × (−40𝑗) + 3.0𝑖 × (−50𝑗) + 6𝑖
𝐹𝑦 = 200 sin 30 = 100 N × (−20𝑖 − 34.64𝑗)
Taking clockwise moment as +ve = −60 𝑘 − 150 𝑘 − 207.84 𝑘
𝑀 = 173.2 × 100 − 100 × 800 = −417.85 𝑘
= 93200 Nmm 𝐹 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 + 𝐹3
= −40𝑗 + (−50𝑗) + (−40 cos 60𝑖
Using vector approach: Taking 𝐴 as origin,
−40 cos 30𝑗)
position vector of 𝐵 is
= −20𝑖 − 124.64𝑗
𝑟AB = 𝑥 𝑖 + 𝑦 𝑗 = 800𝑖 + 1000𝑗
𝐹 = 200(𝑙 𝑖 + 𝑗) 𝐹 = √(−20)2 + (−124.64)2
Where, 𝑙 = cos 30 = 0.866
= 126.63 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑚 = cos(90 − 30) = 0.5
𝐹 = 200(0.866 𝑖 + 0.5𝑗) Let α be the inclination to the 𝑥-axis, then,
124.64
= 173.2𝑖 + 100𝑗 tan α =
𝑀 A = 𝑟AB × 𝐹 20
α = 81° as shown in figure (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
= (800𝑖 + 1000𝑗) (173.2𝑖 + 100𝑗)
= 80000 𝑘 − 173200𝑘 Let it intersect the beam at 𝐷, 𝑥 metres from
𝐴 along the 𝑥-axis.
= − 93200 𝑘 Nmm = 93200,
𝑟AD = 𝑥 𝑖
Clockwise about 𝑧-axis.
𝑀 = 𝑟AD × 𝐹
[Anticlockwise moment is +ve moment in
−417.85𝑘 = 𝑥𝑖 × (−20𝑖 − 124.64𝑗)
vector notation]
= −𝑥(−124.64𝑘)
6. A system of loads acting on a beam is shown 𝑥 = 3.35 m (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
in Fig. 15.10. Determine the resultant of the
7. Find the resultant of a set of coplanar forces
loads and it's point of intersection with the
acting on a lamina as shown in Fig. 15.11.
𝑥-axis.
Each square has a side of 10 mm.
Solution: Let θ1𝑥 , θ2𝑥 , θ3𝑥 , be the slopes of
the forces,
𝐹1 = 4 kN, 𝐹2 = 7 kN, 𝐹3 = 3.5 kN
10
θ1𝑥 = tan−1 ( ) = 45°
10
 30 It may be represented by a single force of
θ2𝑥 = tan−1 ( ) = 36.87° magnitude 𝐹 = 6.05 kN acting at a perpen-
40
dicular distance of
310.30
𝑑=
6.05
= 51.03 (As shown in Fig. 15.11)
8. The beam shown in Fig15.12, is subjected to
two concentrated loads and a couple.
Determine the resultant force.

10
θ3𝑥 = tan−1 ( ) = 26.57°
20
The given forces in the vectorial form are,
𝐹 1 = 4 cos 45𝑖 + 4 cos (90 − 45)𝑗
= 2.82𝑖 + 2.82𝑗
𝐹 2 = 7 cos 36.87𝑖 − 7 cos (90 − 36.87)𝑗 Solution: The vector representation of forces
= 5.6𝑖 + 7 cos (53.13)𝑗 is given below:
= 5.6𝑖 + 4.20𝑗 40 kN force: 𝐹 1 = −40 cos 60 𝑖 −40 cos 30 𝑗
𝐹 3 = −3.5 cos 26.87𝑖 − 3.5 cos (90−26.57)𝑗 = −20𝑖 − 34.64𝑗
= −3.13𝑖 − 1.57𝑗 60 kN force: 𝐹 2 = −60 𝑗
𝐹 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 + 𝐹3 80 kN force: 𝑀 1 = −80 𝑘
= 2.82𝑖+2.82𝑗+5.6𝑖+4.20𝑗-3.13𝑖 − 1.57𝑗 𝐹 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2
= 5.29𝑖 − 2.95𝑗 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) = −20𝑖 − 34.64𝑗 −60 𝑗
𝐹 = √(5.29)2 + (2.95)2 = −20𝑖 − 94.64𝑗 (Ans.)

= 6.05 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) 𝐹 = √(20)2 + (94.64)2

Its inclination to 𝑥 axis is given by. = 96.73 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
5.29 20
α = cos −1 ( ) cos α = −
6.05 96.73
= 29.02° ∴ α = 101.9°
The resultant moment about 0, Taking 𝐴 as origin,
𝑟01 = 0𝑖 + 30 𝑗 = 30 𝑗 𝑟A1 = 5𝑖; 𝑟A2 = 2𝑖;
𝑟02 = 50𝑖 + 0 𝑗 = 50 𝑖 𝑀 A = 𝑟A1 × 𝐹 1 + 𝑟A2 × 𝐹 2 +𝑀 1
𝑟03 = 10𝑖 + 0 𝑗 = 10 𝑖 = 50𝑗 × (−20𝑖 −34.64𝑗)+20𝑖 × (−60 𝑗)
𝑀 0 = 𝑟01 × 𝐹 1 + 𝑟02 × 𝐹 2 + 𝑟03 × 𝐹 3 −80𝑘
= 30𝑗×(2.82𝑖 + 2.82𝑗) + 50𝑖×(5.6𝑖 − 4.20𝑗) = −173.20𝑘 − 120𝑘 −80𝑘
+ 10𝑖 × (−3.13𝑖 − 1.57𝑗) = −373.20𝑘 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
= −31.03 𝑘 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) Let the resultant force E intercept the beam
Thus the resultant is at 𝐸(𝑥, 0) then
𝐹 = 5.2𝑖 − 2.95𝑗 𝑟AE = 𝑥 𝑖
and the moment about 𝐴 is -310.3 𝑘 (𝐀𝐧𝐬.) 𝑀 A = 𝑟AE × 𝐹
 −373.20 𝑘 = 𝑥 𝑖 × (-20𝑖 – 94.64𝑗)
−373.20 𝑘 = – 94.64 𝑥 𝑗
3.94 𝑚 = 𝑥
9. A sphere weighing 200 N is tied to a smooth
wall by a string as shown in Fig. 15.13.
Determine the tension in the string and
reaction from the wall.

𝑃 𝑖 −𝑅 cos (90 − 40) 𝑖 + 𝑅 cos 40 𝑗 -2500𝑗 =0

(𝑃 − 𝑅 cos 50)𝑖 + (𝑅 cos 40 − 2500) 𝑗 = 0
∴ 𝑃 − 𝑅 cos 50 = 0
And 𝑅 cos 40 = 2500
2500
𝑅= = 3263.52 N
cos 40
∴ 𝑃 = 𝑅 cos 50
Solution: Free body diagram of the sphere is
as shown in the Fig. 15.13. Let 𝑇 be the = 3263.52 × cos 50
tension in the string and 𝑅 be the reaction of = 2097.75 N
the wall. Selecting 𝑥-𝑦 direction as shown in 11. A roller of radius 𝑟 =400 mm and weighing
the figures, 3000 N is to be pulled over a curb of height
𝐹 = 0, gives, 150 mm as shown in Fig. 15.15(𝑎), by a hori-
−𝑇 cos(90 − 20) 𝑖 + 𝑇 cos 20 𝑗 + 𝑅 𝑖 – 200𝑗 = 0 zontal force 𝑃 applied to the end of string,
(𝑅 − 𝑇 0.342). 𝑖+0.94 𝑇𝑗 − 200𝑗 = 0 wound tightly around the circumference of
[𝑅 − 𝑇(0.342)]𝑖 = 0 and (0.94 𝑇 − 200)𝑗 = 0 the roller moving over the curb. Find mag-
i.e., 𝑅 − 0.342𝑇=0 and 0.94 𝑇 − 200 = 0 nitude 𝑃 required to start the roller to move
200 over the curb.
∴ 𝑇= = 212.77 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
0.94
𝑅 = 0.342 𝑇
= 72.77 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
10. Determine the horizontal force 𝑃 to be ap-
plied to a block weighing 2500 N to hold it
in position on the smooth inclined plane 𝐴𝐵
which makes an angle of 40° as shown in
Fig. 15.14(𝑏).
Solution: The block is in equilibrium under
the action of the applied force 𝑃, self-weight
of 200 N, and reaction 𝑅 normal to the
smooth plane 𝐴𝐵. Since the plane makes 40°
to the horizontal, the reaction 𝑅 makes 40°
to the vertical. 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of block is as shown
in Fig. 15.13. The equilibrium equation,
𝐹 = 0, gives,
 Solution: When the roller is about to turn 𝑅1 cos (90−60) 𝑖 + 𝑅1 cos 60 𝑗 − 𝐶 cos 15 𝑖
over the curb, the contact with the floor is + 𝐶 cos(90 − 15) 𝑗 − 6000𝑗 =0
lost and hence there is no reaction from the (𝑅1 cos 30 − 𝐶 cos 15) 𝑖 +(𝑅1 cos 60 + 𝐶 cos 75
floor. Referring to Fig. 15.14(𝑏), if the reac- −6000)𝑗 =0
tion 𝑅 from the edge of the curb does not ∴ 𝑅1 cos 30 = 𝐶 cos 15 …(𝑖)
pass through 𝐵, it becomes the only force to and 𝑅1 cos 60 + 𝐶 cos 75 − 6000 = 0 …(𝑖𝑖)
give moment about 𝐵 and hence the equi- From (𝑖 ) , ∴ 𝑅1 = 𝐶 (1.11)
librium for moment is violated. Therefore,
reaction 𝑅 must also pass through 𝐵. To find
its vertical inclination (α),
𝑂𝐷 = radius = 400 mm,
𝑂𝐶 = 400 − 150 = 250 mm
250
∠𝐴𝑂𝐶 = θ = cos −1 ( )
400
= 51.32°
from ∆𝐴𝑂𝐵,
θ = ∠𝐴𝐵𝑂 + ∠𝑂𝐴𝐵 = α + α = 2α
1 1
α = θ = × 51.32 = 25.66°
2 2
Let us consider the equilibrium of the
rollers,
𝐹=0
−𝑃 𝑖 + 𝑅 cos(90 − 25.66) 𝑖 + 𝑅 cos 25.66𝑗 From (𝑖𝑖 ), 1.11𝐶 × cos 60 + 𝐶 cos 75 = 6000
−3000𝑗 = 0 ∴ 0.814𝐶 = 6000
(−𝑃 + 𝑅 cos 64.34)𝑖 + (𝑅 cos 25.66-3000)𝑗 𝐶 = 7373 N
=0 Considering equilibrium condition of cyl-
∴ −𝑃 + 𝑅 cos 64.34 = 0 inder 𝐵,
and 𝑅 cos 25.66 − 3000 = 0 𝐶cos15 𝑖 − 𝐶cos(90−15)𝑗 −𝑅2 cos (90-45)𝑖
3000
∴ 𝑅= = 3328.23 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) + 𝑅2 cos 45 𝑗 −𝑃 cos (90 − 60)𝑖
(cos 25.66) −𝑃 cos 60 𝑗 − 4000𝑗 = 0
∴ 𝑃 = 𝑅 cos 64.34 𝐶cos15 − 𝑅2 cos 45 − 𝑃 𝑐𝑜𝑠 30 = 0
= 1441.22 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
and − 𝐶 cos 75 + 𝑅2 cos 45 − 𝑃 cos 60
12. Cylinder 𝐴 weighing 6000 N and cylinder 𝐵 −4000 = 0
weighing 4000 N rest on a smooth incli- since 𝐶 = 7373 N
nation as shown in Fig. 15.16(𝑎), They are 7373 cos 15 − 𝑅2 cos 45 − 𝑃 cos 30 = 0 …(𝑖𝑖𝑖)
connected by a bar of negligible weight −7373 cos 75 + 𝑅2 cos 45 − 𝑃 cos 60
hinged to the geometric centres of the cyl- = 4000 … (𝑖𝑣)
inders. Find the force 𝑃 to be applied on the ∴ 𝑅2 cos 45 + 𝑃 cos 30 = 7373 cos 15 … (𝑣)
cylinder 𝐵, such that it holds the system in and 𝑅2 cos 45 − 𝑃 cos 60 = 5908.3 … (𝑣𝑖)
the given position. Subtracting (𝑣𝑖) from (𝑣),
Solution: The 𝐹𝐵𝐷s of 𝐴 and 𝐵 are shown in 𝑃 cos 30 + 𝑃 cos 60 = 1213.47
Fig. 15.16(𝑏). From the equilibrium con- ∴ 𝑃 = 888.32 N (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
dition of Body 𝐴, we have, 13. The cantilever beam shown in Fig. 15.17 is
 fixed at end 𝐴 and is free at 𝐵. Determine Solution: The 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of the beam is shown in
the reactions when it is loaded as shown in Fig. 15.18,
the Fig. 15.17. Now,
𝐹 1= 𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖, 𝐹 2= 𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗 𝑀 3= −60𝑘
Solution: Let the reactions at fixed, support
𝐹 4= −50 cos 45 𝑖 −50 cos(90 − 45) 𝑗
𝐴 be 𝑅𝐴𝑋 , 𝑅𝐴𝑌 , and 𝑀. The free body diagram
𝐹 5= 𝑅𝐵 𝑗
of the beam is shown in Fig. 15.17 (𝑏).
𝐹 6= −30 × 2 𝑗 = −60 𝑗
𝐹 1 = 𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖, 𝐹 2 = 𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗,
𝐶. 𝐺. of 𝐹6 is at 1m from 𝐵,
𝑟A1=0 𝑟A2=0; 𝑟A4=5𝑖; 𝑟A5=6𝑖;
𝑟A6=(6 + 1)𝑖 = 7𝑖

𝐹 3 =−32 × 2𝑗 = −64𝑗 , acting at 1m

from 𝐴.
𝐹 4 = −40 𝑗
𝐹 5 = −22 𝑗
𝐹 6 = −20 𝑗
𝐹 = 0, gives,
𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖+𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗 −64 𝑗 −40 𝑗 −22𝑗 −20 𝑗=0 Moment equilibrium condition about 𝐴
∴ 𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖 =0 …(𝑖) gives,
0 + 0 + (−60𝑘) +5𝑖 × (−50 cos 45𝑖
and (𝑅𝐴𝑌 − 64 − 40 − 22 − 20) 𝑗 =0
−50 cos 45 𝑗
𝑅𝐴𝑋 =0; and 𝑅𝐴𝑌 = 146 kN
+ 6𝑖 × 𝑅𝐵 𝑗 + 7𝑖 (-60𝑗)=0
∴ 𝑅𝐴 = 146𝑗 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
−60𝑘 + (−176.77𝑘) + 6𝑅𝐵 𝑘 + (−420𝑘)=0
𝑟A1=0; 𝑟A2=0; 𝑟A3=1𝑖;
6𝑅𝐵 𝑘 = 656.77𝑘
𝑟A4=2𝑖; 𝑟A5=3𝑖; 𝑟A6=4𝑖;
∴ 𝑅𝐵 = 109.46 kN …(𝑖)
Moment about 𝐴=0, gives, Force equilibrium condition, gives,
𝑀 𝑘 +0 + 0 +1𝑖 (−64𝑗) + 2𝑖(−40𝑗) 𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖+𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗 −50 cos 45 𝑖 −50cos45 𝑗
+3𝑖 × (−22𝑗)+4𝑖 × (−20𝑗)=0 +𝑅𝐵 𝑗 − 60 𝑗=0
𝑀𝑘 − 64𝑘 − 80𝑘 − 66𝑘 − 80𝑘 =0 (𝑅𝐴𝑋 − 50 cos 45)𝑖 + (𝑅𝐴𝑌 + 𝑅𝐵 − 50 cos 45 − 60
𝑀𝑘 = 290𝑘 𝑗=0
𝑀 = 290 kNm ∴ (𝑅𝐴𝑋 − 50 cos 45) = 0 …(𝑖𝑖)
(𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) and (𝑅𝐴𝑌 + 𝑅𝐵 − 50 cos 45 − 60) = 0 …(𝑖𝑖𝑖)
14. Determine the reactions at 𝐴 and 𝐵 of the from (𝑖𝑖𝑖), 𝑅𝐴𝑋 = 35.35 kN
overhanging beam shown in Fig. 15.18. 𝑅𝐴𝑌 = 60 + 50 cos 45 − 𝑅𝐵
= 60 + 35.36 − 109.46
since from (𝑖) ∴ 𝑅𝐵 = 109.46 kN × (−4.5𝑗)
∴ 𝑅𝐴𝑌 = −14.10 kN + (16 cos 30𝑖 + 16 sin 30𝑗)
∴ 𝑅A = 35.35𝑖 − 14.10𝑗 × (-𝑇cos15𝑖-T cos 75 𝑗) = 0
(6.93𝑖 + 4𝑗) × (−3𝑗) + (13.86𝑖 + 8𝑗)
𝑅𝐴 = √(35.35)2 + (14.10)2 = 38.06
× (−4.5 𝑗)
(𝐀𝐧𝐬. ) + (13.86𝑖 + 8𝑗) × (−0.97 𝑇 𝑖
35.35 + 0.26 𝑗) = 0
θ𝑥 = cos −1 ( ) = 21.75° (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
38.06 i.e., -20.79𝑘 + (-62.37𝑘)+(3.6𝑘 𝑇 +7.76𝑘 𝑇)
=0
15. A 16 m boom 𝐴𝐵 weighs 3 kN, the distance
−83.16𝑘 + (11.36𝑇 𝑘) = 0
of 𝐶. 𝐺. ‘𝐺’ being 8 m from 𝐴 for the position
𝑇 = 7.32 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
shown. Determine the tension 𝑇 in the cable
and the reaction at 𝐴. Refer Fig. 15.19 (𝑎). 𝐹 = 0, gives,
𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖 + 𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗 - 3𝑗 – 4.5𝑗 - 𝑇 cos 15𝑖
−𝑇 cos 75 𝑗 = 0
(𝑅𝐴𝑋 − 𝑇 cos 15) 𝑖 + (𝑅𝐴𝑌 − 3 − 4.5
−𝑇 cos 75) 𝑗 = 0
∴ (𝑅𝐴𝑋 − 𝑇 cos 15) = 0
and (𝑅𝐴𝑌 − 3 − 4.5 − 𝑇 cos 75) = 0
𝑅𝐴𝑋 = 𝑇 cos 15 = 7.07 kN
𝑅𝐴𝑌 = 3 + 4.5 + 𝑇 cos 75
= 9.39 kN
∴ 𝑅𝐴 = 7.07𝑖 + 9.39𝑗

𝑅𝐴 = √(7.07)2 + (9.39)2 = 11.76 kN

7.07 (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
−1 ( ) = 53.04°
θ𝑥 = cos
11.76
16. A tripod is resting with its legs on a hori-
zontal plane at points 𝐴, 𝐵, and 𝐶 as shown
in Fig. 15,20. Its apex point 𝐷 is 5 m above
the floor and carries a downward load of 20
kN. Determine the forces developed in the
Solution: 𝐹𝐵𝐷 of the boom is shown in Fig. legs.
15.19(𝑏).
The forces acting on it are.
𝐹 1 = 𝑅𝐴𝑋 𝑖, 𝐹 2 = 𝑅𝐴𝑌 𝑗, 𝐹 3 = −3 𝑗,
𝐹 4 = −4.5 𝑗,
𝐹 5 = −𝑇 cos 15 𝑖 − 𝑇 cos(90 − 15) 𝑗,
𝑟A1 = 𝑟A2 = 0;
𝑟A3 = 8 cos 30𝑖 + 8 sin 30𝑗
𝑟A4 = 16 cos 30𝑖 + c
𝑟A5 = 16 cos 30𝑖 + 16 sin 30𝑗
The moment equilibrium about 𝐴 gives,
0 + 0 + (8 cos 30𝑖 + 8 sin 30𝑗) × (-3𝑗)
+ (16 cos 30𝑖 + 16 sin 30𝑗)
Solution: Let the forces developed in the 𝐹 1 = 0.514 𝐹1 𝑖+0.87 𝐹1 𝑗
members 𝐴𝑜, 𝐵𝑜 and 𝐶𝑜 be 𝐹1 , 𝐹2 and 𝐹3 𝐹 2 = -0.348 𝐹2 𝑖+0.870 𝐹2 𝑗 −0.348 𝐹2 𝑘
respectively. The tripod is in equilibrium 𝐹 3 = -0.348 𝐹3 𝑖+0.870 𝐹3 𝑗 −0.348 𝐹3 𝑘
under the action of the forces, 𝐹1 , 𝐹2 , 𝐹3 andF and 𝐹 4 = loading acting at 0,
20 kN load. = −20 𝑗.
Taking 𝑂', the projection of the apex point Equilibrium equation is,
on the floor, as origin, and the system of co- 𝐹 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 + 𝐹3 + 𝐹4 = 0
ordinates as shown in Fig. 15.20. (0.514 𝐹 1 – 0.348 𝐹 2 - 0.348 𝐹 3) 𝑖
𝐴(−3, 0, 0), 𝐵(−2, 0, 2), 𝐶(2, 0, 2) + (0.857 𝐹 1 + 0.87 𝐹 2 + 0.87 𝐹 3 – 20)𝑗
and 𝑂(0, 5, 0) + (-0.348 𝐹 2 + 0.348 𝐹 3)𝑘 = 0
𝑟A0 = 3𝑖 + 5𝑗; 𝑟B0 = −2𝑖 + 5𝑗 − 2𝑘 i.e., 0.514 𝐹 1 - 0.348 𝐹 2 + 0.348 𝐹 3 = 0 …(𝑖)
𝑟C0 = −2𝑖 + 5𝑗 + 2𝑘 0.857 𝐹 1 + 0.87 𝐹 2 + 0.87 𝐹 3 = 20 …(𝑖𝑖)
-0.348 𝐹 2 + 0.348 𝐹 3 = 20 …(𝑖𝑖𝑖)
𝑟A0 = √32 + 52 = 5.381 m
From (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝐹2 = 𝐹3
𝑟B0 = √(−2)2 + 52 +(−2)2 = 5.745 m ∴ Equation (𝑖 ) reduces to
0.514 𝐹 1 – 20.348 𝐹 2 = 0
𝑟C0 = √(−2)2 + 52 +(2)2 = 5.745 m 𝐹1 = 1.3541 𝐹2

Unit vector in the direction 𝐴𝑂 Substituting for 𝐹1 and 𝐹3 in terms of 𝐹2 in

3 3 equation (𝑖𝑖),
𝑛1 = 𝑖+ 𝑗 + 0𝑘 𝐹2 (0.857 × 1.3541 + 0.87 + 0.87) − 20 = 0
5.381 5.831
= 0.514𝑖 + 0.857𝑗 + 0𝑘 ∴ 𝐹2 = 6.89 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
Similarly, unit vector in direction 𝐵𝑂, 𝐹3 = 6.89 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑛2 = −0.348𝑖 + 0.87𝑗 − 0.348𝑘 𝐹1 = 1.3541 × 6.89
And unit vector in direction 𝐶𝑂, = 9.337 kN (𝐀𝐧𝐬. )
𝑛3 = −0.348𝑖 + 0.87𝑗 + 0.348𝑘